bio-physics · source: (1) pollack gh (2001) cells, gels and the engines of life. ebner & sons...

0

19-11-26 Madl 0

Bio-Physics

Lab-practise for 1st semestermedical students

Introductory Lecture & Teaser

highlighting Coherence in Biology

Contributed by

Pierre MADL

Pt-2 Pt-3Pt-1 ConclusioIntro Pt-4

Pierre MADL (PhD, MSc, EE)

University of Salzburg

Dep. Of Physics & Biophysics

Hellbrunnerstr. 34

A-5020 Salzburg

pierre.madl(at)sbg.ac.at

URL: biophysics.sbg.ac.at/talk/pmu.pdf

Introduction to small-group physics Labwork:

Within the framework of the medical education, since 2008 students of the first semester receive a crash course in bio-physics, which does not only aim at the execution of practical lab-work, but also confronts the participants with bio-medical questions, which seem to be solved, yet still reveal stark inconsistencies when looked upon at closer range. This aspect will be presented at the beginning of each practice day as an keynote lecture (the content are extracts of a much wider lectures series covering four semesters). Subsequently, the students grouped into small teams carry out several experimental tasks, collect data and elaborate them as protocol (including discussion of results). Each of the four blocks focusses a specific topic. The first day of the course is dedicated to mechanics and thermodynamics with the latter bridging over to electrodynamics. Starting with the 2nd course day, examples of static and low-frequency alternating fields will be highlighted. The remaining two course days are dedicated exclusively to the high-frequency range of the electromagnetic spectrum, whereby on the last course day a part of the experiments is dedicated also to ionizing radiation.

v.2019.3

11

19-11-26 Madl 119-11-26 Madl 1

Today’s menue (1/4)

experiments fitting into this context

- specific heat capacity (IR)

- spring-balance (harmonious oscillator)

Archimedes

- Hagen-Poiseulle (R prop. r4 in capillaries)

viscosity & surface tension(vicinal vs. bulk water)


1st appointment - 4th phase of water – with demo examples

- what is life? example medusa / UW-video opened egg

- nafion-PSL video & 500 µm EZ-water

- the dancing waterdrop / Kelvin waterdroper

- cell diameter approx. 20 µm where is the "disordered" water?

- nafion tubes em--driven PSL transport- redwoods trees & early spring leaves

- IR pump based on water battery (T-dependence)

- water bridge experiment (levitating water) why does it generateplasma?

- bulk" vs. "vicinal" water- heart 5% of pumping capacity, rest by perifaeres fabric

- What's death? Postmortem capillary flow, 20 minutes underwater.

- QED image of water and its charge (waterfalls)

coherence illustrated by metronomes

1ter termin - angelpunkt heute: 4te fase wasser - anhand von beispielen- was ist leben? beispiel medusa / UW-video aufgeschlagenes ei- nafion-PSL video & 500 µm EZ-wasser- der tanzende wassertropfen / Kelvin wassertropfer- zelldurchmesser ca 20 µm wo bleibt das "ungeordnete" wasser?- nafion-roehrchen em-getriebener PSL-transport- redwoods baeume & blattaustrieb im fruejhahr- IR-pumpe anhand der wasserbatterie (T-abhaengigkeit)- wasserbruecken-experiment (levitierendes wasser)wieso generiert‘s ein plasma (deionat)?- "bulk" vs "vicinal" wasser- herz 5% der pumpleistung, rest durch perifaeres gewebe- was ist der tod? postmortem kapillarfluss, 20 min unter wasser- QED-bild von wasser und deren ladung (krimmler wasserfaelle)

kohaernenz illustriert anhand von metronomen

die dazu passenden experimente- spezifische waerme (IR)- federwaage (harmonischer oszillator)- Archimedes- Hagen-Poiseulle (R prop. r4 in kapillaren) - viskositaet & oberflaechenspannung(vicinal vs bulk water)

2

19-11-26 Madl 2

Some riddles

about the miracle of life


3

19-11-26 Madl 3

Introduction (1/11)

i) Cloud: Isolated puffy white clusters. Pollack, 2013

-) localized H2O-dropplet aggregates

-) under stable conditions show no tendency of disintegration

-) bear an intrinsic charge

…. so why does the cloud

not fall apart?


The Evaporative Event: …. Radiant energy builds vesicle EZs. If the EZ buildup adds interior protons, then mounting pressure may expand the vesicles, turning their liquid interiors to vapor. With that density reduction, the tubules may rise up into the air, creating the multi-tubular figures seen in the evaporating vapor. At first glance, density reduction would seem adequate to propel the rise: vapor-filled vesicles have lower density than liquid vesicles. However, interior density reduction cannot be the full story, for the vesicle also has a shell to consider. The shell consists of dense EZ material, denser even than liquid water. So vapor interior notwithstanding, mean vesicle density could easily remain higher than that of air. On the basis of density alone, then, the vesicles might not necessarily rise. Something more certain seems necessary for propelling the rise.

For a clue, think of those vesicles that rise high up to eventually form clouds. Cloud vesicles — often called aerosol droplets — are filled with water. Those clouds can be weighty …. Some alterable force keeps the elephants high in the sky to prevent them from falling. That same force might help lift the vesicles.

One could speculate that that lifting force may be electrostatic, i.e., charge based …. Negative charge by itself is not sufficient for explaining lift; however the earth bears negative charge as well. Those two negative charges create a repulsive force. In theory, this vertically oriented repulsive force could help propel the evaporative rise.

With this mechanism we can appreciate why the rise is practically explosive. The sun’s radiant energy creates vesicles, which then self-assemble into mosaic tubes. The tubes bear net negative charge because constituent vesicles are negative. Protons lying between vesicles mitigate the negativity; however, those like-like-like attractors are merely spot welds contributing only modest amounts of positive charge. Net negativity remains. As tubules adsorb more and more vesicles the tubules’ net negativity increases. When the internal charge exceeds a threshold, the tubule structure literally tears itself apart at the weakest point. The top section then rises upward — repelled from the negative residual structure below and also from the negative Earth.

Image: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Niagara_Falls#/media/File:Niagara_Falls_at_night1.jpg

Isolated puffy white clouds. From vast uninterrupted reaches of the ocean’s water, vapor rises toward the sky. The vapor is everywhere. Yet clouds will often form as localized entities, punctuating the otherwise clear sky. What force directs the rising water vapor towards those specific sites?

Source: Pollack GH (2013) The Fourth Phase of Water: Beyond Solid, Liquid, and Vapor. Ebner & Sons (USA)

4

19-11-26 Madl 4

Introduction (2/11)

i) Cloud: Isolated puffy white clusters.

ii) Egg: diffusion dilemma in a gel matrix

vamWijk, 2014

How can a complex reaction such as the CAC be maintained in such a “sticky” environment?

Un uovo sott-

acqua.mp4


The al-ternative places protein surfaces on center stage, ordering nearby water molecules into a "structured" state and providing adsorptive sites for charged solutes. The resulting protein-ion-water matrix has a gel-like character very different from the liquidity of an aqueous solution …. In considering the nature of the cytoplasm, think of the familiar egg. Certainly you have cracked open a raw egg—would you characterize it as an aqueous solution? Or, is fresh egg-white more gel-like?The raw egg did not mislead—the cytoplasm is not the aqueous solution it is cracked up to be. Although ordinary water freezes at 0°C, cell water does not. Even after accounting for freeze-temperature depression arising from the presence of dissolved particles, cell water should still freeze at just below 0°C, but far lower temperatures are required. The cytoplasm's water behaves anomalously—molecules are somehow kept from entering the ice phase. Something restrains them. (1)Electron microscopic studies by George Palade and Fritjof Sjostrand revealed that mitochondria have two membrane systems, an outer membrane and an extensive highly folded inner membrane. A typical mitochondrion is about the size of a bacterial cell with a diameter of 0.2 to 0.8 um and a length of 0.5 to 2 um. The two membranes have markedly different properties. The outer mitochondrial membrane has few proteins, the major protein forms channels through this membrane allowing free diffusion of ions and small water soluble metabolites. The inner mitochondrial membrane is very rich in protein. This membrane is permeable to uncharged molecules such as water, O2, and CO2 ….The protein concentration in the matrix is so high that the matrix is somewhat like a gel. The reactions of the citric acid cycle take place in the matrix …. Basically, the citric acid cycle is harvesting high-energy electrons from carbon fuels with two carbon atoms entering the cycle (as an acetyl unit) and two carbon atoms leaving the cycle as two molecule of carbon dioxide …. The high-energy electrons and redox potentials are of fundamental importance in oxidative phosphorylationin which O2 is the acceptor of these electrons.Mitochodrium: Schematic overview of the mitochondrial structure and the citric acid cycle. The upper left panel presents the basic structure of a mitochondrion. The lower panel demonstrates the intermediates and enzymes of the citric acid cycle. The reaction of acetyl CoA with oxaloac-etate starts the cycle by producing citrate. In each turn of the cycle, two molecules of CO2 are produced, plus three molecules of NADH, and one molecule of FADH2. (2)Water, as we know, will self-organize around protein surfaces. The actin surface appears to be especially adept, for actin filaments gel practically at the snap of a finger, implying high water-adsorptive capacity. Even huge osmotic gradients cannot remove actin-gel water (Ito et al., 1992). Moreover, the actin-filament bundle is confirmed by microscopic observations to be jacketed by a clear zone extending out as far as 1,000 nm from the bundle's surface, devoid of any particulate matter (Kamitsubo, 1972). Exclusion of solutes again implies high water-structuring capacity.

Source: (1) Pollack GH (2001) Cells, Gels and the Engines of Life. Ebner & Sons (WA), USAIto T, Suzuki A, Stossel T P (1992). Regulation of water flow by actin-binding protein-induced actingelation. Biophys.J. Vol.61: 1301-1305.Kamitsubo E. (1972). Motile protoplasmic fibrils in cells of the Characeae. Protoplasma Vol.74: 53-70.(2) vanWijk R (2014) Light in Shaping Life – Biophotons in Biology & Medicine. Meluna, Geldermalsen(NL), EU

5

19-11-26 Madl 5

Introduction (3/11)



iii) Medusa: How can 99% of water move in coordinative manner?

What role is assigned to bio-molecule associated water?


Bulk water covers almost 71% of our planet …. Biological water constitutes about 79% of the newborn and 57% of the adult human body mass (in certain medusa’s even up to 99%). A water molecule with its bent structure reveals peculiar properties as an energy transducer. Although water is able to absorb and re-emits most of it as heat, a substantial part of it is also present in a form that can be utilized for work. In a neg-entropic concept, this kind of work creates order and separates charges …. Hence, water – in particular, organismic water – is an energy transducer and does so via i) electromagnetical, ii) physico-chemical, iii) electrical and iv) mechanical pathways ….. It needs to be highlighted, though, that this quite new approach is still highly debated. Thus we present the following issues only in view of the fascinating possibilities that may arise out of the ongoing discussions. Just like jelly fish, gelatin desserts comprise 95% water. The question is why all that water doesn’t just dribble out. In fact, there is no dribbling, even from gels whose water content is 99.9% …. That’s practically all water, with only a bare trace of solids. Why doesn’t all that water leak out?

Animation: giphy.com/gifs/psychadelic-jellyfish-pu0QEMzRJdVzq or giphy.com/gifs/jellyfish-GEsoqZDGVoiswSource: Pollack GH (2013) The Fourth Phase of Water: Beyond Solid, Liquid, and Vapor. Ebner& Sons (USA) Madl P, Lemaire SE (2015) The field and the photon from a physical point of view. In: Fels D, Cifra M, Scholkmann F (eds) Fields of the Cell,. Editors. Research Signpost, Kerala IND.

6

19-11-26 Madl 6

Introduction (4/11)



iii) Medusa: 99% water in coordinated motion

iv) How can cells survive in deep-freeze?

Cucujus clavipes

survives -100°C(protein-mediated)

Upis ceramboides

survives -60°C

(sugar-mediated)

Cell culturesamples

survive -196°C(DMSO-mediated)

Cel

ls i

n l

iqu

id N

2.m

p4

Certain substances interfere with ice-crystal formation – how to these interact with the water matrix?


Konvetionsgemäss soll Wasser unter atmosphärischen Standarddruck bei 0°C frieren und bei 100°C kochen. Dies ist umso erstaunlicher wenn man sich vergegenwärtigt dass je kleiner die Moleküle desto niedriger liegt der Siedepunkt. Ein darauf basierender Vergleich von Wasser mit ähnlichen Substanzen würde somit ergeben dass Wasser bei -93°C sieden und nur wenige Grad darunter gefrieren sollte (Franks, 1981). Schon damit wird klar das Wasser und hier speziell die einzelnen Moleküle, etwas besonderes sind, zumal diese aufgrund ihrer gewinkelter Anordnung ein Dipolmoment ausbilden das in der Lage ist durch Wasserstoff-Brückenbildung seiner Umgebung (sofern geladen) in Interaktion zu treten (Chang, 1994). Aufgrund dieser Eigenschaft sind Wassermoleküle in der Lage bis zu vier Wasserstoff-Brücken zu bilden wodurch sich diese Moleküle gegenseitig dreidimensional vernetzen. Obwohl es eine schwache Bindung ist (ca. 5% der chemischen Bindungsstärke zwischen Sauerstoff und Wasserstoff) so reicht die aus um Wassermoleküle aneinander „kleben“ zu lassen –mit den für uns bekannten Siede- und Gefrierpunktswerten (Franks, 1981). Dass Wasser unter bestimmten Bedingungen aber auch weit unter diesem Gefrierpunkt fest, bzw. bei Temperaturen fern von 100°C verdampfen kann wurde erst kürzlich wieder von Chang (2011) bestätigt. Könnte darin Erklärungsmöglichkeiten zu finden sein wie es einigen Arthropoden (z.b. Cucujus clavipes in der Arktis) möglich ist Temperaturen von -100°C zu überleben ohne das Eiskristallbildung deren biologische Matrix irreparable perforiert? Hinweise dazu weisen auf spezielle Proteine und glycolytische Enzyme (Carrasco, et al., 2012). Ganz anders bei dem gefriertoleranten Käfer Upis ceramboides, der er schafft lediglich durch grosseZuckermoleküle und Fettssäuren schafft in eine Kältestarre zu verfallen und -60°C schadlos zu überdauern (Walters et al., 2009). Bis zu einer gewissen Grösse lässt sich das auch ohne Hilfsstoffe erreichen, denn in fast jedem Labor werden Zellen bei -196°C lagert ohne dass diese merklich Schaden nehmen. Mehr noch, mindestens 20% des Zellwassers bleibt bei diesen Temperaturen fluessing (Franks, 1981). In allen Fällen ist Wasser im Spiel, doch welche Rolle spielt dabei dieses biologisch gebundene Wasser? Offensichtlich sind die Wassermoleküle in einer gewissen Zwangssituation die sie daran hindern ihre adäquaten Plätze in der Eiskristall-Konfiguration einzunehmen. Wir wissen noch viel zu wenig um die Verteilung von Wasser innerhalb der Zelle, und wie seine Funktion und wie sein Fluss in und aus der Zelle kontrolliert werden. Speziell wenn man sich vor Augen hält dass zelluläres Wasser überwiegend in einer gel-ähnlichen Matrix gebunden vorliegt (Pollack, 2001) und eine flüssigkristalline Eigenschaft annimmt (Ho, 2003).

Franks. F. (1981). Polywater. MIT Press, Massachusetts, USA.Chang, R. (1994). Chemistry. 5th ed. McGraw-Hill., Princeton, USA.Carrasco, M.A., Buechler, S.A., Arnold, R.J., Sformo, T., Barnes, B.M., Duman, J.G. (2012). Investigating the deep supercooling ability of an Alaskan beetle, Cucujus clavipes puniceus, via high throughput proteomics. J Proteomics. Vol. 75(4): 1220-1234.Walters, K.R., Serianni, A.S., Sformo, T., Barnes, B.M., Dumana, J.G. (2009). A nonprotein thermal hysteresis-producing xylomannanantifreeze in the freeze-tolerant Alaskan beetle Upis ceramboides. Proc Natl Acad Sci, Vol. 106(48): 20210–20215.Mirabet V, Carda C, Solves P, Novella-Maestre E, Carbonell-Uberos F, Caffarena JM, Hornero F, Montero JA, Roig RJ. (2008) Long-termstorage in liquid nitrogen does not affect cell viability in cardiac valve allografts. Cryobiology. Vol.57(2):113-121.http://www.researchgate.net/post/How_are_cells_able_to_survive_at-80_degree_Celsius_as_all_the_water_80_of_total_volume_will_freeze_and_volume_will_increase_leading_to_lysis

7

19-11-26 Madl 7

Introduction (5/11)





v) How can a redwood pump water 100 high?

Wegner & Zimmermann, 2004

Capillary force and osmosis are just one side of the medal, what is the other?


Rising water. Drawn from the tree’s roots, water flows upward through narrow channels. It quenches the leaves’thirst. To draw the water upward, the top of the column supposedly exerts an upward force. But the column of water can be pretty heavy, especially those of 100-meter-tall Redwood trees. The columns should therefore break, like strings carrying too-heavy weights. That’s a problem: once a column breaks it can no longer draw from theroots. How does nature avert this debacle? Water Transport in Tall Trees: Capillary action is not restricted to quartz tubes and paper napkins alone; it occurs throughout nature. It is especially prominent in plants and trees, where water may rise even to the tops of 100-meter Redwood trees. Inside such trees, narrow xylem vessels run from roots to leaves, transporting the water ever upward …. First, the “hanging column” is too heavy to be lifted more than about 10 meters; and second, the air pockets commonly found within xylem tubes should thwart the drawing process as they do in straws. Scientists struggle with those issues …. A key issue is whether xylem tubes contain exclusion zones, and the answer appears to be yes …. He infused small ink particles into xylem tubes, quickly froze the specimens, and examined the frozen samples in an electron microscope. The results were positive …. Annular EZs in Nafion tubes generate steady flow …. Standard textbooks confirm the sap’s low pH value, and modern methods narrow down those pH values. In maize seedlings for example, xylem pH ranges between 4 and 5, depending on conditions (Wegner and Zimmermann, 2004). Hence, the xylem fluid contains the required protons.For plants, the main issue is replacing the water lost through evaporation. Water evaporates from the leaves. As it does, the xylem may become transiently dry near the top, except for a few residual EZ layers. Those EZ layers would then be the responsible protagonists; they must draw the water upward from below. They may do so by the same mechanism that draws water upward in the narrow quartz capillary tubes. That’s all that’s necessary for keeping the leaves hydrated …. The upper vessels of trees are of micrometer scale. The tubes farther down are wider, but still much narrower than standard quartz capillary tubes. Further, those tubes are commonly invested with meshes of hydrophilic polymer strands, which effectively narrow the tubes. EZs cling to all of these many surfaces; and positively charged bulk water clings to those EZs. The energetics seem worthy of comment. The upward flow requires energy, just as pumping water to an elevated storage tank requires energy. The source is familiar: incident radiant energy. In the same way that radiant energy fuels the flow of water inside hydrophilic tubes, the same radiant energy should also fuel the flow through xylem tubes.Given the rather direct contribution of radiant energy, you can understand why xylem flow might be seasonal. Flow begins as spring approaches — just when ambient radiant energy begins picking up. The flow increases as summer approaches, slows down in autumn, and shuts off in winter.

Source: Canny MJ (1998) Transporting Water in Plants. American Scientist, Vol.86(2): 152-159.Wegner LH and Zimmermann U (2004): Bicarbonate‐Induced Alkalinization of the Xylem Sap in Intact Maize Seedlings as Measured in Situ with a Novel Xylem pH Probe. Plant Physiol. 136(3): 3469–3477.

8

19-11-26 Madl 8

Introduction (6/11)





v) How can a redwood pump water 100 high?

vi) Form & shape in phylo-ontogenetic development (out of 1D-DNA?)

vanWijk, 2014

Development of Xenopus laevis - from egg to feeding tadpole

-) several organizational levels

(cells, tissues & other ordered domains),

-) time ordering (sequentially ordered chains of chemical reactions),

-) functional organization (functional differentiation among different parts and compartments, hierarchical & temporal sequences of functions).

What is the coordinating entity behind these processes?


Moving from such a hope Fröhlich observed that, although great energy and many valuable efforts have been put into play in biochemistry, nevertheless the question still remains open of how order and efficiency arise in living systems, and then coexist with random fluctuations in biochemical processes. Living matter presents several levels of spatial organization (cells, tissues and other ordered domains), time ordering (sequentially ordered chains of chemical reactions), functional organization (functional differentiation among different parts and compartments, hierarchical and temporal sequences of functions). Thus, from one side, there is the high level of space and timeordering, and the high and stable functional efficiency; on the other side, there is the randomness of kinematics which rules any chemical reaction. As a matter of fact, the question of how order, efficiency and functional stability arise in living systems also was a motivation for Erwin Schrodinger (Schrodinger 1944).

In the developing embryo, the movement of most cells are often extensive and dramatic. During the period of cleavage, the frog embryo becomes transformed from a solid sphere of cells into a hollow ball, a fluid filled cavity surrounded by cells. The embryo is then labelled as a blastula. Soon after this, the coordinated movements of gastrulation begin. This process transforms the hollow ball of cells into a multilayered structure with a central gut tube and bilateral symmetry. Many of the cells on the out-side of the embryo are moved inside. Subsequent development depends on the interactions of the inner, outer, and middle layers of cells thus formed. Ectoderm is the precursor of the epidermis and of the nervous system. A part of this sheet becomes tucked into the interior to form the endodermis, the precursor of the gut and its appendages such as the lung and liver. Another group of cells move into the space between ectoderm and endoderm, forming the mesoderm: the precursors of muscles, connective tissues, and various other components. From these three germ layers, the tissues of the adult vertebrate body will be generated preserving the basic body plan established through gastrulation. In the process, the three principle axes of the body are established: antero-posterior from head to tail; dorso-ventral from back to belly; and medio-lateral from the midline outwards to the left or to the right.

Source: Schrödinger E (1944) What is Life? The Physical Aspect of the Living Cell, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UKhttp://www.ib.bioninja.com.au/standard-level/topic-2-cells/21-cell-theory.html

vanWijk R (2014) Light in Shaping Life – Biophotons in Biology & Medicine. Meluna, Geldermalsen(NL), EU

9

19-11-26 Madl 9

The 4th state of Water

(Liquid-Crystalline-or

Biological Water)

…. and its marvellous properties ….


10

19-11-26 Madl 10

4th State of Water (1a/6)

i) Exclusion Zone & Interfaces

Setup:

Droplet injector

Results:

Bouncing water droplet on

i) hydrophobic surfaceAria & Gharib, 2018

i) hydrophilic surface Trainoff & Philips, 2009

What is happening in the last example ? Pollack. 2013

hydrophobic vs hydrophilic

Bouncing water

droplet 2o2.m

p4

Bouncing water droplet 1o2.mp4


I saw this on the TV and thought that I could do that. Well it turns out that Noah and I could do it! I was a little surprised at how small the parameter space was to achieve a good series of bounces. Near the end of this clip, you can see waves entering from the lower right. I think these are reflections of a low frequency sloshing modes set up by the initial droplet. The smallest droplet bounces off these waves and start moving off to the side. In any case it is pretty cool. The only issue is that there was some dust on the sensor (dark spots that don't move). The camera is a Vision Research Phantom v7.3 high speed video camera.[1]

Over the past few decades, super-hydrophobic materials have attracted a lot of interests, due to their numerous practical applications. Among various super-hydrophobic materials, carbon nanotube arrays have gained enormous attentions simply because of their outstanding properties. The impact dynamics of water droplet on a super-hydrophobic carbon nanotube array is shown in this fluid dynamics video.[2]

Source: [1] Trainoff S, Philips N (2009) bouncing water droplet; https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pbGz1njqhxUPollack GH (2013) The Fourth Phase of Water: Beyond Solid, Liquid, and Vapor. Ebner & Sons (USA)[2] Aria AI, Gharib M (2018) Bouncing Water Droplet on a Superhydrophobic Carbon NanotubeArray. arXiv:1010.1351v1

11

19-11-26 Madl 11

4th State of Water (1b/7)

i) Exclusion Zone & Interfaces

Setup:

Gel-surface immersed in Microsphere-solution

Results:

exclusion zone (EZ) next to the gel surface …. far more

macroscopic then

Stern-layer &

Zeta-potentialZheng et.al. 2006EZ @

membrane.m

p4


More conclusive were results obtained by switching the charge of the excluding surface. For these experiments we used gel beads, whose spherical surfaces create shell-like zones of exclusion ….. Negatively charged microspheres were consistently excluded whether the beads’ surface contained positively or negatively charged polymers (Zheng et al., 2006). Hence, exclusion zones cannot arise from simple electrostatic repulsion, even allowing for repulsive forces extending far beyond conventional expectation. Nor could electrostatic repulsion conceivably create meter-long exclusion zones.

Water stores Energy: Water's fourth phase stores energy in two modes: order and charge separation. Order constitutes configurational potential energy, deliverable as the order gives way to disorder. For the working cell, this order-to-disorder transition constitutes a central energy delivery mechanism.1 Charge separation, the second mode, entails electrons carrying the EZ's usual negative charge, while hydronium ions bear the corresponding positive charge. Those separated charges resemble a battery — a local repository of potential energy.Albert Szent-Gyorgyi, the father of modern biochemistry, famously opined that the work of biology could be understood as the exploitation of electron energy. The EZ offers a ready source of electrons that could drive any of numerous biological reactions. The complementary hydronium ions may play an equally vital role. Positive ion concentrations build pressure, which can drive flows. Flows exist practically every-where: in primitive and developed cells; in our circulatory systems; and in the vessels of short plants and tall trees. Hydronium ions could drive many of those flows.

Source: Zheng JM, Chin WC, Khijniak E, Khijniak E, Pollack GH (2006). Surfaces and Interfacial Water: Evidence that hydrophilic surfaces have long-range impact. Adv. Colloid Interface Sci.Vol.127: 19-27. Pollack GH (2013) The Fourth Phase of Water: Beyond Solid, Liquid, and Vapor. Ebner & Sons (USA)Hunter RJ () Yeta Potential in Colloid Science – Principles & Applications. Academic Press, London (UK)http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zeta-Potential

12

19-11-26 Madl 12

4th State of Water (2/7)

i) Exclusion Zone & Interfacesii) Water-motion driven by IR

Setup:

Nafion-tube immersed in Microsphere suspension

Results:

Directed flow through the tube – augmented by IR-exposure.

Ovchinnikova & Pollack, 2009

Narrow tube flow.mp4


Water gets Energy from Light: The sun's electromagnetic energy builds potential energy in water. Photons recharge the EZ by building order and separating charge. They do this by splitting water molecules, ordering the EZ, and thereby set-ting up one charge polarity in the ordered zone and the opposite polar-ity in the bulk water zone beyond. The transduction concept may seem less exotic once you realize that plants do the same. Plants absorb radiant energy from the envi-ronment and use it for doing work. Plants, of course, comprise mostly water; therefore, it should hardly surprise that the glass of water sit-ting beside your potted plant may transduce incident photonic energy much like the plant does. At any rate, electromagnetic energy builds potential energy in water, which then becomes an energy repository. That energy can radiate back toward the source from which it came, and/or it can be harvested for doing work. The energy is a gift from the environment; it is genuinely free energy, which we can perhaps exploit for resolving today's energy crisis.

Do Particles Really Move Toward Light: A third example: Do you remember the microsphere-free cylinder running vertically down the middle of the beaker? That was one of the Chapter-1 anomalies we sought to resolve. The microspheres were initially distributed uniformly. After some time they moved toward the beaker’s periphery, leaving a vertically oriented cylinder devoid of microspheres .... We found that the light impinging on the beaker from all around drew the microspheres toward the beaker’s periphery. The microspheres moved toward the light. Once the cylinder formed, then shining additional light from one side drew the microspheres rapidly toward that side. The accumulation displaced the cylinder progressively toward the darker side of the beaker, where it ultimately collapsed into nothingness. All of this happened within a minute or so (Ovchinnikova and Pollack, 2009).

Source: Ovchinnikova, K., Pollack, G.H. 2009 Cylindrical phase separation in colloidal suspensions. Phys Rev E 79(3): 036117.

13

19-11-26 Madl 13


i) Exclusion Zone & Interfacesii) Water-motion driven by IRiii) Water battery

Setup:

Two electrodes inserted into EZ-water

Results:

Current flows immediately after immersing electrodes & maintains a non-zero plateau value for an extended period of time.

IR-exposure boosts efficiency of battery!Kung, 2014

Water-battery.mp4


Like-Charged Entities Can attract One Another: Perhaps the least obvious principle is the like-likes-like attraction. The idea that like charges can attract one another seems counterintuitive until you recognize that it requires no violation of physical principles. The like charges themselves don't attract; the attraction is mediated by the unlike charges that gather in between. Those unlikes draw the like charges toward one another, until like-like repulsion balances the attraction.

Another example can be found in atmospheric clouds. Clouds are built of charged aerosol droplets. By conventional thinking, such droplets should repel and disperse; however, the like-like-likes mechanism explains why those droplets can actually coalesce into the entities that we recognize as clouds. The sun provides the energy, and the opposite charges provide the force.

Sources: Kung K (2014) The effect of Ionized air on the interfacial water’s electrical properties. Conference on the Physics, Chemistry and Biology on Water, (BG)

Pollack GH (2013) The Fourth Phase of Water: Beyond Solid, Liquid, and Vapor. Ebner & Sons (USA)

14

19-11-26 Madl 14


i) Exclusion Zone & Interfacesii) Water-motion driven by IRiii) Water batteryiv) 4th state of Water (forcefully induced)

(cell: approx.100mV/5nm = 20MV/m)

Setup:

Two Pt-electrodes inserted into bidest-water & 15kV

(= approx.300KV/m)

Results:

Separated beakers hold thread of water (>5cm)

Opposite effect: Lord Kelvin’s water dropper

“solid” water @ room-temperature! Fuchs, 2010

Life demo-

experiment o

f

Water brid

ge


Like-charged entities can attract one another: Perhaps the least obvious principle is the like-likes-like attraction. The idea that like charges can attract one another seems counterintuitive until you recognize that it requires no violation of physical principles. The like charges themselves don't attract; the attraction is mediated by the unlike charges that gather in between. Those unlikes draw the like charges toward one another, until like-like repulsion balances the attraction.

Another example can be found in atmospheric clouds. Clouds are built of charged aerosol droplets. By conventional thinking, such droplets should repel and disperse; however, the like-like-likes mechanism explains why those droplets can actually coalesce into the entities that we recognize as clouds. The sun provides the energy, and the opposite charges provide the force.

Kelvin Water Dropper: Apart from the impressive zap, a subtle sideshow is the droplets’ dynamic behavior. The descending droplets sense the charge on the buckets below. As bucket charge increases, the falling droplets begin deflecting away and even upward, often missing the target bucket altogether. In other words, the charge effect is anything but feeble; from the Kelvin demonstration it’s clear that charge effects can be strong enough to defy gravity.

Source: Fuchs E.C. (2010). Can a Century Old Experiment Reveal Hidden Properties of Water? Water, 2, 381-410; p.390

15

19-11-26 Madl 15



in organisms

Madl & Egot-Lemaire, 2010


Water has four Phases: The second part of the journey began in the early 1900's vis-a-vis a bet-ter understanding of a biological organism as a system. This perspective accepted a field of organization with properties specific to the totality of the form, not solely about the particles that make up the form. In search-ing for a non-mechanical/non-particle regulatory principle, an alternative principle developed: a morphogenetic field based on radiation. Although this part of the journey offers many fascinating scientific explorations, it took a long time and many developments in physics before biology defini-tively and internationally, in the 1970's, accepted the existence of universal ultra-weak biological radiation. At that time, one could finally begin to document the richness of information from measurements of biological photon emission. The new photovoltaic and multiplier technologies connected photon emission with the biochemistry of oxygen and oxygen reactions.

Image: The transducing effects of aqueous systems when exposed to EMR. Only a fraction of the potential energy delivered by EMR to an aqueous is available to do work. The huge bulk of absorbed energy is re-emitted – particularly as infrared radiation (refer to text for further explanation). In this regard, food likewise contributes to increased ordering but at the same time provides the material precursors needed for biomolecular synthesis.Water - in particular, organismic water - is an energy transducer for the following pathways.Optical: water samples that are stored in dark-rooms absorb and store IR or microwave radiation (Ochinnikova & Pollack, 2009b), which becomes re-emitted as visible light that can be detected by PMTs. Exposure of saltwater to radio-frequency leads to the emission of visible light and heat and creates the impression of burning water (NGN, 2007).Physico-chemical: Absorption of IR using a suspension of microspheres in a beaker of water for several hours not only yields a uniformly cloudy suspension but also leads to phase-separation. Directed migration of this particle-free zone can be augmented by unilaterally shining light on it (Ovchinnikova & Pollack, 2009a, Chai et al., 2009). Is of vital importance for metabolic activity for shifting gradients of dissolved molecular species. Electrical: A hydrophilic membrane in a water-bath forms an exclusion zone, which is dominated by an excess of negative charges (Guckenberger et al., 2004). By shining extra light onto the membrane, the width of the zone, and thus its charge accumulation can be increased further (Ovchinnikova &Pollack, 2009b). EZs become automatically established, thereby providing energy to the cell. Mechanical: Immerging a hydrophilic membrane arranged in tubular form into water reveals a directed spontaneous flow through the tube (O’Rouke et al., 2011). Light augments this effect. Essential for water transport from root to canopy via xylem – see redwoods that can grow up to 100 m in height (Pollack, 2001)

Source: National Geographic News: Salt Water can Burn (accessed 25th April, 2012): http://news.nationalgeographic.com/news/pf/92354998.htmlChai, B. H., Yoo, H. and Pollack, G. H. 2009 Effect of Radiant Energy on Near-Surface Water. J.Phys.Chem.B, 113, 13953–13958. Madl P, Lemaiere S (2010) The Field and the Photon from a physical point of view. Conference on Fields of the Cell, Basel (CH)O’Rourke C, Klyuzhin I., Park J.S. & Pollack G.H. 2011, Unexpected water flow through Nafion tube punctures. Phys. Rev.E Stat. Nonlin. Soft Matter Phys. 83(5/2), 055305-055310.Ovchinnikova, K., Pollack, G.H. 2009a Cylindrical phase separation in colloidal suspensions. Phys Rev E 79(3): 036117.Ovchinnikova, K., Pollack, G.H. 2009b, Can water store charge? Langmuir 25, 542-547.Pollack, G.H. 2001, Gels, Gels and the Engine of Life: A new unifying Approach to Cell Function. Ebner & Sons, Seatle.

16

19-11-26 Madl 16



in organisms

Pollack, 2001


In fact, virtually all of the cell's physical features should differ from those anticipated from bulk water because structured water's physical proper-ties are at variance with those of bulk water. The table summarizes many of these differences. The table shows differences of viscosity, compressibility, thermal expansion, etc. Water adsorbed to macromolecular sur-faces is distinct, and cells containing such water will behave differently from predictions based on bulk water. An exception to the rule of substantial water structuring around protein surfaces is the case of isolated proteins suspended in solution, where struc-turing is commonly inferred to be restricted to a few layers only. Such inferences are not necessarily relevant to the situation inside the cell be-cause the extensiveness of structuring rests on preservation of the protein's natural configuration, which may not be the case when the proteins are isolated and suspended in dilute solution. Within the cell, the conclu-sion that a large fraction of water is organized differently from bulk water is practically universal.

Images: Comparison of some properties of pure and vicinal water.

Source: Pollack GH (2001) Cells, gels and the engines of life; a new, unifying approach to cell function. Ebner & Sons, Washington (USA)

17

19-11-26 Madl 17


Pries et al., 2000 / Reitsma et al., 2007 / Berg et al., 2003


in organismsEndothelial surface layer (ESL) is dotted with a glycocalyx (proteoglycan & glucoproteins) equivalent to exclusion zone (EZ)

ESL = EZ


The endothelial lining of blood vessels presents a large surface area for exchange of materials between blood and tissues, and is critically involved in many other processes such as regulation of blond flow, inflammatory responses and blood coagulation. It has long been known that the luminal surface of the endothelium is lined with a glycocalyx, a layer of membrane-bound macromolecules which has been determined by electron microscopy to be several tens of nanometers thick. However, investigations in vivo have indicated the presence of a much thicker endothelial surface layer (ESL), with an estimated thickness ranging from 0.5 µm to over 1 µm, that restricts the flow of plasma and can exclude red blood cells and some macromolecular solutes. The evidence for the existence of the ESL, hypotheses about its composition and biophysical properties, its relevance to physiological processes, and its possible clinical implications are considered in this review.[1]

The composition of the membrane-bound mesh of proteoglycans, glycoproteins, and glycosaminoglycans and the composition of associated plasma proteins and soluble glycosaminoglycanscannot be viewed as a static picture. Instead, the layer as a whole - also known as endothelial surface layer (ESL) - is very dynamic, with membrane-bound molecules being constantly replaced and no distinct boundary between locally synthesized and associated elements; membrane-bound hyaluronanmay reach lengths of >1 μm …. Bound to the endothelial membrane are proteoglycans, with long unbranched glycosaminoglycan side-chains and glycoproteins, with short branched carbohydrate side-chains.[2]

Images: Insert: Structure of the endothelial surface and the blood flowing adjacent to it. A thin layer molecular layer is directly attached to the endothelial cell membrane, assumed to consist mainly of fibrin (endoendothelial fibrin film). The plasma region adjacent to this film was considered to be immobile.

Micropgraph: A capillary in the hamster cremaster recorded during intravital microscopy. The anatomical width of the capillary as demonstrated with bright field illumination is about 0.8 µm wider than the width of the plasma column visualized by fluorescently labelled dextran. The difference indicates the existence of a layer on the endothelial surface which is not easily accessible to dextran.[1]

Visualization of the endothelial glycocalyx of a rat left ventricular myocardial capillary stained with Alcian blue 8GX and visualized using electron microscopy.[3]Source: [1] Pries AR, Secomb TW, Gaehtgens P (2000). The endothelial surface layer. Eur J Physiol Vol.440: 653–666

[2] Reitsma S, Slaaf DW, Vink H, Zandvoort MAMJ, Egbrink MGA (2007) The endothelial glycocalyx: composition, functions, and visualization. Pflugers Arch - Eur J Physiol. Vol. 454: 345

[3] VanDenBerg BM, Vink H, Spaan JA (2003) The endothelial glycocalyx protects against myocardial edema. Circ Res Vol.92(6): 592-594

18

19-11-26 Madl 18

4th State of Water (5c/7)


in organisms

Meglinski, et al., 2013

Absorbed external energy seems to assist blood flow (Mice: blood flow continues even 1 hour post mortem!)


To confirm these results, we performed direct measurements of the motion of the blood cells before and after stopping the work of the cardiac muscle of the animal. The measurements were performed using an installation specially developed to visualize the microcirculation of the blood flow and the lymph flow in vivo …. The method was used to obtain high resolution images from relatively large areas of the vascular system of the skin on the external ear of the mouse (1 cm × 1 cm) for the objective determination of the instant of stopping the cardiac activity and disappearance of the pulse wave. Ten female mice of a line of hairless mice (Nude CD1) were used in the experiments ….

the complete stop of cardiac activity (euthanasia), the blood corpuscles continue the motion in the form of directed flow rather than in the form of Brownian motion. The mobility vector of the red blood cells is single directed but does not always correspond to the direction that existed before the occlusion. The sanguimotion continues for no less than two hours after the complete cessation of cardiac activity.

Image: Monochrome image of the blood flow obtained an hour after euthanasia. The arrows show the motion direction of the blood corpuscles and their average velocity.

Source: Meglinski IV, Kal’chenko VV, Kuznetsov YL, Kuznik BI, Tuchin VV (2013). Towardsthe nature of biological zero in the dynamic light scattering diagnostic modalities. DokladyPhysics, Vol.58(8): 323-326

19

19-11-26 Madl 19

4th State of Water (5d/7)


in organisms

NZZ, 2016

Absorbed external energy seems to assist blood flow (Mice: blood flow continues even 1 hour post mortem!)


A 19-year-old refugee from Afghanistan swims near Constance in Lake Constance and suddenly sinks. Friends alert the fire brigade, but until the young man can be rescued by rescue divers from a depth of eight metres and brought to the shore, he has been lying in 19-degree cold water for almost twenty minutes .... When the ambulance arrives, the heart and respiration stand still. But ten minutes after resuscitation started, the heart begins to beat. Upon admission to the hospital in Constance, a so-called acute lung damage syndrome has already developed. This means that the patient can only be artificially ventilated to a limited extent. In addition, the body temperature has dropped to 32 degrees. In this dramatic situation, the emergency doctors in Constance decided to call the specialists for extracorporeal membrane oxygenation (ECMO) at the University Hospital of Freiburg ....

The case of the almost drowned man is remarkable in several respects. Emergency physicians had previously assumed that if the man drowned for twenty minutes under water, his chances of survival would be zero. Various studies in specialised clinics have shown that only one in ten rescued patients survives in the long term, even after ten minutes of breathlessness. In addition, a large proportion of those rescued suffered permanent damage to the nervous system .... Although his brain was in a critical state for hours and numerous complications made the situation seem almost hopeless, he was able to be released from intensive care into an aftercare facility. He now lives in a youth home again. According to his caregiver, he can move normally and does not appear to have suffered any neurological damage.

Source: https://www.nzz.ch/wissenschaft/medizin/notfallmedizin-um-ein-haar-ertrunken-ld.123158

20

19-11-26 Madl 20



in organisms (Erythrocyte Settling Rate)

Voeikov et al., 2013

Manzelli et al., 1995

1st paradoxes in hematology + cardiovascular physiology;(…. accidental identification of diabetic individuals in sample pool)

• total mass of circulating blood: ~6 L vs. 25-30 L of cardiovascular system;

• heart activity provides ~5% of pumping energy (rest is achieved via IR-driven push in capillaries; i.e. arteries inside, veins outside);

• 3-phase system (liquid, solid + gas phase;accelerated degassing in diabetic individuals (erythrocyte sedimentation rate)

Time, min

Sedi

men

t. r

ate,

mm

/hr

-20

-10

0

10

20

30

40

50

0 60 120 180 240 30030 60 90 120 150

Healthy

Diabetes

Degassing blood.mp4


Blood is a liquid tissue consisting of plasma (aqueous colloid solution of bioorganic and bioinorganic solutes) and particulate matter – erythrocytes, leucocytes, platelets and other particles. Here evidence will be presented that besides liquid and solid phases blood contains GAS PHASE under normal physiological conditions.Freshly extracted blood contains gas phase besides liquid and solid phases. The gas phase provides for higher pressure in blood relative to the atmospheric one. As a result, the Erythrocyte Sedimentation Rate (ESR) is determined in the first place by the ease of gas phase evacuation from blood. A high ESR indicates of low structural stability of blood – a symptom (or a reason) of a pathological state. “Paradoxical” phenomena in sedimenting blood observed in ESR-graph experiments are explained fully from the point of view that blood is a dynamic and highly non-equilibrium three-phase rather than a two-phase system. Ergo, the emergence of a separate gas phase in blood provides for the multiple increase of its volume in circulation. Furthermore, physiologically normal cavitation phenomena in blood may serve for the well-ordered supply of blood with high density (≡ high quality) energy. It follows that the three-phase dynamic structure of blood calls for the reevaluation of many concepts of hematology and cardiovascular system physiology.

Image: Experimental setup for TV-monitoring of the processes taking place in blood in the course of erythrocyte sedimentation.

Source: Voeikov VL, Goncharenko AI, Goncharenko SA, Kaganovskii (2005) Gas microbubbles in fresh native blood and their significance for ESR measurements In; Hozman J, Kneppo P (eds)IFMBE Proceedings of the 3rd European Medical & Biological Engineering Conference - Prague, Czech Republic, EMBEC 20-25.11.2005; ISSN 1727-1983.Marinelli R, Fuerst B, Zee H, McGinn A, Marinelli W (1995) The Heart is not a pump - A refutation of the Pressure Propulsion Premise of Heart Function. Frontier Perspectives, Vol.5(1): 15-24

21

19-11-26 Madl 21



in organisms (human)Capillaroscopy & HRV

Williams et al., 1988; Shore, 2000; Hahn et al., 1996; Gaehtgens, 19771 mmHg = 1.35951 cmH2O

efferent (arterioles) & afferent (venules) capillaries


Capillaries play a critical role in cardiovascular function as the point of exchange of nutrients and waste products between the tissues and circulation. Studies of capillary function in man are limited by access to the vascular bed. However, skin capillaries can readily be studied by the technique of capillaroscopy which enables the investigator to assess morphology, density and blood flow velocity. It is also possible to estimate capillary pressure by direct cannulation using glass micropipettes. This review will describe the techniques used to make these assessments and will outline some of the changes that are seen in health and disease.[2]

Image: Measurement of skin capillaries on dorsum of finger and nailfold capillary pressure (magniification x173 fold).[2]Comparison between computerized superimposition (a) and averaging (b) of 34 capillary pulse waveforms and the radial artery pulse. All timings are relative to the peak of the R-wave of the ECG. Capillary pressure = 32/25 mmHg; arterial pressure= 138/75 mmHg. Abbreviations: F, foot of pulse wave; S, peak of systolic pulse; D, dicrotic notch. [1]Graph: pulsatility in capillary pressure (CP) and capillary blood velocity (CBV). shows slight pulsatile pressure variations that were accompanied by pronounced pulsatility of CBV.[3]1-5: Microphotographic map of mesenteric capillary from feeding arteriole to collecting venulewith tracings of intraluminal pressures obtained by direct cannulation with micropipettes. Pressures show pulsatile components throughout network.[4]1 Pa = 0.0075006156130264 mmHg, or 0.010197162129779 cmH2O.

Source: [1] Williams SA, Wassermann S, Rawilson DW, Kitnef RI, Smaje LH, Tooke JE (1988) Dynamic measurement of human capillary blood pressure Clinical Science, Vol.74: 507-512 507 [2] Shore AC (2000) Capillaroscopy and the measurement of capillary pressure. Br J Clin Pharmacol, Vol.50: 501-513[3] Hahn M, Klyscz T, Juenger M (1996) Synchronous Measurements of Blood Pressure and Red Blood Cell Velocity in Capillaries of Human Skin. Invest. Dermatol. Vol.106: 1256-1259[4] Gaehtgens P (1977) Hemodynamics of the Microcirculation Physical Characteristics of Blood Flow in the Microvasculature. In: Boutet et al (eds) Microcirculation. Springer, Berlin, FRG

22

19-11-26 Madl 22

4th State of Water (6c/7)


in organisms (heart rate vs body mass)

2nd paradox: if the heart is a pump then the heart rate should be higher in larger animals ….

Dawson, 2014

ergo: pumping in capillary network of

small mammals quite strong

→ heart pressurizes more often

→ reverse in large mammals (extensive intermedium sized arteriosus/venous-network)


Modeling of the cardiovascular system of mammals has been discussed here, with the goal of describing relevant scaling laws for mammals of vastly different size. A main conclusion to be drawn from this work is that similarity exists for the cardiovascular system of mammals, as well as for related physiological processes, and that this similarity exists for the resting state. Associated with this similarity are scaling laws that can provide predictions of measurements from small mammals to humans for increased understanding of the cardiovascular system. The scaling laws can also provide tools to eliminate unnecessary experiments because of answers already provided by theory. Finally, as a specific application, the scaling laws can provide a means for extrapolation of therapeutic drug dose and schedule from adult to child.

Image: The image illustrates the excellent agreement of heart-rate measurements with the above noted dependence, as has generally been known for many years. Interestingly, the equation (ω = 240∙M-1/4) provides a heart-rate value of 82 beats per minute for human with body mass of 70 kg, consistent with, though 10% or so higher than, common experience.

Source: [1] Dawson Th (2014) Allometric Relations and Scaling Laws for the Cardiovascular System of Mammals. Systems Vol.2: 168-185

23

19-11-26 Madl 23

4th State of Water (6d/7)


in organisms (pressure, flow, velocity)

1 mmHg = 1.35951 cmH2O

3rd paradox: 300 g organ (human) ‘pumping’≈8 m3/day (@ rest) !?•blood viscosity 5x that of H2O;•Dcapillary (4‐7 µm) < DRBC (10 µm)•aortic “backflow” (closed valve)•vpeak precedes ppeak & Fpeak lags ppeak→ blood flow is IR‐driven→ heart ≠ pump (BP due to closing valves)

McDonald, 1952Marinelli et al., 1995

Skalak & Branemark, 1969

Δtvp ΔtpF accelleration !


The heart, an organ weighing about 300 g, is supposed to `pump' some 8000 L of blood per day at rest and much more during activity, within terms of mechanical work this represents the lifting of approximately 50 kg one km high! In terms of capillary flow, the heart is performing an even more prodigious task of `forcing' the blood with a viscosity five times greater than that of water through millions of capillaries with diameters often smaller than the red blood cells themselves! Clearly, such claims go beyond reason and imagination. Due to the complexity of the variables involved, it has been impossible to calculate the true peripheral resistance even of a single organ, let alone of the entire peripheral circulation. Also, the concept of a centralized pressure source (the heart) generating excessive pressure at its source, so that sufficient pressure remains at the remote capillaries, is not an elegant one.[1]The superimposed flow, velocity and pressure curves reveal that the velocity peak markedly precedes the pressure peak. In fact, the velocity of flow is greatest when the rise in pressure is quite small. If the total flow curve is compared to the pressure curve a different aspect of the relationship is seen. The rising phase of both curves matches well, but the peak of the flow curve lags behind that of the pressure curve. This is due to the inertia of the blood and the behaviour of the elastic wall. It seems to be tacitly accepted that back-flow in arteries is due to regurgitation through the aortic valves before they close.[2]

Image: A superimposition of flow (tracing the movement of a bubble), velocity (in the aorta by measuring the slope of that curve at successive points) and blood-pressure (recorded by capacitance manometer; i.e. 60/50 mm Hg.) for one cardiac cycle of a rabbit heart. This illustrates the time relations of the pressure curve (P) to the velocity curve (V) and the total flow curve (F).[2]

Source: [1] Marinelli R, Fuerst B, Zee H, McGinn A, Marinelli W (1995) The Heart is not a pump – A refutation of the Pressure Propulsion Premise of Heart Function. Front.Persp., Vol5(1): 15-24[2] McDonald DA (1952) The velocity of blood flow in the rabbit aorta studied with high-speed cinematography. J.Physiology, Vol.118:328-339[3] Skalak R, Branemark PI (1969) Deformation of Red Blood Cells in Capillaries. Science, Vol.164:717-719

24

19-11-26 Madl 24



in organisms (plants)…. bound water vs free water;

water shuffling during dehydration stress; Kuroki et al., 2019

……………………. protonated H2O clusters,

…………………. free H2O molecules,

………………… H2O w/ 1 H-bond,

………………. H2O w/ 2 H-bonds,

…………….. H2O w/ 3 H-bonds,

…. H2O w/ 4 H-bonds.


H. rhodopensis reacted to full desiccation (24 h, 13% Residual Water Content. RWC) with the increase of S2 and S3, but particularly of S1 and S4, while S0 was drastically decreased.= The Sr showed gradual decrease during drying …. These findings outline major difference in reaction of plants to stress in the terms of water molecular changes. H. rhodopensis rapidly and readily diminishes RWC, but keeps the water molecular species at the same ratio …. The striking aspect regards the relative values of S0 with only 13 % RWC towards the end of desiccation (down from 57% before treatment) …. During the first stage of rehydration until the level of 65–70% RWC was reached, the free water, S0, increased, at the expense of S4 and S1 …. Interestingly, during dehydration - rehydration cycle the water trimmer (S2), remained with nearly unchanged. Taking together the data from dehydration - rehydration cycle, we can claim that rearrangement of water molecules in various conformations (S0, S1, S2, S3, S4 and Sr) was discovered as a response to abiotic stress. However, sharp decrease in a number of free water molecules S0, together with the increase of the number of water molecules with 4 hydrogen bonds S4, and especially massive accumulation of water dimers S1, was discovered as a unique property of the resurrection plant only.

Image: Difference spectra of the stressed and fresh leaves. Difference spectra after EMSC transformation of Haberlea rhodopensis and Deinostigma eberhardtii during desiccation and subsequent rehydration and the respective spectra of plants in the fresh state. Specific wavelengths of water species assigned as Sr (1346 nm) – protonatedwater clusters, S0 (1412 nm) – free water molecules, S1 (1440 nm) - water molecules with 1 hydrogen bond, S2 (1462 nm) - water molecules with 2 hydrogen bonds, S3(1490 nm) - water molecules with 3 hydrogen bonds, and S4 (1650nm) - water molecules with 4 hydrogen bonds.

Source: Kuroki S, Tsenkova R, Moyankova D, Muncan J, Morita H, Atanassova S, Djilianov D (2019) Water molecular structure underpins extreme desiccation tolerance of the resurrection plant Haberlearhodopensis. SciRep. Vol. 9:3049

25

19-11-26 Madl 2525

Aqueous Aerosols (1/4)

• different spectra when open-air saltwater inhalation spa (Gradierwerk) was on or off (presence of traffic exhaust)

Kwasny et al., 2008

Therapeutic effect of static fields

• charged H2O aerosols


This paper examines the effects of salt aerosol production at a Gradierwerk (GW) facility in Bad Reichenhall, Germany. The sampling campaign concentrated on the particle number concentration below 500 nm suspended in air. Sampling sites directly at the GW and at certain distances were chosen to investigate the effects of the salt aerosols on inhalation therapy and on the ambient aerosol inventory. For comparison, measurements were also made while the GW was turned off. Factoring the aerosol data into a stochastic lung deposition model showed a higher total deposition as well as a slightly higher deposition in the alveolar region for the day the GW was turned off. This directly illustrates the therapeutic benefit of the brine inhalation by reducing lung deposition and increasing clearance. The data also reveal a filtering effect in the ultrafine particle range when the GW was in function, which seems to reduce the amount of aerosols originating from the nearby traffic. The primary objectives of this study were (i) to examine the particle size distribution originating from a GW inhalation spa, and (ii) its effect on ambient aerosol size distributions and the visitors of the GW. The GW is a covered open-air saltwater inhalation facility, where people with respiratory problems seek relief. The site of investigation is located in the city center of Bad Reichenhall. Almost 400,000 liters of alpine saltwater trickle down every day through a 13 meter high wall made up of around 100,000 bundles of hawthorn and blackthorn twigs. The salt water is running down on the windward side of the GW, allowing the wind to press the brine-aerosol through the twigs onto the leeward side of the wall, where people walk along for therapeutic inhalation.

Image: Differences in particle size distributions during on/off cycles at the lee sides of the GW, representing a 3-scan average with standard deviation.

Source: Kwasny F. Madl P, Hofmann W (2008) Effects of Salt-Aerosols from a Gradierwerk on Inhalation Therapy and Ambient Aerosols. Ber. Nat.med.Ver. Salzburg, Vol 15: 99-108;

26

19-11-26 Madl 2626

Aqueous Aerosols (2/4)

• Inhalable fraction of;• i) neg. charged aerosols

i) Lenard-effect (spray electrification, 1892);

• the further away from the falls, the more dominant the peak shifts towards smaller ion sizes peaking @ approx. 100 nm….

Kolarž et al., 2012




During a three-year field campaign of measuring waterfall generated ions, we monitored five different waterfalls in the Austrian Alps. Most measurements were performed at the Krimml waterfall (Salzburg, Austria), which is the biggest waterfall in Europe, and the Gartl waterfall (Mölltal, Austria). We characterized spatial, time and size distributions of waterfall-generated ions under the influence of surrounding topography. The smallest ions with boundary diameters of 0.9, 1.5 and 2 nm, were measured with a cylindrical air ion detector (CDI-06), while ion sizes from 5.5 to 350 nm were measured using a modified Grimm SMPS aerosol spectrometer. High negative ion concentration gradients are detected in the vicinity of the waterfalls, whereas the increase of positive ions was only moderate. Ions in the nano range were the most abundant at 2 nm, and at 120 nm in the sub-micrometer range.

Image: Composite plot of the size distribution of negatively charged particles as measured with distance from the waterfall in Krimml, (Austria). Indices denote sampling locations at the falls (with the satellite view revealing the positions in the field). Size distribution till 2.5nm were recorded with the CDI, particles from 5-350nm have been obtained using the SMPS instrument; in-between GCID and SMPS measurements the interpolated region. For SMPS-measurements it was assumed that each particle carries a single charge.

Source: Kolarž PM, Gaisberger M, Madl P, Hofmann W, Ritter M, Hartl A (2012) Characterization of ions at Alpine waterfalls. ACP, Vol.12: 3687-3697.

27

19-11-26 Madl 2727

Aqueous Aerosols (3a/4)

• Network of flickering H-bonds favouring formation of coherence domains (CDs)

• CDs form when vapor condenses onto liquid phase (droplet).

• Formation of a CD (coherence domain) seems to be a fundamental property of H2O.

Madl et al., 2013

he

Vf

2

1

OHEnmnmCD 2

63

153.0

75




It is the scope of this paper to propose an additional charging mechanism of water-fall generated aerosols. The observations leading to this approach arose from a field study at five waterfalls in the Austrian Alps. Thereby, size distributions of ion clusters, their mobility and their intermediate progenies near waterfalls have been measured with a tandem ion spectrometer consisting of three aspirated Gerdien Cylindrical Ion Detectors (CDI) in combination with a Scanning Mobility Particle Sizer(SMPS). It was observed that the concentration of negative 0.9-10 nm ions was 2-3 orders of magnitude higher than at the reference points up to several 100s of meters away from the waterfalls. Here we discuss the observed features in a quantum electro-dynamic scheme. We find good agreement between theory and observations obtained in the field, which supports the view that water in this size range is highly structured and coherent.

Gases are fully non coherent systems. Liquids are systems where electron clouds are coherent. Solids are systems where nuclei too are coherent. Liquid water is peculiar, since the coherent oscillation connects two electronic configurations that have extreme features:[3]

1) the ground configuration where all electrons are tightly bound (the ionization potential is 12.60eV, corresponding to soft X-rays / far UV-range and to an excitation temperature of 140·E3 [K] …. E = k·T.… k = 86.174·E-6[eV/K];

2) the excited configuration has an energy E=12.06eV, only 0.54eV below the ionization threshold. So for each molecule there is almost one free electron (echarge = -1.6022·E-19 [A·s] = 1eV)!

Image: Formation of coherence domains (CDs) of aerosolized water molecules. The free-floating dipoles start to feel mutually attracted and establish coherent resonance clusters that result in the formation of 75 nm large CDs in which molecules resonate unisono and in phase. CDs themselves become entrapped by the newly formed coherent polarizing field and reveal a characteristic wavelength of about 100nm. The formation of CDs is a fundamental property of liquid water and unlike the laser, no energy pumping is required to establish coherence.

Source: Madl P, Del Giudice E, Voeikov VL, Tedeschi A, Kolarž P, Gaisberger M and Hartl A (2013) Evidence of Coherent Dynamics in Water Droplets of Waterfalls. Water, Vol 5: 57-68.

28

19-11-26 Madl 2828

Aqueous Aerosols (3b/4)




Ikeguchi Lab, 2012



metronomes.mp4

Demonstrate with de/coupled tuning-forks


The five metronomes sit on a very light FoamCore board which, in turn, is supported by two aluminum cans on their side. The support is so light that it can react to the side-to-side motion of the metronomes' arms, thus coupling them weakly. Although seeing the arms swing together is impressive, hearing the "tick-tocks" come into sync is marvelous and adds a lot to the demonstration. From random, to syncopated rhythms, to unison. As an introduction, it's instructive to demonstrate that the five oscillators (metronomes) are not precisely identical; start them together in synchrony on the FoamCore board just sitting on the lecture bench and watch them soon get out of phase with each other, notwithstanding that they are all set to the same number of bpm. Having shown this, starting them randomly and then observing them phase lock (when supported by the cans) is even more impressive. One can easily change the phase and coupling between the oscillators by simply orienting them at an angle relative to the base board and explore how that affects the system. Additional parameters that can be varied are (1) the average frequency (bpm), (2) the frequency difference between oscillators (add a dot of modeling clay to the pendulum arm for fine tuning), (3) the base mass, and (4) the damping (maybe put a little oil or other viscous fluid in the aluminum can?). Occasionally anti-phase locking will happen, but we have not explored under what special conditions this happens. It certainly appears at the higher frequencies. Prof Lars English at Dickinson has experimented along these lines and concluded that it depends on the damping of the base motion--more friction induced the transition (private communication). Apparently Christian Huygens was the first to observe the phenomenon of clock sychronization and inaugurated the study of coupled oscillators. His two pendulum clocks phase locked at 180 degrees (anti-phase).[1]

Image: Experiment with 32 Metronome synchronizing. They all end up synchronizing.[2]

Source: Pantaleone J (2002) Synchronization of metronomes. Am. J. Phys. Vol.70(10): 992-1000

Strogatz SH, Stewart I (1993) Coupled oscillators and biological synchronization. Scientific American Vol.269(6): 68-75.[1] https://sciencedemonstrations.fas.harvard.edu/presentations/synchronization-metronomes[2] https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5v5eBf2KwF8

29

19-11-26 Madl 2929

Aqueous Aerosols (3c/4)

• Two-phase system: FCD(T) + FnCD(T) = 1

• CDs are reservoirs of free electrons (= reducing agent; bulk water is an oxidant).

• NCD : NnCD = 0.3 : 0.7 @ TRoom!• multi-mode laser-like behavior.

Madl et al., 2013

22

AgradmeF]/[84 9 mVE

tAE

Amplitude w/n CD




Coherence arises out of the electromagnetic fluctuations of the quantum vacuum and from the exchange of radiation at the natural photo-absorption resonances of water molecules. Such coherence is confined to domains whose size is different for molecules and electromagnetic fields (EMF). The field is trapped in a region whose diameter corresponds to 2∙rCD f, the wavelength of the spectral line involved (rCD f = /2). The involved spectral line is in the far-UV, close to the ionisation potential of water …. CDs obtained in this way are the liquid droplets produced by the condensation of water vapour. Permanent coherence becomes established in water and gives rise to a long-range-order within domains 75nm in diameter (see previous slide).

As long as the "vapor" density remains below the smallest of the critical densities of 0.31g/cm3

(belonging to 12.06eV) the system of water molecules remains in the perturbative ground state. This is the state where quantum fluctuations are not tuned together and consequently molecules are uncorrelated; characteristic for vapor. As soon as such a critical density is reached, the oscillation starts to "run away". When this happens, the electromagnetic "zero-point" fluctuations with the corresponding frequency = 12.06eV begins to build up and the water molecules will oscillate between the ground state and the excited level at 12.06 eV (image). At this runaway-state, all the other excitation levels of the affected water molecules will be from now on totally ignored by the dynamic evolution of the physical system, which is made of water molecules plus the EMF …. It is important to note here that we speak of a two-phase system, in which not all the water molecules take part in the formation of CDs (previous slide). In other words, at room-temperature the coherent versus the non-coherent fraction in the vapor phase is split into a 0.4 to 0.6 ratio, in favor of the latter – since the temperature at the falls (e.g. Krimml) was only about 15°C, this balance is slightly biased towards coherence, i.e. 0.425 vs.0.575.

Image: Formation of the multimode laser-like properties within a CD as a result of the pumping mechanism, synchronized excitation and relaxation patterns between the ground level and excitation at 12.06eV of the involved water molecules.


30

19-11-26 Madl 3030

Aqueous Aerosols (3d/4)

• Imuno-stimulation on asthmatics (with referenceto various interleukins & interferon-γ)

• T1 @ start vs. T2 @ end (after 20 days)• beneficial effects lasted till day 80 after exposure

Gaisberger et al., 2012

water aerosol group (WAG); site of the control group (CG)Therapeutic effect of static fields



Ionized water aerosols have been suggested to exert beneficial health effects on pediatric allergic asthma. Their effect was evaluated in a randomized controlled clinical trial as part of a summer asthma camp. Methods. Asthmatic allergic children (n = 54) spent 3 weeks in an alpine asthma camp; half of the group was exposed to water aerosol of an alpine waterfall for 1 hour per day, whereas the other half spent the same time at a “control site”. Immunological analysis, lung function testing, and fractional exhaled nitric oxide (FeNO) testing were performed during the stay, and sustaining effects were evaluated 2 months later. Symptom score testing was done over a period of 140 days. Results. The water aerosol group showed a significant improvement in all lung function parameters, whereas only the peak expiratory flow improved in the control group. All patients showed a significant improvement in symptom score and a significant decrease in FeNO after the camp. Only the water aerosol group exhibited a long-lasting effect on asthma symptoms, lung function, and inflammation in the follow-up examination. Induction of interleukin (IL)-10 and regulatory T (Treg) cells was measured in both groups, with a pronounced increase in the water aerosol group. IL-13 was significantly decreased in both groups, whereas IL-5 and eosinophil cationic protein were decreased only in the water aerosol group. Conclusions. Our findings confirm the induction of Treg cells and reduction in inflammation by climate therapy. They indicate a synergistic effect of water aerosols resulting in a long-lasting beneficial effect on asthma symptoms, lung function, and airway inflammation.

More importantly, water aerosol exposure combined with high-altitude therapy improved the sustainability of the positive effects. In the follow-up period (day 80), PEF was 15% above baseline in the water aerosol group and 2% above baseline in the control group (p ¼ .026, data not shown). A similar trend could be detected for all other lung function parameters, with increased mean values in the water aerosol group in comparison to the control group values, which had returned to baseline at this point. Additionally, the results of FeNO measurements at day 80 indicated a longasting positive effect of water aerosols, as FeNO was reduced by 33% in the water aerosol group compared to only 6% in the control group.

Insert: Left photograph: site of the water aerosol group (WAG); right photograph: site of the control group (CG).

Table: Statistical analysis was performed between day 1 and day 20 for the water aerosol group (WAG) and the control group (CG), as shown in columns WAG delta and CG delta. Intergroup comparison is demonstrated for the deltas of day 20 to day 1 (group difference). The baseline values of qRT-PCR were set to 1; therefore, only intergroup statistics were performed between the groups. SEM, standard error of mean; IL, interleukin; ECP, eosinophil cationic protein; Treg cells, regulatory T cells; ELISpot, enzyme-linked immunosorbent spot assay; CFU, colony-forming unit; qRT-PCR, quantitative real-time PCR; IFN-γ, interferon gamma. P-values: *p ≤0.05, **p ≤0.01.

Source: Gaisberger M, Šanović R, Dobias H, Kolarž P, Moder A, Thalhamer J, Selimović A, Huttegger I, Ritter M, Hartl A. (2012) Effects of Ionized Waterfall Aerosol on Pediatric Allergic Asthma. J.o.Asthma Vol.49(8) 830-838.

00

19-11-26 Madl 019-11-26 Madl 0



2nd appointment - ultrasound, cavitation / sono-luminescence and transition to ELF effects in the organism - with demo examples

- WHO manual for US diagnostics (sound pressure) –

live demo experiment: cavitation experiment 1L H2O

- sono-luminescence (pistol cancer) –

live demo experiment: aerosol charge by US-nebulizer

- ultrasound & sonar

- fast Fourier transformation – live demo experiment: audio example with microphone & tuning fork –

live demo experiment: spectrum analyzer & radio

- current densities E & B field (top down vs eddy currents)

- cyclotron resonance frequency

- EM sensitivity & allergy


- specific heat (from previous date)

- ELF distribution in space (near-field effect)

- microwaves (propagation properties)

- thermal radiation (IR)

- ultrasonics (sound propagation)

2ter termin - kernthema ultraschall, kavitation und sonoluminescenz und uebergang zu ELF-effekten im organismus

- WHO-manual zur US-diagnostik (schalldruck)experiment: kavitationsexperiment 1L H

2O

- sonolumineszenz (pistolenkrebs)experiment: aerosol-ladung durch US-vernebler

- ultraschall & sonar- fourier transformation

experiment: audiobeispiel mit mikrofon & stimmgabelexperiment: spektrumanalysator & radio

- current densities E & B-feld (top down vs eddy curents) - zyklotrone resonanzfrequenz- EM-sensibilitaet & allergie

die dazu passenden experimente

- spezifische waerme (aus vortermin)- ELF verteilung im raum (nahfeld-effekt)- mikrowellen (ausbreitungseigenschaften)- thermische strahlung (IR)- ultraschall (schallausbreitung)

1

19-11-26 Madl 1

The power of sound

Pt-3Pt-1 ConclusioIntro Pt-4Pt-2

22

19-11-26 Madl 2

Transpiration of trees causes break-up of water column in their xylem

Metcalf, 2018

IR-driven PSL in Nafion-tube

19-11-26 Madl 2

EMF (1a/3)

Static fields

Dynamic fields

• Cavitating tree / invertebrate

Cavitating trees.mp3


Have you ever wondered what happens behind the bark of a tree? The Tree Listening Project (by Alex Metcalf) uses highly sensitive microphones to make audible the 'rumble' of tree movement and the 'popping' of ascending water mixing with cavitated air in the xylem - the very life of the tree surging up from the roots towards the leaves. The Tree Listening Device is a microphone, developed in 2007, to capture the 'hidden sounds' behind the bark. It allows the listener to hear the water, mixing with air, as it travels up through the xylem tubes. This happens as the leaves lose water through the transpiration process …. Transpiration is pulling the water out of the leaf and that sucks the water out of the ground. So it's almost like there's a chain reaction of suction going from the leaf all the way down to the ground …. There is a certain amount of root pressure, and the root pressure gets the water from the mycorrhiza, all through the roots and up into the trunk, and then the transpiration and the tension and cohesion process then takes over (no word of QED-driven transportation effect via CDs)

Source: Metcalf A (2018) https://www.treelistening.co.uk/

https://www.abc.net.au/radionational/programs/scienceshow/listening-to-trees/10317932

33

19-11-26 Madl 3

Life demo of cavitation eventsExpansion Inversion Collapse Mg++/Ca++

precipitate ,

Madl 3

EMF (1a/3)

Static fields

Dynamic fields


p va

po

urbu

bble


Cavitation happens when the pressure in a liquid suddenly drops. The drop in pressure is caused by pushing a liquid quicker than it can react, leaving behind an area of low pressure often as a bubble of gas.

A liquid at constant pressure may be subjected to a temperature, T, in excess of the normal saturation temperature, TS. The value of ΔT=T-TS is the superheat, and the point at which vapor is formed, ΔTC, is called the critical superheat. The process of rupturing a liquid by increasing the temperature at roughly constant pressure is often called boiling …. For example, in water at 373 [K] with ρV=1 [kg/m3] and latent heat of evaporation HL= 2"·"E6 [m2/s2] a superheat of 20 [K] corresponds approximately to one atmosphere of tension.[2]

Image: In the above example the glass bottle is hit from the top, the glass moves down faster than the water, causing air bubbles and low pressure to form at the bottom. Once the bubbles collapse a shock wave breaks the bottle of the glass

Source: [1] Young RF (1999) Cavitaion. Imperial College Press, London (UK)

[2] Brennen CE (1995) Vacitation and Bullble Dynamics. Pxford University Press, Oxford (UK)

http://www.physics.org/article-questions.asp?id=134

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cavitation

44

19-11-26 Madl 4

Alpheidae (Pistol shrimps of the genera Alpheus & Synalpheus) water-jet gun → cavitation→ sonoluminescence (E=h·ν)

- psound: ~300 kPa (218 dB)- vcollaps.bubble: ~25 m/s (90 km/h)- Tcollasp.bubble: 5 kK- tflash: <1 ms

Koukouvinis et al., 2017Versluis, 2000

BBC, 2009Volz, 1938

19-11-26 Madl 4

EMF (1c/3)

Static fields

Dynamic fields


Pistol shrimp.mp4


i) Pistol shrimps (PS) produce sounds loud enough to break glass jars; The snapping shrimp or the pistol shrimp, which grows to only one or two inches, competes with much larger animals like the sperm whale for the title of ‘the loudest animal in the sea.” It is capable of producing a sound reaching 218 dB.#2 PS have asymmetric jaws. The snapping claw consists of two parts – the hammer part, which moves backwards into a right angled position and snaps into the fixed part. #3 PS regenerate snapping claw. If they lose the snapping claw, the missing limb regenerates into a smaller claw and the original smaller appendage grows into a new snapping claw.#4 PS sound pressure in claws is created by a cavitation bubble that reaches speeds up to 100 km/hr and collapses with a loud snap. #5 PS snap leads to sonoluminescence, i.e., emission of short bursts of light. When the cavitation bubble collapses it reaches temperatures of over 5kK (sun Tsurface: 5.8 kK). This produces a flash of light which lasts for no longer than 1 ms and is not visible to the naked eye.#6 PS uses the snapping for hunting. It lies in an obscured spot, such as the burrow; i.e., it inches out of its hiding place and releases the shot which stuns or kills the prey.

Image: The left picture (A) shows a photograph of the snapper claw, made transparent by a special chemical process in nearly closed position. The arrow indicates the direction of the water jet exiting the flow channel built between the plunger and the socket in the late stage of closure. Note the difference of the angle between the flow channel near the orifice and the angle of the arrow indicating the jet direction. The picture B (by B. Seibel) describes the geometry and names the parts as followed. d: dactyl pl: plunger p propus: s: socket.

Source: BBC (2009) Pistol Shrimp sonic weapon - Weird Nature: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XC6I8iPiHT8Volz P (1938) Studien über das “Knallen” der Alpheiden. Z. Morphol. Ukol Tiere 34: 272–316.Versluis M. (2000). How Snapping Shrimp Snap: Through Cavitating Bubbles. Science, 289(5487), 2114–2117. Koukouvinis P., Bruecker C, Gavaises M (2017) Unveiling the physical mechanism behind pistol shrimp cavitation. Sci Rep. Vol.7: 13994https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pistol_shrimphttps://www.learnodo-newtonic.com/pistol-shrimp-facts

55

19-11-26 Madl 519-11-26 Madl 5

EMF (2/3)

Stimulation of water with US yields light emission (sono-luminescence) ….

Yu, 2001

Static fields

Dynamic fields


• Ultrasound & EMF

Life demo of sonificated, charged aerosols


Detecting charge with an ionometer of aerosolized water sample using an ultrasound nebulizer.

The Measuring-System is built up of two external tubular electrodes (1, 2) with a smaller electrode each centrically and electrically isolated mounted within. Between the electrodes a DC potential is applied. This creates an electric field between the electrodes. The ventilator (4) draws air continuously at a defined volumetric quantity through the tubes. The electric field between the electrodes deflects the ions in the passing air to the inner electrodes. Because here are two different polarities in the tubes (positive and negative), the positively charged ions will be accelerated in the one tube and the negatively charged ions will be accelerated in the other tube. The flow speed of the air, the value of the deflection voltage and the geometry of the tube are determined in a way that the ions with a defined minimum mobility reach the inner electrode. Slower ions reach the inner electrode only partially. At resistors (R) of high impedance (up to 1∙E11 Ohm) the charging current generated by the charge neutralising will lead to a measurable voltage which can be measured with the adequate amplifier (3). This signal, which is proportional to the concentration of ions in the air is then be digitalised in the preamplifier. The operation is run by a microcontroller (5) which also processes the LED, the logic memory, the analog line-outs (7), the serial inter-face and the network interface.

Source: Yan Y (2001) Some Applications of Biophoton Measurements. 10th Summerschool at theInternational Institute of Biophysics, Neuss, FRG

Holbahch (2016) Working principle of measurement of the IM806 Ionometer.

6

19-11-26 Madl 66

Coherence Domains (1/8)




Madl et al., 2013

Chaplin, 2007

he

Vf

2

1

OHEnmnmCD 2

63

153.0

75

-) Coherent coupling among water molecules

Water at the basis of biological coherence


It is the scope of this paper to propose an additional charging mechanism of water-fall generated aerosols. The observations leading to this approach arose from a field study at five waterfalls in the Austrian Alps. Thereby, size distributions of ion clusters, their mobility and their intermediate progenies near waterfalls have been measured with a tandem ion spectrometer consisting of three aspirated Gerdien Cylindrical Ion Detectors (CDI) in combination with a Scanning Mobility Particle Sizer(SMPS). It was observed that the concentration of negative 0.9-10 nm ions was 2-3 orders of magnitude higher than at the reference points up to several 100s of meters away from the waterfalls. Here we discuss the observed features in a quantum electro-dynamic scheme. We find good agreement between theory and observations obtained in the field, which supports the view that water in this size range is highly structured and coherent.[1]

Gases are fully non coherent systems. Liquids are systems where electron clouds are coherent. Solids are systems where nuclei too are coherent. Liquid water is peculiar, since the coherent oscillation connects two electronic configurations that have extreme features:[2]

1) the ground configuration where all electrons are tightly bound (the ionization potential is 12.60eV, corresponding to soft X-rays / far UV-range and to an excitation temperature of 140·E3 [K] …. E = k·T.… k = 86.174·E-6[eV/K];

2) the excited configuration has an energy E=12.06eV, only 0.54eV below the ionization threshold. So for each molecule there is almost one free electron (echarge = -1.6022·E-19 [A·s] = 1eV)!

Image: Formation of coherence domains (CDs) of aerosolized water molecules. The free-floating dipoles start to feel mutually attracted and establish coherent resonance clusters that result in the formation of 75 nm large CDs in which molecules resonate unisono and in phase. CDs themselves become entrapped by the newly formed coherent polarizing field and reveal a characteristic wavelength of about 100nm. The formation of CDs is a fundamental property of liquid water and unlike the laser, no energy pumping is required to establish coherence.

Source: [1] Madl P, Del Giudice E, Voeikov VL, Tedeschi A, Kolarž P, Gaisberger M and Hartl A (2013) Evidence of Coherent Dynamics in Water Droplets of Waterfalls. Water, Vol 5: 57-68.

7

19-11-26 Madl 77





Madl et al., 2013

]/[84 9 mVEtAE

Amplitude w/n CD

-) Coherent coupling among water molecules



Coherence arises out of the electromagnetic fluctuations of the quantum vacuum and from the exchange of radiation at the natural photo-absorption resonances of water molecules. Such coherence is confined to domains whose size is different for molecules and electromagnetic fields (EMF). The field is trapped in a region whose diameter corresponds to 2∙rCD f, the wavelength of the spectral line involved (rCD f = /2). The involved spectral line is in the far-UV, close to the ionisation potential of water …. CDs obtained in this way are the liquid droplets produced by the condensation of water vapour. Permanent coherence becomes established in water and gives rise to a long-range-order within domains 75nm in diameter (see previous slide).As long as the "vapor" density remains below the smallest of the critical densities of 0.31g/cm3

(belonging to 12.06eV) the system of water molecules remains in the perturbative ground state. This is the state where quantum fluctuations are not tuned together and consequently molecules are uncorrelated; characteristic for vapor. As soon as such a critical density is reached, the oscillation starts to "run away". When this happens, the electromagnetic "zero-point" fluctuations with the corresponding frequency = 12.06eV begins to build up and the water molecules will oscillate between the ground state and the excited level at 12.06 eV (image). At this runaway-state, all the other excitation levels of the affected water molecules will be from now on totally ignored by the dynamic evolution of the physical system, which is made of water molecules plus the EMF …. It is important to note here that we speak of a two-phase system, in which not all the water molecules take part in the formation of CDs (previous slide). In other words, at room-temperature the coherent versus the non-coherent fraction in the vapor phase is split into a 0.4 to 0.6 ratio, in favor of the latter – since the temperature at the falls (e.g. Krimml) was only about 15°C, this balance is slightly biased towards coherence, i.e. 0.425 vs.0.575.

Image: Formation of the multimode laser-like properties within a CD as a result of the pumping mechanism, synchronized excitation and relaxation patterns between the ground level and excitation at 12.06eV of the involved water molecules.


88

19-11-26 Madl 8


Yu, 2001

via a process known as cavitation (implosion of nano-bubbles) – can be a serious problem in biological tissues

Lutz & Buscarin, 2011

19-11-26 Madl 8

EMF (3a/3)

Static fields

Dynamic fields



different frequencies for different body:•3–5 MHz for abdominal areas•5–10 MHz for small and superficial parts and•10–30 MHz for the skin or the eyes.

Absorption increases with the frequency

attenuation by absorption in soft tissueapprox. 0.5 dB/cm/MHz

Non-thermal effects of ultrasound: •cavitation, •direct mechanical damage to cells by acceleration, movement of particles in fluid (acoustic streaming)•aggregation of particles or cells. •Tissue heating (depends on absorbed energy and volume within which absorption occurs) -higher in Doppler- & TM-modes than in transducer moved B-scanning mode).


Ultrasound is the term used to describe sound of frequencies above 20 000 Hertz (Hz), beyond the range of human hearing. Frequencies of 1–30 megahertz (MHz) are typical for diagnostic ultrasound. Diagnostic ultrasound imaging depends on the computerized analysis of reflected ultrasound waves, which non-invasively build up fine images of internal body structures. The resolution attainable is higher with shorter wavelengths, with the wavelength being inversely proportional to the frequency. However, the use of high frequencies is limited by their greater attenuation (loss of signal strength) in tissue and thus shorter depth of penetration. For this reason, different ranges of frequency are used for examination of different parts of the body: 3–5 MHz for abdominal areas 5–10 MHz for small and superficial parts and 10–30 MHz for the skin or the eyes.Absorption increases with the frequency of the ultrasound …. In soft tissue, attenuation by absorption is approximately 0.5 decibels (dB) per centimetre of tissue and per megahertz …. Physiological blood flow causes a Doppler shift of 50–16 000 Hz (frequencies in the audible range), if ultrasound frequencies of 2–10 MHz are used. Adverse effects: The kinetic energy of ultrasound waves can cause adverse effects in tissue. Non-thermal effects include cavitation, direct mechanical damage to cells by acceleration, movement of particles in fluid (acoustic streaming) and aggregation of particles or cells. Cavitation is the formation of voids, or bubbles, in a biological structure during the rarefaction phase of a sound wave. These bubbles may grow with changes in pressure or collapse during the positive pressure phase. The risk of cavitation is low at the ultrasound intensities used in medical diagnosis. Furthermore, diagnostic ultrasound is applied in very short pulses. Nevertheless, as very small gas bubbles may serve as cavitation centres, the recent introduction of microbubble contrast agents has stimulated and renewed discussion about this phenomenon …. The generation of heat in tissues is an important limiting factor in the diagnostic use of ultrasound. The temperature rise in tissue depends on the absorbed ultrasound energy and the volume within which the absorption occurs. The energy absorbed is therefore higher with stationary ultrasound emitters (transducer fixed, e.g. Doppler, TM-mode) than with scanning methods (transducer moved during examination, e.g. B-scan). Furthermore, the thermal effect is reduced by convection, especially in the bloodstream. The embryo is particularly sensitive to long exposure to ultrasound, especially during prolonged Doppler examinations. The thermal index (TI) is displayed in real time as an indication of the maximum temperature rise that may occur in a tissue during a prolonged ultrasound examination.

Source: Lutz H, Buscarini E (2011) WHO manual of diagnostic ultrasound. Vol. 1, 2nd ed. World Health OrganizationGutenberg Press Ltd.

99

19-11-26 Madl 9


Yu, 2001



19-11-26 Madl 9

EMF (3b/3)

different ranges of frequency for medical examination of body parts•3–5 MHz abdominal areas•5–10 MHz small and superficial parts (incl. early pregnancy) •10–30 MHz skin or eyes.

Rule of Thumb: absorption: proportional fUS.Bone absorbs ultrasound much more than soft tissue – the latter: approx. 0.5 dB∙cm‐1∙MHz‐1 (thermal effects)e.g. GE‐Voluson E8: 0.75 W/cm2 (0.3 dB∙cm‐1∙MHz‐1) @ 1‐15 MHz (potential of cavitation increases with rarefactional peak pressure but decreases with pulse frequency)

Humphrey et al., 2006

2D-3D-4D-ultrasound.mp4…. add nanobubbles-aerosol

data from SMPS

Static fields

Dynamic fields




Energy is lost as the wave overcomes the natural resistance of the particles in the medium to displacement, i.e. the viscosity of the medium. Thus, absorption increases with the viscosity of the medium and contributes to the attenuation of the ultrasound beam. Absorption increases with the frequency of the ultrasound. Bone absorbs ultrasound much more than soft tissue, so that, in general, ultrasound is suitable for examining only the surfaces of bones. Ultrasound energy cannot reach the areas behind bones .... In soft tissue, attenuation by absorption is approximately 0.5 decibels (dB) per centimetre of tissue and per megahertz. Attenuation limits the depth at which examination with ultrasound of a certain frequency is possible; this distance is called the ‘penetration depth’. In this connection, it should be noted that the reflected ultrasound echoes also have to pass back out through the same tissue to be detected.Non-thermal effects of ultrasound include cavitation …. Cavitation is the formation of voids, or bubbles, in a biological structure during the rarefaction phase of a sound wave. These bubbles may grow with changes in pressure or collapse during the positive pressure phase …. As very small gas bubbles may serve as cavitation centres, the recent introduction of micro-bubble contrast agents has stimulated and renewed discussion about this phenomenon …. The energy absorbed is higher with stationary ultrasound emitters (transducer fixed, e.g. Doppler, TM-mode) than with scanning methods (transducer moved during examination, e.g. B-scan) …. The embryo is particularly sensitive to long exposure to ultrasound, especially during prolonged Doppler examinations.[1]GE Voluson E8 Basic User Manual S6, S8, S8pro (Rev.2 Revision 2 HCAT# H46952LC 5482585-100 SW 14.0.0): Some guidelines recommend that embryonic and fetal in situ temperatures of 41 C (4 C above normal temperature) should be limited in time by 5 min or less …. Cavitation may occur due to interactions between the ultrasonic waves and the contrast medium. Always perform examination using the ALARA (As Low As Reasonably Achievable) principle: rRarefactional peak pressure: the calculated values of the ratio Rp indicate the extent to which the deratedwater measurements (pr,.3) underestimate the peak rarefactional pressure in tissue pr.[3]Source: [1] Lutz H, Buscarin E (2011) Manual of diagnostic ultrasound, 2nd ed. World Health Organization. Gutenberg Press, MaltaVideo: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OBV7i9zRAto [2] https://de.scribd.com/doc/250323296/Voluson-S6-Voluson-S8-Voluson-S8-Pro-Basic-User-Manual[3] Humphrey VF, Cooling MP, Duncan TM, Duck FA (2006) P2C-1 The Peak Rarefactional Pressure Generated by Medical Ultrasound Systems in Water and Tissue: A Numerical Study. IEEE Ultrasonics Symposium, Vancouver, BC: 1604-1607. doi: 10.1109/ULTSYM.2006.406

1010

19-11-26 Madl 10


Yu, 2001



19-11-26 Madl 10

EMF (3c/3)

Mayo Foundation (Rochester (USA) …. Ultrasonic investigation expose unborn to sound intensities up to 100 dB!

•DK abolished routine examinations;•CH reduced it to a single check•FRG at least three routine checks & baby-watching

Stadelmann, 2005

Static fields

Dynamic fields




It is also worth thinking that the sonographic emitting device is only a few millimetres away from the growing embryo. This examination has become almost obligatory in early pregnancy and serves as a safe pregnancy test in all medical studios .... A brief informative chat with your doctor can provide information about the necessity of this method. It has to be considered that scientists of the MAYO foundation from Rochester USA assume that ultrasound examinations during pregnancy expose the unborn to a noise level of about 100 dB (!). Young parents must also be aware that in other European countries, such as Denmark, routine ultrasound examinations have been abolished and our neighboring country Switzerland only provides a single routine ultrasound examinations, while in Germany three examinations are still planned and baby-watching, which is now common, no longer stops at four-week check-ups. And this despite the fact that even in medical circles an error rate of about 30-40% of the examination results is discussed. This also implies that false statements are made about child size and deformities, which ultimately lead to great uncertainty among expectant parents.Translated with www.DeepL.com/Translator

Source: Stadelmann I (2005) Die Hebamen Soprechstunde. Stadelmann Verlag. ISBN-10: 3980376060

1111

19-11-26 Madl 11Madl 1119-11-26

Concepts & Definitions (2b/6)

EMFs in a nutshelli) Static EMFi) Dynamic EMFi) Q-factor

The Dipole – a technical oscillator

Mechanical Resonance ….

…. and Damping

Pumping a swing in rhythm with its natural frequency yields a large amplitude.

Loss of energy due to friction.Q-factor = f0/Δf


Voice & shattering glass.mp4


The Q-factor (or quality factor) is a direct measure of the sharpness of resonance, one can say that low-Q resonators (broad) are found in wide band applications, whereas high-Q-resonators (sharp) are so specific that these resonate tightly around a specific frequency. Hence, the Q-factor characterizes resonator performance and is the ratio of stored energy divided by the average energy dissipated per cycle of resonance.i) a low Q-factor denotes a damped oscillation that looses a lot of the resonating energy thereby causing the resonating effect quickly to fade out towards zero. i) a high Q-factor on the other hand, denotes an undamped resonator with almost no loss of the stored energy, and as such is able to resonate for quite a long time even without periodic strokes of a synchronized time base that is coupled to the natural resonance frequency of the oscillating system.

Image: Plot of average power versus frequency for a series RLC circuit. The power is maximum when the frequency of the generator ω equals the natural frequency of the circuit ω0=(LC)-1/2. If the resistance is small, the Q factor is large and the resonance is sharp. The resonance width Δω of the curves is measured between points where the power is half its maximum value.When the frequency of a forced vibration on an object matches the object‘s natural frequency, a dramatic increase in amplitude occurs = resonance (lit. resounding or sounding again).

Source: [1] Madl P, Egot-Lemaire S (2015) The field and the photon from a physical point of view. In; Fels D, Cifra M, Scholkmann F (eds) Fields of the Cell. Research Signpost, Kerala INDImage: [2] inspired by Q-factor (accessed 25th April, 2012): www.planetperplex.com/en/item/find-the-fault-no-13-the-swinghttp://3.bp.blogspot.com/-Cj-Wf3SpQ0k/T0Nsy9UrPwI/AAAAAAAAAA0/QupFa7h3BLA/s1600/wineglassshattering.jpg

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RRgmJ5kB_FA

1212

19-11-26 Madl 1219-11-26 Madl 12

DCS (1/2)

Wave propagation in seawater

• neglectable <100 Hz

• sonar <50 kHz (160-210 dB)

submarine communicationKoenig et al., 1981

• Interferes with whale sonar

gas bubbles in blood vessels

hemmorrhaged vital organs

beaching of whalesCressey, 2008


The Schumann resonances can be interpreted as "standing waves" that undergo a relatively slight attenuation in the earth-ionosphere cavity. Tran and Polk (1972) found an attenuation of 0.5 db/1 Mm at 20 Hz for the signals during the course of their propagation from the point of origin (lightning). By comparison, the values in seawater are considerably less favorable, though they improve with lower frequencies. Studies by Soderberg and Finkle (1970) and Bernstein et al. (1974) show a mean attenuation of about 0.1 db/m in this medium.[1]Mid-frequency military (1–10 kHz) sonars have been associated with lethal mass strandings of deep-diving toothed whales, but the effects on endangered baleen whale species are virtually unknown. Here, we used controlled exposure experiments with simulated military sonar and other mid-frequency sounds to measure behavioural responses of tagged blue whales (Balaenoptera musculus) in feeding areas within the Southern California Bight. Despite using source levels orders of magnitude below some operational military systems, our results demonstrate that mid-frequency sound can significantly affect blue whale behaviour, especially during deep feeding modes. When a response occurred, behavioural changes varied widely from cessation of deep feeding to increased swimming speed and directed travel away from the sound source. The variability of these behavioural responses was largely influenced by a complex interaction of behavioural state, the type of mid-frequency sound and received sound level. Sonar-induced disruption of feeding and displacement from high-quality prey patches could have significant and previously undocumented impacts on baleen whale foraging ecology, individual fitness and population health.[2]Image. Attenuation of waves in seawater as a function of frequency for various water conductivity values. After Soderberg and Finkle (1970). Key: a-Attenuation (dB/m); b-Attenuation a = ... neper/meter; c-Frequency (Hz); d-In S/m.[1] Beached sperm whale to to sonar exposure.[3] Rockfisch with barotrauma.Source: [1] Koenig HL, Krueger AP, Lang S, Sonning W (1981) Biologic Effects of Environmental Electromagnetism. Springer (NY)Cressey D (2008) Sonar does affect whales, military report confirms, Nature, Vol. doi:10.1038/news.2008.997 [3] Parsons ECM, Dolman SJ, Wright AJ, Rose NA, Burns WCG (2008) Navy sonar and cetaceans: Just how much does the gun need to smoke before we act? Marine Pollution Bulletin 56 (2008) 1248–1257 https://www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2008/10/081006112057.htm[2] Goldbogen JA, Southall BL, DeRuiter SL, Calambokidis J, Friedlaender AS, Hazen EL, Falcone EA, Schorr GS, Douglas A, Moretti DJ, Kyburg C, McKenna MF, Tyack PL (2013) Blue whales respond to simulated mid-frequency military sonar. Proc R Soc B 280: 20130657.

1313

19-11-26 Madl 1319-11-26 Madl 13

DCS (2/2)

Diving

• Decompression sickness

gas bubbles in blood vessels

hemmorrhaged vital organs

barotraumasAuerbach, 2007

…. see SCD Manual p.41/122


Ocular and Periocular Barotrauma: The eye is normally filled with noncompressiblefluid and solid tissues and is therefore protected from barotrauma. However, once a mask is placed over the face, a different circumstance exists. The face mask is an air-filled space bounded on one side by the eyes and ocular adnexa. As a diver descends, if he or she does not expel gas through the nose into the airspace of the face mask, a relative negative pressure develops in this space. If this negative pressure becomes great enough, the eyes and ocular adnexa are drawn toward the space. Marked lid edema with ecchymosis and subconjunctival hemorrhage may develop as tissues and blood vessels are disrupted by this distention. These signs may be alarming to the diver but typically resolve without sequelae. In a more severe case, such as that which may occur when an unconscious diver sinks a significant distance in the water column, more serious injury, including hyphema, may occur. 39 A diver with face mask barotrauma is shown above.

Image: Mask squeeze in a diver who descended to 45 fsw without exhaling into his mask. Insert: novice diver with mask barotrauma showing subconjuntivalhemorrhages.

Diagram with different manifestations of pulmonary barotrauma including medistinal emphysema, subcotaneous emphysema, pneumothorax and arterial gas embolism. Cutis marmorata, mottling of the skin seen in severe cases of decompression sickness.

Source: Auerbach PS (2007) Wilderness Medicine 5th. Mosby Pugl.

14

19-11-26 Madl 14

Some Basics-I

oscillations & harmonics


15

19-11-26 Madl 15

FFT (1/3)

Fourier Transformation

Conversion of a time-dependent periodic signal can be converted into a frequency-dependent signal

elektroniktutor, 2002

Demonstrate with de/coupled tuning-forks & Oscilloscope;s FFT-mode


With the Fourier transform (FT) a time-dependent periodic signal can be converted into a frequency-dependent signal. It is often of interest to examine a periodic signal with regard to the frequencies occurring therein and their amplitudes. In order, for example, to process a square-wave or saw-tooth signal as loss-free as possible, the electronics must have a certain bandwidth. It is not sufficient to know only the fundamental frequency of the composite signal, which can be read from the amplitude-time diagram. Only the associated amplitude-frequency diagram shows the other frequencies present in the signal with their components. The mathematician Fourier found out that each periodic signal can be represented by a sum of infinitely many sine and cosine oscillations and, if necessary, an additional direct component. The basic value is the smallest common period equal to the lowest frequency that can easily be determined from the time diagram of the signal. A function f(x) is periodic if its function values do not change after a shift by π (2Pi) for all x values in the definition range. For 2Pi-periodic functions, f(x) = f(x + π) applies. If f(x) is a continuous monotonic function and can be integrated in the interval -π ≤ x ≤ πequals 0 ≤ x ≤ 2-π, the function can be written as an infinite trigonometric function series, a Fourier series.

Image: There are different spellings for the general representation of the trigonometric function series, which differ in the starting value of the run number and in the occurrence of the absolute member and ultimately lead to the same result

Source: https://elektroniktutor.de/fachmathematik/fourier.html

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TwgPU6M_v0c

https://gist.github.com/amroamroamro/617305c05001caffc8d0

16

19-11-26 Madl 16

FFT (2/3)



Frosch, 2009

Randal et al, 1997

Human (0.025-6 kHz)Chinchilla (2.5-13 kHz)

Guinea pig, gerbil (1.8-9.5 kHz)

Ape

x

Bas

e


Transient-evoked oto-acoustic emissions are useful because they yield non-invasively information about the cochlear organs, even if it is impossible to communicate with the subject (e.g., in the case of babies). If the outer hair-cells (OHCs) are damaged, then the TEOAEs in the corresponding frequency region are weak or absent. In the present analysis of TEOAE experiments documented in the literature, the time-dependence of the instantaneous frequency of the emissions is shown to be consistent with a cochlear model [1] involving two cochlear resonators, namely the internal organ-of-Corti resonator (IOCR, see below) and the basilar-membrane resonator (BMR). During a stationary pure tone, wave energy is fed into the cochlea at the stapes. The basilar membrane (BM) oscillation velocity increases with x because the group velocity decreases. Box-model formula for cgroup (for x-independent properties, without friction, short-wave approximation): cgroup = S/(4·ρ·ω) · (1-M·ω2/S)2

With S [N/m3] stiffness of BM; M [kg/m2] surface mass density of BM; ρ [kg/m3] liquid density (approx. 1k); ω [1/s] = 2·π·f angular frequency of tone; The BM surface mass density is approximately x-independent; humans: M=0.1kg/m2. The BM stiffness S(x) decreases strongly from x=0 to x=L.; see diagram above (for homo). A third cochlear map: the basilar-membrane resonator map = BMR map; fBMR (x) = 1/(2·π) · (S(x)/M)1/2 is the resonance frequency without liquid; at fBMR (x) the group velocity vanishes. Without friction, the BM oscillation velocity at xBMR (f) would be infinite; with frictional heat generation, there is a maximum of the BM oscillation velocity at xPP (f), and the wave is weak at xBMR (f). Image: Preliminary cochlear maps for homo; lowest curve (0.025-6 kHz): human cochlear map according to Greenwood (1990), conjectured to be close to the passive-peak map and, at f > 1 kHz, to the internal-organ-of-Corti-resonator map; highest line (2.5-13 kHz): basilar-membrane-resonator map according to de Boer (1996); one-octave difference between PP and BMR maps agrees with data from several mammals; middle line (1.8-9.5 kHz): active-peak map, 0.5 octave below BMR map, inferred from maps of chinchilla, guinea-pig, and gerbil.[1] Source: [1] Frosch R (2009) Analysis of Human Oto-Acoustic Emissions. 59th OPEG meeting, Innsbruck AT;Randall D, Burggren W, French K (1997) Eckert - Animal Physiology: Mechanisms and Adaptations, 4th ed. Freeman and Company, ISBN 07166724146.http://www.cochlea.eu/en/cochlea/function

1717

19-11-26 Madl 1719-11-26 Madl 17

FFT (3/3)

Dolphin language

• Object echolocation w/ US

sender: Dolphin

recorder: SM3BAT 384kHz sampling rate

analyzer: Cymascope

Kassewitz, et al., 2016

Dolphin - Cymatic-Holographic imaging technique.mp4


We report the discovery that by utilizing dolphin echolocation sounds to vibrate a cell containing water, in a CymaScope instrument, we found that the shapes of submerged objects being echolocated by a dolphin appeared transiently as wave patterns in the water-containing cell. We found clear images of a PVC cross, a foam cube, a plastic flowerpot and a submerged male test subject .... The frequency response of the CymaScope is from about 125 Hz to 5 kHz with a peak response at 1840 kHz. Therefore, the formation of the fine details in the imagery must be spread through time in some manner. A natural time base exists in the visualizing cell in that it takes a finite amount of time for a ripple to travel from the cell’s central axis to the circular boundary, which is a function of the frequency of the injected signal. This hysteresis in the water mass can be thought of as a type of memory, whereby existing waves in the water interact with later signals. Perhaps the finer details in the images are the result of complex interactions among these parameters .... We note that the image of the human body is flipped left to right, as an apparent mirror image. Why this occurs has yet to be determined. Also, what determines the orientation of the images in the instrument’s visualizing cell, which is radially symmetric has yet to be determined.

Image: CymaScope recording of human subject. 1/24 second frame before human image appears, Left: raw image, right: Enhanced image.

Source: Kassewitz J, Hyson MT, Reid JS, Berrera RL (2016) A Phenomenon Discovered While

Imaging Dolphin Echolocation Sounds. J Marine Sci Res Dev, Vol.6:4 1000202https://www.cymascope.com/cyma_research/oceanography.html

Video what the dolphin saw: https://youtu.be/-vWlYteyF7I

18

19-11-26 Madl 18

Some Basics-II

understanding electromagnetism


19

19-11-26 Madl 19

Electromagnetic Field (5a/6 cont’d)

i) Electrical Polarity in organisms ii) Current of Injury and

Making limbs regrowiii) MGF & embryogenesis iv) Tumorbiology

Madl & Lemaire, 2015

Atmosphere’s protective properties against extraterrestrial radiation


The electromagnetic spectrum contains a wide range of different wavelengths, each of which exhibits different characteristics. It is divided into various domains that are named according to their dominant mode of application. Beginning with the most energetic spectral segment – one can find among others γ-radiation and X-rays (ionizing radiation) and less energetic radiation (non-ionizing), with the threshold within the ultraviolet (UV) band. The latter covers a spectrum of roughly 10 to 390 nm …. Light waves (VIS) in the range of 390 to 780 nm code for the visible color-spectrum …. Near infrared radiation (IR) greater than 780 nm all the way down to 1 mm is most often related to thermal radiation …. Then there is far-IR, or microwaves from 1 mm to 30 cm wavelengths …. Radio waves cover a wavelength range of 30 cm to several km …. All wavelength segments mentioned so far seem to differ from each other, yet still all belong to the single electromagnetic spectrum, which is commonly referred to as the spectrum of electromagnetic radiation (EMR). The only thing that is really different from one wave to another is frequency of oscillation.

Image: The electromagnetic spectrum and its domains. The abscissa highlights the various modes of reference, given as wavelength [m], energy [eV], frequency [s-1]. The entire spectrum spans over approximately 73 octaves (Ho, 1997). The ordinate reveals the atmospheric transmissivity, the so-called windows to outer space along with the ”forbidden” sections unfavorable for biotic entities. The depicted satellites underline their principle detection windows within the EMR-spectrum.

Source: Ho MW (1997). Towards a Theory of the Organism. Integrative Physiological and BehavioralScience, 32(4), 343-363.Madl P., Egot-Lemaire S (2015) Chapter-2: General Introduction into electromagnetic radiation and photobiology. In: Fels D, Cifra M, Scholkmann F (eds), Field of the Cells Volume 1. Signpost Research (IND)

20

19-11-26 Madl 20

Electromagnetic Field (5b/6 cont’d)



Becker, 1990

Atmosphere’s protective properties against extraterrestrial radiation …. year: 1900


Our use of energy for power and communications has radically changed the total electromagnetic field of the Earth. Be-cause we cannot directly perceive this with any of our senses, most of us are unaware that it has occurred. Before 1900, the Earth's electromagnetic field was composed simply of the field and its as-sociated micro-pulsations, visible light, and random discharges of lightning. Today, we swim in a sea of energy that is almost totally man-made (see next slide).

Image: The spectrum of the Earth's natural electromagnetic envi-ronment Only the major contributors are listed. There are very small amounts of other frequencies from extraterrestrial sources, and all ionizing radiation higher in frequency than light has been omitted. The horizontal line represents frequency, increasing from zero at left; the numerical listings below the horizontal line refer to cycles per second (Hz). The micro-pulsation frequencies range from 0 to about 30 Hz. Lightning flashes produce fields in the frequency range of 10-20 kHz …. Visible light is a narrow band in the trillions of Hz. Between each of these normal fields are large blocks of the spectrum that are essentially empty of any electromagnetic frequencies.

Source: Becker RO (1990) Cross Currents - The Promise of Electromedicine The Perils of Electropollution, Tarcher Inc. LA (USA)

21

19-11-26 Madl 21

Electromagnetic Field (5c/6 cont’d)



Atmosphere’s protective properties against extraterrestrial radiation …. year: 1990

Becker, 1990


The growth of electric power and communication systems was slow at first, but since World War II it has been increasing at be-tween 5 and 10 percent per year. In addition, new technologies have appeared. Commercial telephone and television satellite transmitters and relays blanket the Earth from 40,000 km out in space. Military satellites cruise by every point on Earth once an hour, and from their altitude of only 400 km, they bounce radar beams off its surface to produce images for later "downloading" over their home countries …. The industry has placed in the hands of the public such gadgets as citizens-band radios cell-phones and wireless data-hubs …. The list goes on and on. We have now almost reached a state in which the entire electromagnetic spectrum has been filled up with man-made frequencies. Our electric-power systems operate at fifty or sixty times per second, just above the highest naturally occurring frequency of 30 Hz. Our microwave beams operate at billions of times per second and are getting ever closer to the trillion-cycle frequencies of visible light. We have filled the previously empty electromagnetic spectrum between these two extremes with man-made radiation that never before existed on Earth. And we did it in less than eighty years.[2]

Image: Man-made electromagnetic fields of all general types. Some attempt has been made to indicate the number of sources in each area by increased shading, but this should be viewed as approximate only. There is some uncertainty at the very highest frequencies of microwave, because this area is used primarily by the military, and much is classified. It is evident, in comparison with the previous slide, that the normally empty portions of the spectrum have been completely filled with large amounts of powerful electromagnetic radiation.

Source: [2] Becker RO (1990) Cross Currents - The Promise of Electromedicine The Perils of Electropollution, Tarcher Inc. LA (USA)

2222

19-11-26 Madl 22Madl 2219-11-26

Electromagnetic Field (6/6)

Radiation & Biology

• Legal limits

• Shielding

- absorbance/reflectance of insulators, semi-conductorsand metals vs frequency.

- shielding is particularly difficult within 1-10 KHz ….

i.e. detectable via satellite 100 km above ground

Ludwig, 1974

difficult to shield

…. effectively all power line frequencies 16 ⅔, 50, 60 Hz


The curves drawn show the absorption as a function of the frequency (units on both axes are logarithmic) over the total frequency range up to the y -rays, for insulators, semi-conductors, and metals (the reflection effect , relative to E at low frequencies s entered in dashed Lines).Beginning at low frequencies, we have the following phenomena: By scattering the photons of the electromagnetic waves with electrons of the material, and scattering the electrons with phonons, at low frequencies the electromagnetic energy is converted into sound energy. This leads to a heating of the material. At low frequencies, the electrons can follow the wave frequencies without a retardation time. If there are very powerful waves in the acoustic zone, these phonons are audible (phonons are sound quants).This absorption is designated as "free carrier absorption". It is proportional to the fourth root of the frequency up to the so-called plasma edge; at this plasma edge, the electrons no longerfollow the wave oscillations. Above the plasma edge, the free carrier absorption disappears and the material becomes transparent to the wave. For semi-conductors, the plasma edge lies in the UHF to the microwave zone; for metals, it is above the UV-zone. Only the area under the plasma edge is of interest to us here.1]While it is possible to provide electrical screening to the practical limit of a ten-million-fold reduction in the ambient fields within a test room using wire mesh and metal sheets at frequencies above 10 kHz and below 1 Hz. [2]Satellite measurements show that the radiation from the world's 50 Hz and 60 Hz power lines influence the magnetosphere more than 100 km above the Earth's surface.[3]

Image: Absorption (and dashed, reflection) of insulators, semi-conductors and metals (qualitatively) as a function of the frequency.[1]

Source: [1] Ludwig HW (1974) Shielding of ELF Fields. In: Persinger MA (ed) ELF and VLF Electromagnetic Field Effect. Plenum Press, New York (USA)[2] Cyrill CW, Best S (1989) Electromagnetic Man – Health and Hazard in the Electrical Environment. St. Martin’s Press, (NY), USA[3] Luette JP, Park CG, Helliwell RA (1979) The control of the magnetosphere by power line radiation. J. Geophys. Res., Vol.84, 2657–2660

23

19-11-26 Madl 23

Electromagnetic Field (5a/6 cont’d)

Environmental EMF

(absolute values)Koenig et al., 1981

Schmitt & Rau, 1981


It is certain that ionospheric processes play a role with regard to ULF variations of the electric field at the earth's surface. In general, it is difficult to measure those electric field variations which are attributable to ionospheric current systems in connection with systems of closed current loops in the ionosphere or disturbances in the magnetosphere: this is due to very strong, local disturbances caused mostly by weather phenomena. However, Siebert has found evidence linking electromagnetic field variations in the ULF range with hydromagnetic processes in the exosphere, the outermost region of the atmosphere. Other investigations indicate that electromagnetic waves with a period of about 10-20 s, which apparently originate from the sun, reach the earth's surface. Schumann attribute this to resonance properties of the sun as an isotropic radiator, which emits electromagnetic waves with this period that could reach the earth along interplanetary lines of magnetic force. Other measurements show the existence of ULF electromagnetic phenomena with a wave nature on the earth's surface. Data are presented in the above on mean amplitude values of the electric field component E in VIm (circles) and the magnetic field component B in 'Y = nT (triangles) of specific signals which can be measured over a broad band of frequencies (increasing the bandwidth of the measuring instruments would not lead to a significant increase in amplitude values) for the range from 50 kHz to static fields. It can be seen that in the range from f = 2 kHz down to a period T of several hours, the field intensity values apparently increase in proportion to f-1 or T, and everywhere exhibit the EI H ratio (wave impedance) that is typical of electromagnetic waves in free space, W = 370 Ω.[1]

A more precise understanding of the effects of fields and waves is particularly important due to the extensive electrification of our environment - from household appliances to high-voltage powerlines and satellite communications. Technical equipment and systems are used to generate field strengths that are generally far below the natural radiation values (see above), especially in the area of low-frequency power networks (50 Hz and 16 2/3 Hz) and in the various radio services and industrial facilities in the high and high frequency area.[2]

Image: Intensity values of natural ULF, ELF, and VLF electromagnetic fields as measured over a broad frequency band. Circles: electric field (E) in VIm; triangles: magnetic field (B) in nT (1 gamma). The E/H ratio corresponds to that of electromagnetic waves.[1] Average values of natural electromagnetic field intensities (in 1 Hz bandwidth) in comparison to some tech ical systems.[2]

Source: [1] Koenig HL, Krueger AP, Lang S, Sonning W (1981) Biologic Effects of Environmental Electromagnetism. Springer, Berlin, (FRG)

[2] Schmitt HJ, Rau G (1981) Der mensch im elektromagnetischen Feld. Rheinisch-Wetfaelische Akademieder Wissenschaften (288. Sitzung am 3. Juni 1981 in Dusseldorf), Vortrag N.311: 1-82

24

19-11-26 Madl 24

Effects of Low Frequency exposure@ cell level

ELF (extremely - 3-30 Hz)SLF (super - 30-300 Hz)ULF (ultra - 0.3-3 kHz)


Extremely low frequency (ELF) is for electromagnetic radiation (radio waves) with frequencies from 3 to 30 Hz, and corresponding wavelengths of 100 to 10 Mm, respectively. In atmospheric science, an alternative definition is usually given, from 3 Hz to 3 kHz. In the related magnetosphere science, the lower frequency electromagnetic oscillations (pulsations occurring below ~3 Hz) are considered to lie in the ULF range,

Super low frequency (SLF) is an electromagnetic wave (radio waves) in the frequency range between 30 and 300 Hz. They have corresponding wavelengths of 10 to 1Mm. This frequency range includes the frequencies of AC power grids (50/60 Hz). Another conflicting designation which includes this frequency range is ELF, which in some contexts refers to all frequencies up to 300 Hz.

Ultra low frequency (ULF) is the frequency range between 0.3 and 3 kHz. In magnetosphere science and seismology, alternative definitions are usually given, including ranges from 1 mHz to 100 Hz, 1 mHz to 1 Hz, and 10 mHz to 10 Hz. Frequencies above 3 Hz in atmospheric science are usually assigned to the ELF range.

Very low frequency or VLF is radio frequency (RF) in the range of 3 to 30 kHz, corresponding to wavelengths from 100 to 10 km, respectively. The band is also known as the myriameter band or myriameterwave as the wavelengths range from one to ten myriameters (an obsolete metric unit equal to 10 km). Due to its limited bandwidth, audio (voice) transmission is highly impractical in this band, and therefore only low data rate coded signals are used. The VLF band is used for a few radio navigation services, government time radio stations (broadcasting time signals to set radio clocks) and for secure military communication. Since VLF waves can penetrate at least 40 m into saltwater, they are used for military communication with submarines.

Low frequency (low freq) or LF are RFs in the range of 30 to 300 kHz. As its wavelengths range from 10 to 1 km, respectively, it is also known as the kilometre band or kilometre wave. LF radio waves exhibit low signal attenuation, making them suitable for long-distance communications. In Europe and areas of Northern Africa and Asia, part of the LF spectrum is used for AM broadcasting as the "longwave" band.

Medium frequency (MF) are RFs in the range of 0.3 to 3 MHz. Part of this band is the medium wave (MW) AM broadcast band. The MF band is also known as the hectometer band as the wavelengths range from 10 to one hm (1 to 0.1 m). Frequencies immediately below MF are denoted low frequency (LF), while the first band of higher frequencies is known as high frequency (HF). MF is mostly used for AM radio broadcasting, navigational radio beacons, maritime ship-to-shore communication, and transoceanic air traffic control.

Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electromagnetic_spectrum

2525

19-11-26 Madl 2519-11-26 Madl 25

EF & MF (1/1)

Static fields

• charge induction in viable cells

field lines routed around cells

• Impaired Rmembrane of dying cells route field lines through the cells

force ion migration in/out of cells

Pethig, 2017


Counter ions are attracted to uncompensated surface charges on a particle and are distributed into the laminar fluid layer that moves with the particle …. Because they carry a charge of opposite polarity to that of the net charge on the particle, the electric forces acting on the counter ions act against the electric force …. The overall scheme of forces acting on a charged particle is shown above ….

Inserted into a static field uncharged spherical particle whose electrical properties (conductivity and permittivity) match exactly those of the fluid. The insertion of the particle, requiring thedisplacement of fluid of equal volume, geometry and dielectric properties as the particle, will not be “perceived” by the field. The uniform nature of the field will remain unaltered …. If the test particle (e.g., a viable cell) is less conducting than the surrounding fluid the field and current flux lines will tend to concentrate in the fluid and avoid the particle by skirting around its surface. The counter effect occurs if the particle, such as a dying cell with an impaired membrane resistance,is more conductive than the surrounding fluid. The flux lines are now deflected into the cell interior and avoid the fluid near the particle. For these two cases and, as depicted above, electric charges are induced at the interface between the fluid and the cell membrane.

Image: (a) A cell with an intact and viable plasma membrane will resist passive ion flow and appear to an imposed DC electric field as an electrically insulating particle. The resulting ionic currents will skirt around the cell to seek more conductive paths in the surrounding electrolyte. Induced charges appear at the membrane-electrolyte interface to produce a dipole moment p orientated against the applied field. (b) A cell with an impaired plasma membrane, suspended in a poorly conducting fluid, can appear as a conducting particle. The field will then penetrate into the cell interior and induced charges will lend to the cell a dipole moment aligned in the same direction as the field.

Insert: The steady-state velocity of a charged particle in an electric field is established when the electric force Fe is exactly balanced by the viscous drag force that includes the retardation resulting from the interaction of the field and the counter ions in the electrical double layer.

Source: Pethig R (2017) Dielectrophoresis - Theory, Methodology and Biological Applications. Wiley Publ. Chichester (UK)

2626

19-11-26 Madl 2619-11-26 Madl 26

ELF (1/2)

Dynamic Fields

Weak magnetic (DC <7 mT, AC ≤1 μT @ 60 Hz)

• Non-specific early arrest

• Headless larvae (1a, 1b, 1c)

• Crooked larvae

• Short-segmented (1b, 1e)

• Head/tail reduced (2b-h)

• Twisted larvae (2a-h)

• Strong dorsal denticles (2c-h)

• Thoracic denticle reduced (2g,h)

Ho, 1994


Abnormal larval development due to exposure of weak magnetic fields he abnormalities were classified into 8 categories (see Figs. 7.1 and 7.2). 'Nonspecific early arrests' (nea) appear as empty vitelline membranes. They are almost certainly a heterogeneous assemblageincluding unfertilized eggs as well as embryos arrested before any cuticle has been laid down. The other categories are as follows. 'Headless' (hi) typically fail to form head and other anterior segments (Fig. 7.1 a-c); included in this category are a subclass which can be named 'featureless' as they lack any discernable cuticular structure, appearing as faint ghostly masses within the vitelline membrane (Fig. 7.1 a). They represent embryos in which patterning has failed in the very initial stages. 'Crooked' larvae (cr) are those with one or more ventral denticle bands which are crooked. 'Short-segments' (ss) are those in which one, or a few, or all the segments are truncated (see the remaining segments in Fig. 7.1b and e). 'Head and or tail reduced' (h/t red.), have either head, or tail, or both reduced (most of the embryos in Fig. 7.2), or with tail entirely absent (Fig. 7.1 d,e). 'Twisted' larvae (tw) are by far the most interesting. They exhibit various rotations or twisting of the segments around the anteroposterior axis. Most of the rotations involve either the anterior or posterior ends to varying extent (Fig. 7.2), in one case, a complete conversion of the normal consecutive segmentation pattern into a helical configuration is observed (Fig. 7.2h). The unhatched embryo in Figure 7. If shows two superposed helixes of opposite handedness. 'Strong dorsal denticles' (sdd) are larvae showing thicker than normal dorsal denticles in the thorax and anterior abdominal region (see Fig. 7.2c-h, especially 7.2e), as though they have taken on the characteristics of the ventral denticles. 'Tl reduced' (Tl red.) are the the least abnormal, and are those in which the first thoracic denticle band is reduced to a small ventral patch, or is absent altogether (this may also be seen in Fig. 7.2g,h). The categories of abnormalities almost always overlap, as most embryos have multiple defects. We used two criteria to place embryos in a particular category: (i) according to the category of defect most specific to the magnetic field exposure; (ii) according to the most pronounced, or extensive abnormality. Thus, the order of precedence is 'twisted', 'head/tail reduced', 'crooked' or 'strong dorsal denticles', 'Tl reduced', 'headless' and 'short segments'. The same order applies in all three series.

Image 1: Abnormalities among unhatched larvae exposed to static magnetic fields, a. 'Headless \ subcategory 'featureless'; b, c, 'headless' with 'short segments' and reduced tail; d, tailless larva with head and very little trace of segments posterior to the head; e, tailless larva with reduced and abnormal head plus a couple of truncated or short segments; f 'Twisted' larva with two superposed helices if opposite handedness. Image 2: Abnormalities among hatched larvae exposed to static magnetic fields. a. Normal first instar larva; b. 'twisted' larva with head and the first two thoracic segments all twisted up; c. 'head and tail reduced' larva also showing tendency of twists and crooked segments as well as strong dorsal denticles; d. 'twisted' larva with head, thorax and anterior abdominal segments twisted into a helical configuration, also strong dorsal denticles; e - h, various 'twisted' phenotypes: e, posterior abdominal segments and tail twisted and fused, and strong dorsal denticles; f localized helical conliguration involving T2, T3 and Al, posterior abdomen also rotated, tail reduced; g, posterior abdomen rotated, tail reduced, head reduced, head and thorax twisted, helical configuration involves T2, T2 and Al, Tl is absent; h, a continuous helical configuration involving all segments, head and tail reduced, Tl absent. Coloured Image: depicts the known expression patterns for the Hox-genes Drosophila melanogaster.[2]

Source: Ho MW, French A, Haffegee J, Saunders PT (1994) Can Weak Magnetic Fields (or Potentials) Affect Pattern Formation? Ch.7. In: Ho MW, Popp FA, Warnke U (eds) Bioelectrodynamics and Biocommunication. World Scientific, Singapore[2] Hueber SD, Weiller GF, Djordjevic MA, Frickey T(2010) Improving Hox protein classification across the major model organisms. PLoS ONE Vol.5, e10820.

2727

19-11-26 Madl 2719-11-26 Madl 27

ELF (2/2)

Static fields

Dynamic fields


• ELFWeak magnetic (0.1, 0.2 & 0.5 mT),

• Rats exposed to 60Hz for 2 hrs• 2 set of Helmholtz coils • operated in tandem (antiparallel, serial or parallel)

• single & double strand breaks observed in brain cells

(SS break @ 0.01 mT when exposed for 24 hrs)

similar to 25 cGy X-rays (250 strand breaks/cell)• mediated via altered enzymatic processes• mediator of neurodegenerative effects

Cumulative DNA damage in cells, particularly in neurons, has also been associated with Alzheimer’s disease, Huntington’s disease, &Parkinson’s disease

Lai & Singh, 1997

magnetic fieldstrength [mT]

Effects onRat brain cells0,1 (antiparallel)

0.1

0.25

0.5

Comet assaysSS & DS

Rat brain cells


Acute (2 h) exposure of rats to a 60 Hz magnetic field (flux densities 0.1, 0.25, and 0.5 mT) caused a dose-dependent increase in DNA strand breaks in brain cells of the animals (assayed by a microgel electrophoresis method at 4 h post-exposure). An increase in single-strand DNA breaks was observed after exposure to magnetic fields of 0.1, 0.25, and 0.5 mT, whereas an increase in double-strand DNA breaks was observed at 0.25 and 0.5 mT. Because DNA strand breaks may affect cellular functions, lead to carcinogenesis and cell death, and be related to onset of neurodegenerative diseases, our data may have important implications for the possible health effects of exposure to 60 Hz magnetic fields …. Rats were exposed to a 60 Hz magnetic field in a Helmholtz coil pair with increasing field strengths ranging from 0,1 to 0,5 mT. Our results show that acute exposure to a 60 Hz magnetic field causes an increase in both single-strand and double-strand DNA breaks in brain cells of the rat. ELF magnetic fields do not have enough energy to break chemical bonds directly in DNA molecules. A possible explanation of the present observations is that 60 Hz magnetic fields affect enzymatic processes involved in DNA repair, leading to an accumulation of DNA strand breaks …. Furthermore, the intensity of the magnetic field studied and found to have a significant effect on DNA is well below the level for producing the classical induced electric current effects and within the IRPA/INIRC and NRPB recommended magnetic field-induced current density threshold of 1 mA/cm2. …. Cumulative DNA damage in cells, particularly in neurons, has also been associated with Alzheimer’s disease, Huntington’s disease, and Parkinson’s disease. Aside from neurodegenerative conditions, such as Alzheimer’s and Parkinson’s diseases, increases DNA strand breaks are seen also in disorders of premature senility, such as Xeroderma pigmentosum, Werner’s syndrome, Cockayne syndrome, ataxia telangiectasia, and retinal dystrophies.

Image: Photographs of single-(left) and double-(right) strand break DNA migration pattern of individual brain cells from rats exposed to bucking (antiparallel to cancel each other out) and full-field conditions; magnification x400.

Source: Lai H, Singh NP (1997) Acute exposure to a 60 Hz magnetic field increases DNA strand breaks in rat brain cells. Bioelectromagnetics, Vol.18(2):156-65.

2828

19-11-26 Madl 2819-11-26 Madl 28

Alternating Fields (1/x)

Static fields

Dynamic fields


• ELFWeak magnetic ,

• Death rates vs level of electrification (RoE)1940s: RoE ↑ in urban than in rural areas

RoE ↓ in rural areas

•Death rates (malignancy) in urban area higher•Coronary heart disease higher in urban areas - even though rural areas smoked w/ diet rich in saturated fats•suicide in urban areas higher - ELF affecting CNS

Milham, 2010

malignantneoplasms in states withhigh electrificationrate (MA) vslow (LA)

Suicide rate vselectrification rate (1940)


It took until 1956 for US farms to reach urban and rural non-farm electrification levels …. Urban death rates were much higher than rural rates for cardiovascular diseases, malignant diseases, diabetes and suicide in 1940. Rural death rates were significantly correlated with level of residential electric service by state for most causes examined. Malignancy: In highly electrified states, urban and rural death rates were similar, but in low electrification states, the urban death rates were systematically higher than the rural death rates …. The Massachusetts cancer rate was about twice that of Louisiana between 1920 and 1945. The rate leveled off in 1945 in the former, but increased steadily between 1920 and 1960 in the latter …. Diabetes" In states with low levels of electrification in 1940, the urban diabetes death rates are consistently higher than the rural rates, but are always lower than the urban and rural rates in the high electrification states ….Coronary Heart Disease: in the 1940s urban and rural coronary artery death rates were lower in low electrification states than in high electrification states ….Suicide: has been associated with both residential and occupational EMF exposure and is probably the visible peak of the clinical depression iceberg …. Although the authors of the 1930 US vital statistics report noted a 58.2% cancer mortality excess in urban areas, it raised no red flags …. Cardiovascular disease (3x higher, despite the fact that the rural residents smoked more and had higher total caloric and saturated fat intakes), diabetes and suicide, as well as cancer seem to be strongly related to level of residential electrification …. The only exception to this is the Amish who live without electricity. Like rural US residents in the 1940s, Amish males in the 1970s had very low cancer and cardiovascular disease mortality rates.

Image: US white resident total cancer death rates for Massachusetts (MA 97.6% elect. rate) and Louisiana (LA 48.9% elect. rate) by year. 1940 US white resident urban rural suicide death rates by state and electrification.

Source: Milham S (2010) Historical evidence that electrification caused the 20th century epidemic of “diseases of civilization”. Medical Hypothesis, Vol.74(2): 337-345

2929

19-11-26 Madl 2919-11-26 Madl 29

Bio-Electromagnetism (4/x)

Radiation & Biology

• Lamb Shift

• Casimir Effect

• Coherence Domains

• Zhadin Effect

Magnetically driven current resulting from CD-formation →pool of quasi free e-;

Zhadin et al, 1999Pazur, 2004


In the 1990s, Michal Zhadin’s group (1998) have extended this concept by teaching us how to use the non-viscous water fraction as a leverage system for extracting energy and make it available to the chemical reactions in aqueous solutions (i.e. in a cell) using appropriate electro-magnetic fields (cyclotron frequencies of the ions to be subjected to chemical reactions). [2] The Zhadin effect allows to organise the long range traffic of ions and the crossing of cell membranes. When a current of ions is subjected to two parallel magnetic fields, one static, the other alternating, it exhibits a strong increase of the current when the frequency of the alternating field matches a characteristic value, typical of the ions species. This phenomenon displays its maximum effectiveness within a coherent structure and produces magnetically driven electric currents.[1]Method: An aqueous solution of glutamate was exposed to a combination of a static magnetic field of 40 μT and a sinusoidal EMF with variable frequency (2-7 Hz) and an amplitude of 50 nT. The electric conductivity and dielectric properties of the solution were investigated by voltammetric techniques in combination with non linear dielectric spectroscopy (NLDS), which allow the examination of the dielectric properties of macromolecules and molecular aggregates in water. Image: 1: Cuvette w/ solution; 2: Electrodes; 3: solenoid coils; 4: magnetic screen of Permalloy; 5: DC-power source; 6: sine-wave generator; 7: measuring block (stabilizer of electrode voltage, Ampere-meter, recorder).[2] Current increase through the glutamic acid/HCl solution (2.24 mM, pH 2.85). The static magnetic field strength is BDC 40 μT, the amplitude of the alternating field Bac is 50 nT, the frequency resolution Δf 0.05 Hz. A constant electrode voltage of 80 mV was used.[3]

Source: [1] Del Giudice E (2004) The psycho-emotional-physical unity of living organisms as an outcome of quantum physics. In: Globus GG, Pribram KH, Vitiello G (eds) Brain and Being - At the boundary between science, philosophy, language and arts. John Benjamins Publishing Co. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, USA[2] Zhadin M, Novikov V, Barnes F, La Pergola N (1998). Combined action of static and alternating magnetic field on ionic current in aqueous glutamic acid solution. Bioelectromagnetics, Vol.19: 41–45.[3] Pazur A (2004) Characterisation of weak magnetic field effects in an aqueous glutamic acid solution by nonlinear dielectric spectroscopy and voltammetry. BioMagnetic Research and Technology Vol.2:8 https://doi.org/10.1186/1477-044X-2-8[4] Del Giudice E, Fleischmann M, Preparata G, Talpo G (2002) On the “unreasonable” effects of weak ELF magnetic fields upon a system of ions. Bioelectromagnetics, Vol.23: 522–530.[5] Henry M (2016) L‘eu quantigue, Ch.5. In: L‘Eau et La Physique Quantiqe. Editions Dangles, Escalquens (FR)

3030

19-11-26 Madl 3019-11-26 Madl 30

Bio-Electromagnetism (4/x)

Radiation & Biology

• Lamb Shift

• Casimir Effect

• Coherence Domains

• Zhadin Effect

• Assoc. Induct. Hypot.

salt linkage amino group carboxyl group

adsorbed congruous anion a.c. cation

H-bond multilayer of polarized H2O

…. the basic unit of life …. enabling protein switching from the inactive to the fully functional state

Ho, 2012Ling, 2006 Active state Resting state

(2ndary structure) (unfolded structure)


Association-Induction Hypothesis (AIH) states that most proteins in a cell at rest are fully extended (instead of being in their conformative secondary structure, i.e. α-helix or β-pleated sheet) so that the bonds along their poly-peptide backbone are free to interact with surrounding water molecules. Doing so, the water-peptide structure form polarized multilayers of aligned water molecules, wit ATP and ions (e.g. K+, Na+) stabilizing it. In the absence of ATP however (when ATP is split into ADP+Pi), proteins tend to adopt secondary structures (now the hydrogen bonds no longer interact with water molecules (decohere) but rather between the peptide bonds in the same chain or between different chains).

Image: Diagrammatic illustration of how adsorption of the cardinal adsorbent ATP on the ATP-binding cardinal site and of ‘helpers’ including congruous anions (shown here as ‘adsorbed congruous anion’and Protein-X (shown as Z) unravels the introverted (folded) secondary structure shown on the left-hand side of the figure. As a result, selective K+ adsorption can now take place on the liberated β-, and γ-carboxyl groups and multilayer water polarization and orientation can now occur on the exposed backbone NHCO groups. The resting living state is thus achieved and maintained.[1]In the absence of ATP, proteins tend to adopt secondary structures — α-helix or β-pleated sheet — as hydrogen bonds form between peptide bonds in the same chain or between different chains, and so they don’t interact with water (left). In this state, the carboxylate and amino side chains are also unavailable for binding ions, as they can pair up in a salt linkage (combination of basic and acidic groups) with each other. And the water next to the protein is not too different from the bulk phase outside the cell. However, when ATP is bound to the cardinal site of the protein, it withdraws electrons away from the protein chain, thereby inducing the hydrogen bonds to open up, unfolding the chain, exposing the peptide bonds on the backbone, and enabling them to interact with water to form polarized multilayers(PM) (right). At the same time, the carboxylate and amino side chains are opened up to interact with the appropriate inorganic cation X+ and anion Y-. The protein “helper” Z bound to the polypeptide chain is now also fully exposed …. When ATP is split into ADP and Pi, and detaches from the protein, the reverse change takes place, the protein reforms its secondary structure and expels the PM water.[2]

Source: [1] Ling GN (2006) A Convergence of Experimental and Theoretical Breakthroughs Affirms the PM theory of Dynamically Structures Cell Water on the Theory’s 40th Birthday. In: Pollack GH, Cameron IL, Wheatley DN (eds) Water and the Cell, Springer, Doodrecht (NL)

[2] Ho MW (2012) Living Rainbow H2O. World Scientific, Singapore.

31

19-11-26 Madl 31

magn. Field H outside toroid = 0 [A/m]

magn. Vector Potential A ≠ 0 [V.s.m-1]

31





Del Giudice et al., 2010

Madl et al., 2013

22

AgradmeF

Net Force outside CD – subject to external field influences !

-) Coherent coupling among water molecules(resonant attraction)



Water CDs contain trapped electromagnetic fields which produce a magnetic vector potential A in the surrounding space, whose rotor - and hence the magnetic field - is zero [we recall that H = rot A]. A extends on a much longer range than H, since this last field is given by the space derivatives of A. There is, therefore, a coupling between the vector potential produced by the water CDs and the vector potential originating in the electromagnetic dynamics occurring in the environment …. This situation is exactly what could give rise to the Bohm-Aharonov effect, according to which the phase of the system is changed by the magnetic vector potential.[1]

Image: An axially symmetric toroidal inductor with no circumferential current totally confines the B field within the windings, the A field (magnetic vector potential) is not confined and depicts the vector potential on the axis of symmetry. Radial current sections a & b, c & d are equal distances from the axis but pointed in opposite directions, so they will cancel. The same seems to be rue for the axial currents yet the segments on the inside (e & g) are closer than the segments on the outside (f & h) to the axis, therefore there is a net upward component of the A field along the axis of symmetry.[2]

Source: [1] Del Giudice E, Spinetti RP, Tedeschi A (2010) Water Dynamics at the Root of Metamorphosis in Living Organisms. Water, Vol.2: 566-586[2] https://www.physicsforums.com/threads/how-to-calculate-magnetic-vector-potential.809418/

32

19-11-26 Madl 3219-11-26 Madl 32


Coherence on a larger scale:

Biomolecules: DNA, RNA,

Organelles: ribosomes, mitochondria, centrioles, etc.

Cells: of all biota (Archaea, Eubacteria, Protista, Eukaryota)

Organism: Multicellular living beings;

Society: group of species (population) that can also share common cultural rules (Homo sapiens sapiens);

-) Coherent coupling among water molecules-) initiated by quantum vacuum fluctuations

(trapping of photons once a ρcrit of H2O molec’s w/n CD is reached)

-) protected by short time scales against thermal assault (>Q-factor, thus stable)

-) resonant coupling among CDs induces Super-coherence at a higher level

Popp, 1992



A different view of the previous slide is shown here. The MGF in BP bridges the explicate orders of bio-molecules all the way up to societies. From Cell to Organism and beyond: Abscissa: “1” represents the Balance of Operation (homeostasis) - from left to right: Functional Complexity

i) Not only tissues and organs are tied together to form an organism, also members of a group, of a culture, a society. Symbolically, the immune system and a society perform similar tasks – it protects the group from potentially dangerous influences. Pandemics or even epidemics are challenges to the entire social ‘immune system’. If the feeling of being ‘crippled’ is evident within a society, its members to a large extent reflect this attitude (see F.D.Roosevelt’s election, 1933: a handicapped president representing a crippled nation trying to escape the great depression). Most members are victims of a tribal culture.

ii) Again, the tumor cell as such does not exist - it just depends on the interaction with its surroundings (the relation is much more important then the entities themselves). Here the disease itself becomes a messenger, the vehicle that tries to communicate to the outside world / brain (i.e. to the westener that sees the body as something separate from the mind).

Source: Popp F.A., 1992: Evolution as the Expansion of Coherent States; Ch.21; in Popp F.A., Li K.H. GuQ., (eds) Recent Advances in Biophoton Research and its Applications; World Scientific Publishing –Singapore;

33

19-11-26 Madl 33


It’s a balancing question of inter-gap distance of among CDs (super-coherence)why 36.5°C in warm-blooded organisms?


-) Coherent coupling among water molecules-) initiated by quantum vacuum fluctuations

(trapping of photons once a ρcrit of H2O molec’s w/n CD is reached)

-) protected by short time scales against thermal assault (>Q-factor, thus stable)

-) resonant coupling among CDs induces Super-coherence at a higher level

Del Giudice, 1997Preparata, 1995

Drowning victim (pt.1)


For example we have a temperature between 36 and 37 °C, other living beings have lower temperatures, but in short the interval is between 25 and 40 degrees. And what is special in this interval, in which life maintains a viable and steady homeostatic state? It is very likely that at lower temperatures when coherence increases, the gaps between CDs shrink and thus become are too narrow to allow molecules such as proteins to interact with the interfaces of the CDs, and therefore significantly slows down the coordinated metabolic rate that each cell requires to contribute to the overall homeostasic balance of the organism. One has to recall that due to the properties of CDs, molecular species can not enter a CD but are rather kept outside the CD. Only molecules with a oscillatory frequency that matches that of a given CD (i.e. the typical resonance frequency of a CD is XXXXXX GHz) do readily interact with the CD. From a QFT point of view this is the only perceivable way biochemistry can work. Anyway, at higher temperatures, where CDs tend to become smaller as they drift into a more decoherent regime, the gaps become wider, thus the individual CDs are no longer correlated with super-structured CD-ensemble, which in turn results in higher degrees of freedom of each CDs (just as witnessed in single-cell organisms); super-coherent correlation can no longer be maintained and the organism homeostasis gradually declines.[1]

Image: Supercoherent ensemble consisting of coherently coupled CDs, The interstitial regime is populated with molecular species that are guided by the intrinsic oscillations of the CDs to their reaction centers, yet only those with a matching resonance frequency eventually do participate in biochemical reactions.Michaelis-Menten EQ: V rate of reaction progression per unit time [mmol/s, mol/min, etc.] Vmax maximum velocity of reaction. [S] substrate concentration [pM, nM, μM, mM, M, ng/mL, %, etc.] Km Michaelis constant where the substrate concentration gives rise to a reaction velocity ½ of Vmax. Km has the same units as the substrate concentration. "Geben Sie hier eine Formel ein."Arrhenius plot displays the logarithm of a reaction rate constant, (ln(k), ordinate) plotted against inverse temperature (1/T, abscissa). For a single rate-limited thermally activated process, an Arrhenius plot gives a straight line, from which the activation energy and the pre-exponential factor can both be determined. k = Rate constant [-]; A = Pre-exponential factor [-]; Ea = Activation energy [J"·"mol-1]; R = Gas constant 8,314 [J"·"K"-1·"mol-1]; T = abs temperature [K]

Source: [1] Del Giudice E (1997) Glie Scienziati hanno molto da dire e poco da rispondere. Convegno Nazionale della Federazione Italiana Shiatsu. Chianciano Terme, IT[2] Preparata, G. (1995). Dynamics And Thermodynamics Of Water. In: Preparata (ed) QED Coherence in Matter, Ch.10. World Scientific, Singaporehttps://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arrhenius_plothttps://www.physiologyweb.com/calculators/michaelis_menten_equation_interactive_graph.html

3434

19-11-26 Madl 3419-11-26 Madl 34

Bio-Electromagnetism (1/3)

So far, the standard is the linear non-threshold (LNT) dose-response model (S,L,T-curves) for assessing health risks of chemical carcinogens and radiation …. but ….

Pharmaceuticals display the same hormetic dose-response relation-ships as their toxic counterparts

Dynamic Fields

Extremely low frequency

• Hormesis (H)triggers a stimulating response at low dose

(hormones, ionizing radiation, heavy metals, etc).

Bodar at al., 1988; Calabrese, 2004;

Kaiser, 2003; Karmin, 2008

hyper-Hormetic Effect (H1)triggers an adverse response at low dose(endocrine disruptors, e.g. BP-A)

Newbold et al., 2009

non-chemical mediated effect induced by EMF (via Vector Potential A)

Del Giudice et al, 2010

Endocrinology vs Toxicology


Hormesis is any process in a cell or organism that exhibits a biphasic response to exposure to increasing amounts of a substance or condition. Within the hormetic zone, there is generally a favorable biological response (stimulating response at low dose) to low exposures to toxins and other stressors.[7]H-curve: A typical hormetic curve is either U-shaped or has an inverted U-shaped dose–response, depending on the endpoint measured. If the endpoint is growth or longevity, the dose–response would be that of an inverted U-shape; if the endpoint is disease incidence, then the dose–response would be described as U- or J-shaped. This model not only challenges the LNT and threshold models but, more importantly, it suggests that as the dose decreases there are not only quantitative changes in the response measured but also qualitative changes.[2, 3, 4]H1-curve: endocrinologists have a completely different view of the dose of active substances than toxicologists as the latter test chemicals in a dose that kills the majority of the test animals. Then they reduce the dose so that only half of the animals die -the so-called LD50 value - lethal dose 50%. They continue to reduce the dose until no more animals die or no more changes can be observed .... for safety reasons, the industry reduces the concentration by a factor of 1000 before bringing a product onto the market; toxicologists work from top to bottom. Endocrinologists however start from the bottom and then increase the dose to a value up 100,000 times below the lowest toxicology value. So how can a substance cause toxicological effects at lower concentrations if nothing happens at all at higher concentrations? A few molecules of a hormone docked to a receptor cause the cell to provide several receptors and then become more sensitive to the hormone. if one constantly increases the concentration, at some point one reaches saturation. Nothing happens anymore because all receptors would be occupied. However, upon reaching about 50% of the receptor-occupation, the responsible genes switch off (epigenetics) and other gene activities begin to inhibit the reaction with their products. Without these mediators, hormones no longer do anything and the reaction fizzles out. Therefore, small amounts of certain chemicals have an effect on the hormone system, larger amounts of them do no longer have an effect on the hormone system.[5]Image: Some basic shapes of exposure-response or dose-response relationships. Abbreviations: H, hormetic (biphasic); L, linear (no threshold); S, supralinear; T, threshold, H1, hyper hormetic (hyper-biphasic); in the latter, exposure to extremely low doses of certain substances could cause adverse health effects in humans, whereas no effects are seen at higher doses of the same substance. Bisphenol-A is often named as an example of this hypothesis. (Low-Dose hypothesis: tiny amounts of a substance do have a more toxic effect than a higher dose of the same substance) – an indication of the Weber-Fechner-Law. [1] [1] Kamrin M.A., (2008). The “Low Dose” Hypothesis: Validity and Implications for Human Risk. International Journal of Toxicology, Vol. 26 (1): 13 – 23. [2] Kaiser J (2003) Sipping From a Poisoned Chalice. Science, Vol. 302(5644): 376-379[3] Bodar CW, van Leeuwen J, Voogt PA, Zandee DJ (1988), Effect of cadmium on the reproduction strategy of Daphnia magna. AquaticToxicol Vol.12: 301[4] Calabrese EJ (2004). Hormesis: a revolution in toxicology, risk assessment and medicine. EMBO Reports. Vol.5(S1): S37–S40. [5] Newbold RR, Jefferson WN, Padilla-Banks E. (2009). Prenatal Exposure to Bisphenol A at Environmentally Relevant Doses AdverselyAffects the Murine Female Reproductive Tract Later in Life. Environmental Health Perspectives, Vol.117(6): 879–885[6] www.youtube.com/watch?v=RUUy_puW6is [7] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hormesis[8] Del Giudice, E., Spinetti, P. R., & Tedeschi, A. (2010). Water Dynamics at the Root of Metamorphosis in Living Organisms. WATER: A Multidisciplinary Research Journal, 2, 566-586

3535

19-11-26 Madl 3519-11-26 Madl 35

Bio-Electromagnetism (2/3)

Dynamic Fields


• Hormesis (H)

• Chronic exposure - pathologies

modest effect (allergy)

severe effect (tumors)

Smith & Best 1984

…. about 30% of the wider public suffer from allergies;…. about 2/3 of that are electro-sensitive;

ergo 20% of the wider public are electro-sensitive and most don’t even know that they are ….

• Electro-HyperSensitivity (EHS) large fraction of population (prob. already

affecting 50%); more widespread in the near future;

Hallberg & Oberfeld, 2006


Each year an increasing number of people claim to suffer from electro-sensitivity, also known as being electrically hypersensitive (EHS). There are also other diseases, such as fibromyalgia and burn-out syndrome, that have symptoms similar to those exhibited by people suffering from EHS …. The number of reported cases of electro-sensitivity has been steadily increasing since it was first documented in 1991 …. Contrary to the views of mainstream medical authorities, the group of EHS people around the world is not just a small fraction that deviates from the rest of the healthy population. Instead, it points at the possibility that EHS will be more widespread in the near future. The extrapolated trend indicates that 50% of the population can be expected to become electro-sensitive by the year 2017.[2]

Image: The prevalence of people around the world who consider themselves to be electro-sensitive, plotted over time in a normal distribution graph. The endpoint at 50% is an extrapolated value. Variation explained is 91%, the endpoint not included.

Source: [1] Hallberg O, Oberfeld G (2006) Will We all become Electrosensitive? Electromagnetic Biology and Medicine, Vol.25: 189–191.

[2] Smith CW, Best S (1989) Electromagnetic Man - Health and Hazard in the Electrical Environment. St. Martin's Press (NY) USA

3636

19-11-26 Madl 3619-11-26 Madl 36

Bio-Electromagnetism (3a/3)

Dynamic Fields


• Hormesis (H)

• Chronic exposure

• Electro-HyperSensitivity (EHS)

• Incubators

B-field exposure in cell cultures

miRNA-124 micro-injection in fertilized mouse eggsRassoulzadegan, 2014

miR-124 injected

mock-injected

miR

-124

co

py

nu

mbe

r p

er

cell

0

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

0 20 40 60 10080 120hrs pc

1-cell 2-cell morulaDevelopmental stages

Mitogenetic Radiation - Methods of Induction:

• Optical transparency ………... VIS down to UV (190 nm)

• Working Distance b/w I&R …. 1-10 mm - recipient in direct vision of inductor

• Induction duration …………… 1-120 min

• interrupted induction ………… 1-50 ms (chopper) - MGE ()

• Incubation time ………………. 0.5-2h post-exposure in incubator (@ dark)

Volodyaev & Beloussov, 2015


Methods of Observing MGE: Selection of proper inductors and recipients still cannot guarantee the effect. A number of other conditions, necessary to obtain MGE were shown in different works. Here we summarize them in short. The Experimental Setup should:

(1) Optical contact between the inductor and the recipient. The optical channel should be transparent down to 190 nm. “Even quartz can be used only if it is of very high purity”.

(2) Distance between the inductor and the recipient. Optimal distance is 1-10 mm (the smaller the better). The maximal “working” distance depends on the inductor, induction length and special conditions like “interrupted induction”.

(3) Induction length. The effect is non-linearly dose-dependent, with clear suppression phase at high doses. The length of induction should be optimized for every conditions a new, at least in the diapason 1–120 min. Examples of the optimal induction length:

• 1–2 h (inductor, onion root; recipient, onion root);

• 30 min (inductor, yeast; recipient, yeast);

• 15–30 min (inductor, bacteria; recipient, bacteria). 60 min induction gave no effect; 2 h induction and more gave depression.

(4) “Interrupted induction” and spectral analysis: …. to check if the mitogenetic radiation had any special temporal order …. the inductor and the recipient were separated with a non-transparent disc, which had sectorial slits …. The disc was rotating at constant speed, and thus the recipient was periodically exposed to the inductor (through the slits) or screened from it (with the rest of the disc) …. For some inductors (malignant tumors) the MGE in this system depended only on the total duration of induction. For others (functioning nerves, muscles, etc…) the temporal pattern was crucial. It is claimed that in the second case periodic patterns (periods of exposure ~1 ms, periods of screening ~50 ms) gave MGE several times higher (!), than in standard induction; while more complicated patterns (the same rotation frequency, but irregular position of slits) removed the effect..

(5) Development of the effect: MGE needs some time after the end of induction to become detectable. This time is mostly 30 min–2 h. if the measured parameter is budding index or percent of mitoses, and 1–4 h if it is the culture density. For yeast cultures this time could also be as short as 5–10 min, but if only the smallest buds were counted (the so called “fast method”).

Source: Volodyaev I, Belloussov LV (2015) Revisiting the mitogenetic effect of ultra-weak photon emission. Front. Physiol., Vol.6(241): 1-20

Minoo Rassoulzadegan (2014) RNA-mediated heredity of paramutation and acquired phenotype in the mouse. Conference on: DNA Habitat and its RNA Inhabitants, Salzburg (AUT)

3737

19-11-26 Madl 3719-11-26 Madl 37

Bio-Electromagnetism (3b/3)

Dynamic Fields


• Hormesis (H)

• Chronic exposure

• Electro-HyperSensitivity (EHS)

• Incubators

• Crib (Intensive care units)

B-field exposure of newborns

Bellieni et al, 2017


the Background: Neonatal incubators are important tools for sick newborns in the first few days of life. Nevertheless, their electric engine, often very close to the newborn’s body, emits electromagnetic fields (EMF) to which newborns are exposed. Aim of this paper is to review the available literature on EMF exposure in incubators, and the effects of such exposures on newborns that have been investigated.

Methods: We carried out a systematic review of studies about EMF emissions produced by incubators, using Medline and Embase databases from 1993 to 2017. Results: We retrieved 15 papers that described the EMF exposure in incubators and their biological effects on babies. EMF levels in incubators appear to be between 2 and 100 mG, depending on the distance of the mattress from the electric engine. In some cases, they exceed this range. These values interfere with melatonin production or with vagal tone. Even caregivers are exposed to high EMF, above 200 mG, when working at close contact with the incubators.

Conclusion: EMF have been described as potentially hazardous for human health, and values reported in this review are an alert to prevent babies’ and caregivers’exposure when close to the incubators. A precautionary approach should be adopted in future incubator design, to prevent high exposures of newborns in incubators and of caregivers as well.

Source: Bellienia CV, Nardi V, Buonocore G, DiFabio S, Pinto I, Verrotti A (2017) Electromagneticfields in neonatal incubators: the reasons for an alert. J of Maternel-Fetal & Neonat Med. https://doi.org/10.1080/14767058.2017.1390559

REVIEW

38

19-11-26 Madl 38

Effects of Low Frequency exposure@ organismic level

ELF (extremely - 3-30 Hz)SLF (super - 30-300 Hz)ULF (ultra - 0.3-3 kHz)


3939

19-11-26 Madl 3919-11-26 Madl 39

ELF Sources (1/7)

• 50 Hz E-field wall-socket w/o load

field strays into room

Neitzke et al, 2006


Every electric voltage leads to an electric field. Therefore electric high-voltage lines and electrical installations up to the socket are surrounded by electric fields. There are, for example, electric fields in the vicinity of a socket or a battery without which a consumer is connected. If the plug of the electrical device is plugged into the socket, an electric field is formed around the connecting cable and this also forms an electric field, regardless of whether the device is switched on or not.

Image Electric field in the vicinity of a socket outlet (without load)

Source: Neitzke HP, Osterhoff J, Voigt H, GLahe J, Kleinhueckelkotten S (2006) EMF-Handbuch. Ecolog Insitut fuer sozial-oekologiefche Forschung & Bildung, Hannover (FRG)

4040

19-11-26 Madl 4019-11-26 Madl 40

ELF-Sources (2/7)


• 50 Hz B-field from 12V lamp

field strays into room

Neitzke et al, 2006


The Basics-I: Magnetic fields only develop around electrical devices or machines when these are switched on and electrical currents flow (Figure 1.2). Therefore, magnetic fields only occur on high-voltage lines when not only the high voltage but also an electrical current flows through the lines.

Image: Magnetic field around the cables of a low voltage halogen lamp through which a 10 A current flows.


4141

19-11-26 Madl 4119-11-26 Madl 41

ELF-Sources (3/7)



• 110 kV power transmission line

B-field distribution @ 125A

Neitzke et al, 2006


Public grid: Finally, the immissions at a location depend not least on the distance from the conductors and whether they are close to the masts or freely hanging (forming a belly). Figure 4.2 shows an example of a 110 kV overhead line and its field distribution. the calculated distributions are for illustration purposes only (electrical and magnetic distributions must be calculated separately).

The lines of the public power supply consist of three lines (phases). if one would bring these together on smallest space (a cable harness) then the fields going out from the individual phases would almost compensate each other (see earth cable). In cables where the air is used as an insulator, on the other hand, larger distances must be kept. An underground cable, on the other hand, has relatively good compensation of the magnetic fields (see Figure), which means that their range is much shorter than with overhead cables.

Image: Magnetic field on a 110 kV high voltage overhead line (current through the line: 125 A)

a) on the ground along the line

b) around the cables in the centre of the span field

Legend: compensation effect of a three-phase power line for different conductor arrangements

a) Single-level arrangement with 40 cm ladder spacing

b) Single-level arrangement with 16 cm ladder spacing

c) triangular arrangement


4242

19-11-26 Madl 4219-11-26 Madl 42

ELF-Sources (4/7)



• 50 Hz power transmission line

• 16 2/3 Hz railway line @ 500 A

B-field strays into space

Neitzke et al, 2006

In a given sector, the B-field strays into neighbourhood as long as the train runs on the electricity fed into that sector ….

…. can be several km long !


Electric Railway: Magnetic fields occur on electrified railway lines not only during the direct passage of the train but already when a train is running somewhere on the line section between two feed-in points. since the power demand in a line section depends on the number of trains running in this section as well as their operating modes (starting, accelerating, continuous running, braking), this leads to fluctuating values for magnetic field measurements. Measurements at a distance of 50m from a railway track show typ. Values between 0.05-0.6 uT magnetic flux density. In addition, there are the harmonics caused by the phase-angle control of the e locomotives. Figure 4.3 shows only an example of the result of a magnetic field calculation along a railway line.

Image: Magnetic field on an electrified railway line (current through the contact wire: 500 A)


4343

19-11-26 Madl 4319-11-26 Madl 43

ELF-Sources (5/7)





B-field strays into space

Sources

due to overhead wire loading

emanating from engines

supply cables in cab floor

Neitzke et al, 2006


the magnetic immission in the wagons therefore consists of 3 parts:

i) that originate from the overhead contact line or the rails (feed-in)

i) emanating from the engines of the eLoks located in the immediate vicinity of the power unit

i) from the supply lines inside the wagon (mostly wiring harness below the wagon).

Image: shows the exposures of a person who was travelling in a high-speed train recorded by a personal dosimeter. those of a taxi (if not an electric vehicle) can be traced back to the ignition system.


4444

19-11-26 Madl 4419-11-26 Madl 44

ELF-Sources (6a/7)





• E-mobility

B-field exposure monitoring Fiat 500e (321 nTavg)

Tesla MS (291 nTavg)

OeBB (6511 nTavg) Neitzke et al, 2006


the magnetic immission in the wagons therefore consists of 3 parts:

i) that originate from the overhead contact line or the rails (feed-in)

i) emanating from the engines of the eLoks located in the immediate vicinity of the power unit

i) from the supply lines inside the wagon (mostly wiring harness below the wagon).

The image shows the exposures of a person who was travelling in a high-speed train recorded by a personal dosimeter; those of the taxi (if not an electric vehicle) can be traced back to the ignition system.

Image: Exposure of a person travelling by train (ICE) and car (taxi) recorded with a personal dosimeter.

Source: Neitzke HP, Osterhoff J, Voigt H, GLahe J, Kleinhueckelkotten S (2006) EMF-Handbuch. Ecolog Insitut fuer sozial-oekologiefche FOrschung & Bildung, Hannover (FRG)

4545

19-11-26 Madl 4519-11-26 Madl 45

ELF-Sources (6b/7)





• E-mobility

B-field exposure monitoring OeBB (6511 nTavg) Neitzke et al, 2006


ELF emission of an Austrian intercity train – measurement performed with a NFA-1000 on the lap of a window-seat (horizontal position) in the carraige section next to the sliding doors of the cab.

4646

19-11-26 Madl 4619-11-26 Madl 46

ELF-Sources (6c/7)





• E-mobility

B-field exposure monitoring OeBB (6511 nTavg)

Fiat 500e (321 nTavg)


ELF emission of an a Fiat 500e passenger car – measurement performed with a NFA-1000 on the seat next to the driver in horizontal position.

4747

19-11-26 Madl 4719-11-26 Madl 47

ELF-Sources (6d/7)





• E-mobility

B-field exposure monitoring OeBB (6511 nTavg)

Fiat 500e (321 nTavg)

Tesla MS (291 nTavg)


ELF emission of a Tesla Model-S passenger car – measurement performed with a NFA-1000 placed at the center-most console (in-between driver seat and passenger seat) in horizontal position.

4848

19-11-26 Madl 4819-11-26 Madl 48

ELF-Sources (7/7)

EMF-exposure by

• Anti-Theft devices / Metal detectors

threshold values based on WHO (ICNIRP) not precautionary values !

mostly exceed even conservative limits !

Neistke et al., 2006


Storhouse-antiTheft Systems: since exact information on the strength of the electromagnetic fields used which are dependent on the equipment used in goods security systems is not possible, no exact representation is possible. in Table 4.4 some exemplary measurements are compiled to illustrate the problem as these depend on:

i) Operating frequency of the system and the

i) max. strength of the field in the centre of the passage

the limit values according to 26 Federal Immission Protection Law 268 (EU Council Recommendation 1998) and those for sensitive groups (cardiac pacemaker patients) are given

Table 4.4 Strength of the fields of commodity security systems. In the future, RFIDs (radio fequenzy identification tags) will be used more and more, so that every article can be registered electromagnetically at the cash register and cut to pieces by a chewer. Although this makes it possible to dispense with goods security systems, exposure is merely shifted to a different frequency range.

Table: Strength of the fields of article surveillance systems


4949

19-11-26 Madl 4919-11-26 Madl 49

Bio-Electromagnetism (5a/x)

Radiation & Biology

• Legal limits - Guidelines

ICNIRP (International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection)

EuropAEM (European Academy for Environmental Medicine)

Precautionary EMF exposure reduction especially

-during sleep

-and at work

ICNIRP, 2003, 2010

Belyaev et al., 2016

ELF (incl SLF & ULF)

50 Hz – 2 kHzExposure type

Daytime Nighttime Sensitive population

magneticAverage 100 [nT] 1 [mG] 100 [nT] 1 [mG] 30 [nT] 0,3 [mG]Maximum 1000 [nT] 10 [mG] 1000 [nT] 10 [mG] 300 [nT] 3 [mG]

electricAverageMaximum 10 [V/m] 1 [V/m] 0.3 [V/m]

Exposure to static fields

Exposure characteristics

Magn. flux density [T]

Electr. fieldstrength [kV/m]

Occupationalhead and trunk

limbs

2

8<25*

General public any part of the body 0.4 <10*

(*) ICNIRP suggestion

EuropAEM


EUROPAEM has developed guidelines for differential diagnosis and potential treatment of EMF-related health problems with the aim to improve/restore individual health outcomes and to propose strategies for prevention …. These recommendations are preliminary and in large parts, although related to the whole body of evidence rooted in the experience of the team, cannot in every detail be strictly considered evidence-based. Precautionary guidance values: In areas where people spend extended periods of time ( >4 h per day), minimize exposure to ELF electro-magnetic fields to levels as low as possible or below the precautionary guidance values specified above.

Tables: Precautionary guidance values for VLF-ELF-RF electro-magnetic fields.

Source: Belyaev I, Dean A, Eger H, Hubmann G, Jandrisovits R, Kern M, Kundi M, Moshammer H, Lercher P, Müller K, Oberfeld G, Ohnsorge P, Pelzmann P, Scheingraber C, Thill R (2016) EUROPAEM EMF Guideline 2016 for the prevention, diagnosis and treatment of EMF-related health problems and illnesses. Rev Environ Health Vol.31(3): 363–397. https://www.degruyter.com/downloadpdf/j/reveh.2016.31.issue-3/reveh-2016-0011/reveh-2016-0011.pdf

ICNIRP (2003) Exposure to Static and Low Frequency EMFs, Biological Effects and Health Consequences (0-100 kHz) .ISBN: 3-93.49.94;

ICNIRP (2010) Guidelines for limiting Exposure to time-varying electric and magnetic fields (1 Hz - 100 kHz). Health Physics, Vol. 99(6): 818-836; doi: 10.1097/HP.0b013e3181f06c86

00

19-11-26 Madl 0



3rd appointment – Cell as a cavity resonator - with demo examples

- modes of vibration of the cell, membrane, nucleolus

- dielectricity in biotissue

- Bio-tissue & semiconductive properties (piezo- pyro-, PN-properties)

- injury current & regeneration with AgPt element

- penetration efficiency from EMR in/through the cell

Depth of penetration of EMR into bio-tissue (kHz to THZ)

- athermal effects - e.g. mobile telephony

- Ca2+ exodus under the influence of ELF fields

- experiment: locating a WLAN source

- acoustic examples of various EMF emitters

- The new security detectors at airports


- MF emission of a MW furnace (far-field effect)- microwaves

- propagation properties- electronic components

- LCR oscillating circuit (Q-value)

- RC element (impedance / alternating field)

3ter termin - kernthema zelle als hohlraum-resonator- schwingungsmodi der zelle, membran, nucleolus- dielektrizitaet in biogewebe- biogewebe mit halbleiter (piezo- pyro-, PN-) eigenschaften- verletzungsstrom & regeneration mit AgPt-element- penetrationseffizienz vom EMR

in/durch die zelleeindringtiefe EMR in biogewebe (kHz bis THZ)

- athermische effekte - z.b. mobilfunk- Ca2+ exodus im ELF-feld- experiment: orten einer WLAN-quelle- akustik-beispiele diverser EMF-emittenten- die neuen sicherheitsdetektoren an flughaefen

die dazu passenden experimente- MF emission eines MW-ofens (fernfeld-effekt)- mikrowellen - ausbreitugnseigenschaften- elektronische bauelemente- LCR-schwingkreis (Q-wert)- RC-glied (impedanz / wechselfeld)

1

Some Basics-III

oscillating fieldand

properties of matter

Pt-1 ConclusioIntro Pt-4Pt-2 Pt-3

22

19-11-26 Madl 2

Units & Conversion

Electromagnetic Spectrum

• propagating radio waves (>100 kHz = LW AM-radio) till microwave typ. in f [s-1, Hz]

• chemistry, spectroscopy typ. [cm-1]

’ = /(2πc)

covalent Ebond typ. >1 [eV] =

>1.602E-19 [J],

(f >242 THz , < 1.24 µm)

• visible light typ. in wavelength [nm]

& E related via Planck’s law

• ionizing radiation exclusively defined by [eV]

Ho, 1997, 2003Deno & Carpenter, 1994


Propagating field analysis is usually applied at 5x the wavelength away from the source (far field) and thought of as starting at 100 kHz. (low end of AM-broadcast band at 500 kHz) …. Most important in propagating fields relative to the ELF spectrum is the coupling of the electric and magnetic fields through the impedance of the medium. Vacuum and air without encumbrances are often called free space and have an impedance of 377 Ω.[1]High-frequency analysis often treats EM-radiation as packets of energy (photons), with the energy described by E = mc2. Photons have no rest mass. A familiar high-frequency form of EM-energy is visible light, from 380-750 nm. Our eyes distinguish the different wavelengths as colors. The relationship between wavelength and energy for the radiated photon is described by Plank's law: E=h [J] with h = 6.624E-34 [Js], [s-1, Hz], implying that the photon energy is proportional to frequency …. Visible light is usually specified by wavelength.[1]Microwave and radio, however, are more often specified by frequency …. Chemical (electron) bond energy is typically 1 eV. Thus photons must be ≥1 eV (1.602E-19 J) to break a covalent bond and corresponds to IR-radiation with a frequency of 242E-12 Hz (wavelength of 1.24 µm).[1]The most energetic forms of em-radiation are -rays and X-rays, which are usually characterized by energy …. and represent very powerful packets of energy …. These high-frequency "ionizing" forms of em-radiation are sufficiently energetic to directly damage living organisms; i.e. can cause damage to DNA in living cells and break water molecules into charged and reactive elements called free radicals, which then can damage subcellular constituents of the cell.[1]

Image: The electromagnetic spectrum and its domains. The abscissa highlights the various modes of reference, given as wavelength [m], energy [eV], frequency [s-1]. The entire spectrum spans over approximately 73 octaves …. The ordinate reveals the atmospheric transmissivity, the so-called windows to outer space along with the ”forbidden” sections unfavorable for biotic entities. The depicted satellites underline their principle detection windows within the EMR-spectrum. [2,3]

Source: [1]Deno DW, Carpenter DO (1994) Sources and Characteristics of Electric and Magnetic Fields in the Environment. In: Carpenter DO, Ayrapetyan S (eds) Biological Effects of Electric and Magnetic Fields -Sources and Mechanisms.[2] Ho MW (1997). Towards a Theory of the Organism. Integrative Physiological and Behavioral Science, 32(4), 343-363.[3] Ho MW (2003). The Rainbow and the Worm – The Physics of Organism – World Scientific – Singapore.

33

Madl 319-11-26

Concepts & Definitions (1/3)

EMFs in a nutshelli) Static EMFi) Dynamic EMFi) Q-factori) EMF propagation (far-field effect)

The vibrating EF & MF regenerate each other; i.e. the amalgamation of electricity, magnetism, and light - as different aspects of the same thing – constitute the electromagnetic field .

“Let there be electricity and magnetism, and there is light” Maxwell, 1860

The Dipole – a technical oscillator


Perhaps the most dramatic moment in the development of physics during the 19th century occurred to J.C. Maxwell one day in the 1860's, when he combined the laws of electricity and magnetism with the laws of the behavior of light. As a result, the properties of light were partly unravelled — that old and subtle stuff that is so important and mysterious that it was felt necessary to arrange a special creation for it when writing Genesis. Maxwell could say, when he was finished with his discovery, "Let there be electricity and magnetism, and there is light!"[1]

Image: Plane electromagnetic wave vibrating with its vectorial fields in sinusoidal manner as produced by discharging sparks or oscillating molecules; B, magnetic field vector; E, electric field vector; k vector of propagation denoted by the circle and the central dot (that is: pointing towards the reader).[2] 3D diagram showing a plane linearly polarized wave propagating from left to right, defined by E = E0sin(-t+k•r) and B = B0sin(-t+k•r). The oscillating fields are detected at the flashing point. The horizontal wavelength is . [3]Electromagnetic fields can be continuous (the direction of these fields remains constant; e.g. natural earth electromagnetic field, magnetic fields from the metro, urban transport and nuclear spin tomographs) or alternating (the direction of these fields varies; the frequency measured in Hertz (Hz) defines the number of periods per second).[4]

Source: [1] Feynman, R.P, Leighton, R.B. and Sands, M. 2010. The Feynman Lectures on Physics -Millennium Edition, Volume 1; Basic Books Publ., New York. [2] Madl P, Egot-Lemaire S (2015) The field and the photon from a physical point of view. In; Fels D, Cifra M, Scholkmann F (eds) Fields of the Cell. Research Signpost, Kerala IND[3] en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maxwell‘s_equations[4] http://www.hypercable.fr/index.php?option=com_content&view=category&layout=blog&id=5&Itemid=20&lang=fr

44

Endogenous Electric Fields (EF)

Madl 419-11-26


Static EF - the basics – Inductance

EC = ½·L·I2 (τ= L/R)

LtR

StL eVV )(

LtR

StL e

RVI 1)(

Charging / Discharging


When an inductor is charged or discharged through a series connected resistor, the charging or discharging process will take significantly longer than if a resistor is not present. Consider an inductor with a inductance L (in henry) charging through a resistor of resistance R (in ohms). It can be shown that, if during charging the charging current remained constant at its initial value, the inductance would be charged after a time τ equal to L/R (in seconds). In fact, as we can see from looking at the transient curves, the current voltage throughout the charging process. Time τ is known as the time constant, and represents the time taken for a inductance to reach 0.63 (nearly two thirds) of its full charge. In fact, for each further time period T that elapses during charging, the inductance will increase its charge by 0.63 of the difference in charge between its existing state and the fully charged state.

Image: Properties of a capacitor when connected to direct voltage. (a) Capacitor voltage during charging with DC via resistor connected in series; (b) Capacitor voltage during discharging via a resistor connected in series,

Source: https://www.technologyuk.net/physics/electrical

https://www.electronics-tutorials.ws/inductor/lr-circuits.html-principles/rc-circuits.shtml

55


Madl 519-11-26


Static EF - the basics – Capacitance

EC = ½·C·V2 (τ= R·C)

Charging / Discharging

CR

t

StC eVV 1)(

CR

tS

tC eR

VI )(


When a capacitor is charged or discharged through a series connected resistor, the charging or discharging process will take significantly longer than if a resistor is not present. Consider a capacitor with a capacitance C (in farads) charging through a resistor of resistance R (in ohms). It can be shown that, if during charging the charging current remained constant at its initial value, the capacitor would be charged after a time τ equal to C·R (in seconds). In fact, as we can see from looking at the transient curves, the current decreases throughout the charging process. Time τ is known as the time constant, and represents the time taken for a capacitor to reach 0.63 (nearly two thirds) of its full charge. In fact, for each further time period T that elapses during charging, the capacitor will increase its charge by 0.63 of the difference in charge between its existing state and the fully charged state.

Image: Properties of a capacitor when connected to direct voltage. (a) Capacitor voltage during charging with DC via resistor connected in series; (b) Capacitor voltage during discharging via a resistor connected in series,

Source: https://www.technologyuk.net/physics/electrical

https://www.electronics-tutorials.ws/rc/rc_1.html

66


Pethig, 1989

0 = 8.854·E-12 [F/m]

r = material [-]

Madl 619-11-26

EMF @ Cell-Level (1a/5)

dAG

dAC r

0

Static EF - the basics- Attraction or repulsion of charged particles- Force action on electric dipoles and multipoles- Orientation of dipolar structures- Ordering of water


Increasing attention is being given to investigations of the electrical properties of biological materials. There are several reasons for this, which include an increasing awareness of the possible physiological effects associated with the absorption by tissues of EMFs …. Studies of the ways in which tissues interact with electromagnetic energy are also important in the continuing developments in radiofrequency and microwave hyperthermia, impedance pneumography, impedance plethysmography, electrical impedance tomography, the thawing of cryogenically preserved tissue and in the use of pulsed electric and magnetic fields to aid tissue and bone healing….

The electrical properties of a material held between two parallel electrodes of area A and separation d can be completely characterized by its electrical conductance G and capacitance C, as defined in the following equations above. The conductivity σ is the proportionality factor between electric current and electric field, and is a measure of the ease with which delocalized charge carriers can move through the material under the field’s influence. For biological materials, the conductivity arises mainly from the mobility of hydrated ions. The factor 0 is the dielectric permittivity of free space and r is the material’s permittivity relative to free space (dielectric constant) …. Examples of electrical double layers at a cell membrane surface and around a globular protein, as well as of a molecular dipole, are shown above …. The simplest molecular dipole consists of a pair of electricalcharges +q and −q separated by a vector distance s, and in this case the dipole moment m is given as m = q·d. For a protein molecule such as that shown, positive and negative charges arise from the presence of ionizable acidic and basic amino-acid side chains in the protein structure, and these will give rise to a comparatively large dipole moment whose value will vary with pH and molecular conformation.

Image: (a) Electrical double layers formed at the surface of a membrane and (b) around a globular protein. (c) A simple polar molecule of dipole moment M.

Source: Pethig R (1989) Electrical Properties of Biological Tissue. In Marino AA (ed) Modern Bioelectricity, Ch.5. Dekker Inc, New York, USA

77

Madl 719-11-26


Endogenous cellular EMF

i) Dynamic & static modes

Smith, 1985

Cell diameter 2 µmAttached layer of protein assumed to represent a superconducting region of thickness

4 nm

London penetration depth 2 cell diametersCritical field with flux penetration, at ambient temperatures

100 mT (1 kG)

Critical Temperature 100 °CCritical field at absolute zero in "bulk material"

Geomagnetic field strength (25-65 µT)

Assumed super-electron charge density 3·E24 m-3

Plasma frequency 7·E12 HzElectron trap depth at protein layer 0.045 eVCorresponding phonon frequency 10·E12 HzFundamental frequency of electrical resonance around cell circumference

2x 10·E12


At 10·E12 Hz an electrical mode could propagate in the lipid part of the cell membrane with a range of 5 mm whereas it would only have a range of two cell diameters ≈5 µm, in water. A λ/2 electrical distance around the circumference of the model cell corresponds to a frequency of 10·E12 Hz (≈300 cm-1) although evidence from Raman spectroscopy suggests that live biological cells are electrically non-resonant at their frequencies of oscillation having their mean circumference of an electrical length one quarter of a wavelength. This would ensure that all resonant frequencies are determined by acoustical modes of resonance. Circumferential waves propagating with the velocity of sound in water (1500 m/s) would have a fundamental resonance around 100·E6 Hz. Surface tension waves at the water lipid interfaces of the membrane would have a wavelength dependent velocity of propagation and give fundamental resonance modes of the order of 1·E6 Hz. Oscillations at both such frequencies have been detected for a few minutes around the time of cytokinesis in synchronously dividing yeast cells. Not only would the cell circumference represent a long line resonator for acoustic and surface tension resonances at 10·E12 Hz, but because of the slightly differing internal and external circumferences of the membrane, there is the possibility of interference effects leading to a very high degree of frequency stability if the internal and external waves are required to return in phase to the generator after paths of n and n+1 wavelengths respectively …. It seems that the most important effect of a layer of lysozyme attached to a cell membrane will be to reduce the depth of the electron traps at the outer surface of the lysozyme layer. As a very approximate estimate, if the lysozyme layer has a dielectric constant εr=2, the same as that of water at 10·E12 Hz, then for the dimensions of a single layer of lysozyme, the trap depth would be about 0.045 eV; phonons of the corresponding frequency, about 10·E12 Hz, at a high enough intensity should prevent electrons from remaining trapped and engender the necessary electron-phonon interactions for superconductivity effects.

Image: The biological model cell as an electrical resonator depicting the cell-membrane and it electrodynamic modes. Table: Orders of magnitude of parameters relating to the model cell.

Source: Smith CW (1985) Superconducting Areas in Living Systems. In: Mischra RK (ed) The Living State, Vol.II, Ch. 21. World Scientific Publ. Singapore

88

19-11-26 Madl 8

EMF @ Cell-Level (2b/5)



i) inter-cellular long-range interaction

coherence

based on half-wavelength

Smith, 1994


There are of the order of 3000 enzymes controlling the chemistry of a biological cell. The high catalytic power of an enzyme requires a reduction of the activation energy. A metastable state with a high internal electric field may be nature's way of activating an enzyme catalysed reaction. Frequency selective long-range interactions may arise from the excitation of coherent vibrations and give the selective attraction of enzymatic substrates. The importance of the frequency 100 GHz assumed by Froehlich for fundamental biological activities was strongly supported by the publication of research from the former Soviet Union. Physically, this frequency corresponds to a an acoustic mode resonance in the thickness of the cell membrane for which its dimension is a half-wavelength (see image).

Image: Diagram showing possible resonances relating to the sizes of features of an idealized biological cell. There will also be resonances corresponding to hyperfine energy levels not related to the cell geometry.

Source: Smith CW (1994) Biological Effects of Weak Electromagnetic Fields, Ch.3. In: Ho MW, Popp FA, Warnke U (eds) Bioelectrodynamics and Biocommunication. World Scientific, Singapore

99

Madl 919-11-26

EMF @ Cell-Level (3/5)



i) inter-cellular long-range interaction

i) Intrinsic em-oscillations (cell cycle)

• 10 Hz -100 GHz

Pohl, 1985


System f[Hz]

λ[µm]

Charge wavev [cm/s]

Mitochondrial laminae of cristae 2.0·E6 ≈0.2 80Endoplasmic reticular laminae 0.2·E6 ≈2.0 80Mitotic figure 80·E3 ≈5.0 80

v, propagation velocity (max. 1500 m/s, but likely to be lower considering the ionic-double layer structure)

l, length of circumference, π·r (typ. r = 10µm)


In 1968, H. Froehlich predicted that the chemical energy of cells could evoke high frequency electrical oscillations. We now observed such outputs from living cells of various types and see them to be associated with cell division …. As depicted diagrammatically, the stages in the development of such a set of collimated and coherent charge waves capable of generating a natural RF-oscillation, and an oscillating electrical field, which might be sensed for short distances outside the cell …. From cellular spin resonance experiments on yeast cells, one sees narrow peak resonances at 8 kHz and 2 MHz with a suggestion of a peak at about 200 kHz. Provisionally assigning these f’s (see table), one observes that the velocity of the postulated charge wave would appear to be relatively constant at about 80 cm/s.[1]

Image: a model for the origin of the natural RF-oscillations of cells. The oscillating reaction in near steady-state conditions is presumed to produce cyclic alternations in ion concentrations. These alterations produce charge waves if the diffusional speeds of the positive and negative ions are unequal. In (a) a number of charge waves are pictured as arising within a cellular volume at random times and points. In (b) the presence of some cellular structures, or layer structures such as granae of chloroplasts or the cristae of mitochondria bring about collimation of theses charge waves. In (c) some of the charge waves are pictured as partly coherent. In (d) the charge waves are both collimated and coherent. In such a circumstance, there would exist an oscillating AC-field about the cell.[1]Image: Example of parallel-epipedic cavity resonator. A map of the electric field is displayed for one particular mode of resonance at a specific frequency (left). Simulation of mitotic divisions using cavity resonator waves (center) and epipedic cavity resonance of a mitotic cell division during late anaphase showing microtubules of sea urchin (right). [2]

Source: [1] Pohl HA, Braden T, Pohl DG (1984) Variations of the Micro-Dielectrophoresis of Cells during their Life Cycle. In: Mischra RK (ed) The Living State, Vol.I, Ch. 17. Wiley & Sons, New York (USA)[2] Madl P., Egot-Lemaire S (2015) General Introduction into electromagnetic radiation and photobiology, Ch.2. In: Fels D, Cifra M, Scholkmann F (eds), Field of the Cells Volume 1. Signpost Research, Kerala (IND)

1010

Exogenous EMFs

Pethig, 1988

Madl 1019-11-26


Static EFDynamic EMF

• DNA • AA (amino acids)• Electrolytes• Biological tissues• Membrane / cell properties

Cm =0r/dm = 0.44 μF/cm2, (d=6nm, r= 3.0) appl

ied

EM

F


Cell membranes are ultrathin structures of thickness around 6 nm. They are composed mainly of long-chain hydrocarbon (lipid) molecules and proteins. An approximate value for the effective capacitance per unit area of such a membrane can be found using the basic equation: C =0r/d.[1]Assuming a thickness d of around 6 nm and a relative permittivity r of 3.0 (close packed assembly of lipids and proteins), then the membrane capacitance can be estimated to be 0.44 μF/cm2, which compares favorably with the range 0.5-1.3 F/cm2 commonly observed for a wide range of biological membranes.[1]The capacitive and resistive components of a cell membrane can be represented as an equivalent electrical circuit, where the membrane capacitance Cm is shown in parallel with the membrane resistance Rm. A feature of this circuit is that with increasing frequency the resistance Rm is increasingly short-circuited by the reactance (1/Cm) of Cm. The consequence of this as far as the electrical properties of a cell in aqueous suspension is concerned is shown above. At low frequencies (top) the resistance of the cell membrane insulates the cell interior (cytoplasm) from an external electric field, and no electrical current is induced within the cell interior. In dielectric terms, the cell appears to take the form of an insulating spheroid, and it increases the effective resistivity of the aqueous suspension. At higher frequencies (center) the short-circuiting effect of the membrane capacitance allows.[1] Image: Equivalent electrical circuit for a cell membrane, where Cm and Rm are the membrane capacitance and resistance, respectively. An equivalent circuit for a cell, where R1 is the resistance of the extracellular electrolyte, Cm is the membrane capacitance, and R2 is a function of the membrane and cytoplasm resistance.[1](a) At <f the membrane resistance shields the cell interior from applied electric fields. (b) At >f the membrane resistance is progressively shorted-out by the membrane capacitance. (c) The effect of a conducting pore in the membrane is to change the voltage stress across the membrane compared to the commonly accepted picture of (a) above.[1,3]The structure of a cell membrane consists primarily of two layers of phospholipid molecules with protein molecules embedded and attached. Intracellular membranes also have a structure based on proteins embedded in a phospholipid bilayer.[2]Source: [1] Pethig R (1988) Electrical Properties of Biological Tissue. In Marino AA (ed) Modern Bioelectricity, Ch.6. Dekker Inc, New York, USA[2] Hill RW, Wyse GA, Anderson M (2012) Animal Physiology 3rd ed. Sinauer Ass, (MA) USA[3] Klee M, Plonsey R (1974) Extracellular stimulation of a cell having a non-uniform membrane. IEEE, Vol 21(6): 452-460

1111

Exogenous EMFs

Pethig, 1988

Madl 1119-11-26

EMF @ Cell-Level (4b/5)



-dispersion(membrane & surface-ion effects)

-dispersion(cap. short-circuiting of BLM, 1/C)

-dispersiondue to ITM-protein effect in BLM


The consequence of this as far as the electrical properties of a cell in aqueous suspension is concerned is shown schematically. At <f the resistance of the cell membrane insulates the cell interior (cytoplasm) from an external electric field, and no electrical current is induced within the cell interior. In dielectric terms, the cell appears to take the form of an insulating spheroid, and it increases the effective resistivity of the aqueous suspension. At >f the short-circuiting effect of the membrane capacitance allows the electric field to penetrate into the cell until, at a sufficiently high frequency, the effective membrane resistance becomes vanishingly small and the cell appears dielectrically as a spheroid composed of the cytoplasmic electrolyte …..The -dispersion is generally considered to be associated with interfacial polarizations associated with electrical double layers and surface ionic conduction effects at membrane boundaries. The -dispersion indicates that both capacitive shorting-out of membrane resistances and rotational relaxations of bio macromolecules can contribute to this dispersion. The -dispersion arises from the relaxation of free water in the tissue …. Relaxations of bound water produce a relatively weak dielectric dispersion, called the -dispersion, centered around 100 MHz.The representation of a completely insulating membrane is only an approximation. Ion conducting channels (integral transmembrane proteins, ITM) are known to exist in cell membranes and these could act as localized areas of relatively low resistance in the membrane …. The existence of such low-resistance patches alter the field pattern across the cell membrane …. Values for cell membrane resistance of (1-100)E3 /cm2 and cytoplasm resistivity of 0.3-7 /n have been obtained.Image: At <f membrane resistance shields the cell interior from applied electric fields (a) while at >f membrane resistance is progressively shorted-out by the membrane capacitance. Effect of a conducting pore in the membrane is to change the voltage stress across the membrane. Insert: an idealized representation of the way in which the relative permittivity of a typical biological tissue varies with frequency.Source: Pethig R (1988) Electrical Properties of Biological Tissue. In Marino AA (ed) Modern Bioelectricity, Ch.6. Dekker Inc, New York, USASchwan HP (1977) Field interaction with biological matter. Ann NY Acad Sci Vol.303(1): 198-213Klee M, Plonsey R (1974) Extracellular stimulation of a cell having a non-uniform membrane. IEEE Vol.21(6): 452-460

1212

Exogenous EMFs

Zimmermann, 1982Madl 1219-11-26

EMF @ Cell-Level (4c/5)



- Charge shifting at <f

- unhindered passage at >f

- Current distribution w/ increased

field strengths; breakdown voltage

is first reached for the larger sized.

At much higher field strengths,

also the smaller cell.


Let us now consider schematically the field distribution near a cell (top). At low frequencies the current is forced to flow round the cell because of the capacitance and high resistance of the membrane. Towards higher frequencies the membrane capacitance offers progressively less resistance until finally, at high frequencies, the conductive cell interior contributes completely to the total conductance. The electrical conductance of the membrane must therefore increase as the frequency is raised. The dielectric constant exhibits quite the opposite behaviour. At low frequencies the cell interior is virtually free of the field, and charge (ion) distribution occurs as illustrated. The cell behaves like a large dipole. Therefore, a high dielectric constant is recorded for the whole system. Towards higher frequencies, the charge separation becomes progressively less complete, since the movement of ions takes time and the cell membrane impedance reduces; a small dielectric constant is measured for the whole system. The generation of the dipole in the low frequency range has two consequences. First, the charge distribution illustrated brings about a membrane potential difference between the cell interior and cell exterior, depending on the location, which is superimposed on the resting potential. Secondly, a field-induced dipole can exert a force on other dipoles in its vicinity; in other words, forces may be exerted at a microscopic level (pearl-chain formation, rotation etc.) Both effects may occur separately or together with the production of heat depending on the choice of experimental conditions. Heating occurs because the electric field acts on the ions or permanent dipoles (macromolecules) in the cell and in the membrane. These forces at the molecular level lead to movements of ions and to the partial rotation of polar molecules. Heat is produced because of friction, i.e. so-called Joule's heating and by dielectric losses.Image: Schematic diagram of the frequency dependence of the path of current flow around and through a spherical cell (top). Current (field) line distribution around and through the cell when the field strength is increased up to the breakdown voltage at low frequency (bottom). Breakdown is shown both for a cell of small and large size. The breakdown voltage is reached first for the membrane of the larger sized cell. Towards much higher field strengths, the breakdown voltage of the membrane of the smaller cell is also reached whereas for the larger cell more and more breakdown pores are generated within the membrane.Source: Zimmermann U (1982) Electric field-mediated fusion and related electrical phenomena.Biochimicaet Biophysica Acta Vol 694: 227-277

1313

Exogenous EMFs

Madl 1319-11-26

EMF @ Cell-Level (5/5)

ex-USSR standards for civilian exposure


• Ultrasound & EMF • ELF• HF w/ modulation

Adey, 1981

147 MHz, 0.8 mW/cm2

modulated @ 1-35 Hz

vs.

ELF sine-wave 1-32 Hz

ICNIRP[V/m]

10k-0.6k600-100 3030-8010 mW/cm2 USA1-20 mW/cm2 CDN


Surveys in the United States by the Environmental Protection Agency have shown that for a population group representing 18% of the total US-population, there is a median exposure of 5 nW/cm2 time-averaged power density (data from 1978 !! = not accounting for modern wireless communication devices). Less than 1% of the population are potentially exposed to levels above 0.001 mW/cm2 (1µ W/cm2). At least 99% of the population are not exposed to levels above the very stringent safety standards proposed for the USSR in 1974. The FM radio broadcast service (88-108 MHz) is responsible for most of the continuous illumination of the general population.

Table: USSR standards for civilian microwave exposure

Image: A: 45Ca2+ efflux from freshly isolated chick cerebral hemispheres exposed to a weak radio-frequency field (147 MHz, 0.8 mW/cm2), amplitude-modulated at low frequencies. B: 45Ca2+ efflux changes from exposure to far weaker electric fields (56 V/m) in the same frequency spectrum from 1 to 32 Hz. Peak magnitude of efflux change is similar for the 2 fields but opposite in direction. For radio-frequency field in A, the unmodulated carrier wave U had no effect when compared with controls C. Field gradients differ by about 6 orders of magnitude between A and B.

Source: Adey WR (1981) Tissue interactions with nonionizing electromagnetic fields. Physiol. Rev. Vol. 61: 435-514.

1414

19-11-26 Madl 14

EMF @ Tissue Level (1/6)

Static fields

Dynamic fields


• ELF

• HF

Equipot’s & thermal effects from 100 Hz to 1 GHz

at dermal layer / skinGowrishankar & Weaver, 2003

Equipot’s

tissue SA

R

Equipotot. cells


We describe a transport lattice method illustrated by a didactic multicellular system model with irregular shapes. Each elementary membrane region includes local models for passive membrane resistance and capacitance, nonlinear active sources of the resting potential, and a hysteretic model of electroporation. Field amplification through current or voltage concentration changes with frequency, exhibiting significant spatial heterogeneity until the microwave range is reached, where cellular structure becomes almost “electrically invisible.” In the time domain, membrane electroporation exhibits significant heterogeneity but occurs mostly at invaginations and cell layers with tight junctions.

Top group image: Spherical cell model (rcell = 10 μm) for nearly insulating and realistic membrane resistivities. (a) Perspective drawing with ideal parallel plane electrodes (top black and bottom gray) that provide an applied electric field, Eapp. (b) Approximation of spherical cell (black region assigned Me1+m+e2; white and gray regions assigned Me1

and Me2, respectively). Equipotentials (blue) for ρm = 1E8 Ω m and f = 100 Hz, 100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 MHz, 100 MHz, and 1 GHz, respectively.Bottom group image: Didactic multicellular system model. Electrolyte-filled cavity and endothelial layer with cells connected by tight junctions, with an invagination and a gap in the cell layer. The upper region is saline (extracellular electrolyte). The underlying region contains subendothelial cells with ≈15% extracellular fluid. Upper Row: Equipotentials for 100 Hz, 100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 MHz, 100 MHz, and 1 GHz, respectively. (i–n) SAR distributions (spatially averaged value of 1 W⋅kg−1; color bar: black = 0 to white ≥2 W⋅kg−1) for the same frequencies. Lower row: SAR is proportional to ρJ2 and is displayed instead of J because SAR is more closely related to local heating and possible thermal effects.

Source: Gowrishankar TR, Weaver JC (2003) An approach to electrical modeling of single and multiple cells. PNAS, Vol.100(6): 3203-3208

15

Effects of High Frequency exposure@ cell level

MF (medium - 0.3-3 MHz)HF (high - 3-30 MHz)

VHF (very - 30-300 MHz)UHF (ultra - 0.3-3GHz)SHF (super - 3-30 GHz)


High frequency (HF) is radio frequency electromagnetic waves (radio waves, RF) between 3 to 30 MHz. It is also known as the decameter band or dm-wave as its wavelengths range from 1-10 dm (10-100 m). Frequencies immediately below HF are denoted medium frequency (MF), while the next band of higher frequencies is known as the very high frequency (VHF) band. The HF band is a major part of the shortwave band of frequencies, so communication at these frequencies is often called shortwave radio. Because radio waves in this band can be reflected back to Earth by the ionosphere layer in the atmosphere – a method known as "skip" or "skywave" propagation – these frequencies are suitable for long-distance communication across intercontinental distances and for mountainous terrains which prevent line-of-sight communications.

Very high frequency (VHF) is RF from 30 to 300 MHz, with corresponding wavelengths of 10- 1 m. Frequencies immediately below VHF are denoted high frequency (HF).

Ultra high frequency (UHF) is RF in the range between 0.3 and 3 GHz, also known as the decimetre band as the wavelengths range from 1to 0.1 m. UHF radio waves propagate mainly by line of sight; they are blocked by hills and large buildings although the transmission through building walls is strong enough for indoor reception. They are used for television broadcasting, cell phones, satellite communication including GPS, personal radio services including Wi-Fi and Bluetooth, walkie-talkies, cordless phones, and numerous other applications.

Super high frequency (SHF) is (RF in the range between 3 and 30 GHz. This band of frequencies is also known as the centimetre band or centimetre wave as the wavelengths range from one to ten centimetres. These frequencies fall within the microwave band, so radio waves with these frequencies are called microwaves. The small wavelength of microwaves allows them to be directed in narrow beams by aperture antennas such as parabolic dishes and horn antennas, so they are used for point-to-point communication and data links and for radar. This frequency range is used for most radar transmitters, wireless LANs, satellite communication, microwave radio relay links, and numerous short range terrestrial data links. They are also used for heating in industrial microwave heating, medical diathermy, microwave hyperthermy to treat cancer, and to cook food in microwave ovens.

Extremely high frequency (EHF) designates RF from 30 to 300 GHz. Radio waves in this band have wavelengths from 10-1 mm, so it is also called the millimetre band and radiation in this band is called millimetre waves. Millimetre-length electromagnetic waves were first investigated in the 1890s by Indian scientist Jagadish Chandra Bose.

Terahertz radiation, tremendously high frequency (THF) consists of electromagnetic of frequencies from 0.1 to 30 THz. Wavelengths of radiation in the terahertz band correspondingly range from 1 mm to 0.1 mm. Because THz radiation begins at a wavelength of one millimeter and proceeds into shorter wavelengths, it is sometimes known asthe submillimeter band, especially in astronomy.Terahertz radiation can penetrate thin layers of materials but is blocked by thicker objects. THz beams transmitted through materials can be used for material characterization, layer inspection, and as an alternative to X-rays for producing high resolution images of the interior of solid objects.


16

FFT (1/2)

Fast Fourier Transformation




With the Fourier transform (FT) a time-dependent periodic signal can be converted into a frequency-dependent signal. It is often of interest to examine a periodic signal with regard to the frequencies occurring therein and their amplitudes. In order, for example, to process a square-wave or saw-tooth signal as loss-free as possible, the electronics must have a certain bandwidth. It is not sufficient to know only the fundamental frequency of the composite signal, which can be read from the amplitude-time diagram. Only the associated amplitude-frequency diagram shows the other frequencies present in the signal with their components. The mathematician Fourier found out that each periodic signal can be represented by a sum of infinitely many sine and cosine oscillations and, if necessary, an additional direct component. The basic value is the smallest common period equal to the lowest frequency that can easily be determined from the time diagram of the signal. A function f(x) is periodic if its function values do not change after a shift by π (2Pi) for all x values in the definition range. For 2Pi-periodic functions, f(x) = f(x + π) applies. If f(x) is a continuous monotonic function and can be integrated in the interval -π ≤ x ≤ π equals 0 ≤ x ≤ 2-π, the function can be written as an infinite trigonometric function series, a Fourier series.

Image: There are different spellings for the general representation of the trigonometric function series, which differ in the starting value of the run number and in the occurrence of the absolute member and ultimately lead to the same result

Source: https://elektroniktutor.de/fachmathematik/fourier.htmlhttps://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TwgPU6M_v0chttps://gist.github.com/amroamroamro/617305c05001caffc8d0

17

FFT (2/2)

Fast Fourier Transformation



Demonstrate with SA, radio & oscilloscope;s FFT-mode


a) analysis of periodic signals (sine, triangle, square @ 2 MHz)

b) analysis of a given FM-radio station

Spectrum Analyzer (SA): An instrument designed primarily to indicate the distribution of energy produced by a frequency emitter; it also measures the emitters cold impedance and the Q of resonant cavities and lines. In this particular case, the instrument is used to scan a particular RF spectrum and analyzing the carrier frequency and its harmonics. A signal source under investigation is fed to the SA. A preliminary filtering stage (low-pass filter with signal booster) limits the scanning spectrum to a selected frequency band with the signal source under investigation as the center frequency. The mixing station attached to it combines the incoming signal with that one from the VCO (voltage controlled oscillator). The resulting signal IF (intermediate frequency) is processed either as fMix = fIF + fVCO or fMix = fIF - fVCO depending of the absolute values of the frequency components involved. Since the VCO keeps sweeping periodically from its lowest set value to its highest setting, the IF periodically changes its amount. The following band-pass filter narrows the spectrum down to values just below and above the center frequency. Doing so not only avoids distortion by interference with other signal induced into the pathway, but also allows a smooth scan above and below this frequency. The final stages converts the scanned signal according to the display unit used and provides the control signals needed - in this case a CRT (cathode ray tube) - similar to an oscilloscope. The ramp generator, provides a gradually increasing voltage is used to scan the desired frequency range (lowest voltage for lower frequencies and peaking voltage for upper frequencies of the examined spectrum). This variable frequency is fed into the VCO (voltage controlled oscillator). Once the ramp voltage reaches the VCO, the capacity diodes within change their capacitance (the higher the voltage the larger the pn-layer - those types of diodes are operated in reverse mode), therefore changing the oscillating frequency according to the voltage applied.

Image: Block diagram of SA with essential components; the signal to analyze is downconvertedfrom a higher f-range to the first fIF so that the circuitry following that IF-stage needs to be conceptualized only for that specific f-window.

Source: Madl P (1998) Physics Lab-Practicals E7-SA. PLUShttp://biophysics.sbg.ac.at/protocol/physics.zip

Tissue Penetration Depth


Electromagnetic fields in the spectrum between 1 MHz and 100 GHz have special biological significance since they can readily be transmitted through, absorbed by, and reflected at biological tissue boundaries in varying degrees, depending on body size, tissue properties, and frequency.There is very little scattering by tissues in this frequency range. These characteristics can result in either medically beneficial effects or biological damage or harm, depending on the circumstances. The frequency range receiving the most attention in terms of biological interaction is in the microwave spectrum of 300 MHz to 10 GHz. This is due to the widespread use of high-energy densities in highly populated areas and to the better absorption characteristics in the tissues of man in this frequency range.

Yet at the same time we note that the maximum recommended safe power density for long-term human exposure varies from 10 mW/cm2 in the United States to as low as 0.01 mW/cm2 in the USSR. We hear strong arguments between the microwave oven industry, the military, and the Public Health Service, and also between reputable scientists, on where realistic safety levels for microwave exposure should lie.The Soviets also claim non-thermal effects on the cardiovascular system, including decreased arterial pressure and heart rate. As a result of these interactions, they have set their level of safe exposure 1000 times lower than that of the US.

Source: Johnson, C.C. and Guy, A.W. Nonionizing electromagnetic wave effects in biological materials and systems. Proc. IEEE 60:692-718, 1972.

1919

19-11-26 Madl 19

Tissue Penetration Depth (2a/5)

Radiation & Biology

• Legal limits

• SAR vs Power density

i.e. RF-energy absorbed by a body when exposed to a wireless device

public: 1.6 W/kg

occupational: 10 W/kg

Rajewsky, 1938;

Smith & Best, 1989; Stuchly, 1983;

Salford, 2010, Ayrapteyan, 2006 FCC limit for publicExposure 1.6 W/kg


A common way to characterize an RF field is by means of the power density [mW/cm2], however, the quantity used to measure how much RF energy is actually absorbed by the body is called the Specific Absorption Rate or SAR [W/kg] …. The FCC limit for public exposure from cellular telephones is an SAR level of 1.6 W/kg.[6]In the late 1930‘s Rajewsky was the first who systematically investigated the thermal effects of ultra-shortwave exposure on living matter and to come up with a systematic protocol how to correctly establish specific absorption rates (SAR).[1] Only in 1980s did the US-authorities come up with exposure safety standard of 1-10 mW/cm2 for frequencies from 30-300 MHz. It is based on limiting the whole-body SAR to 0.4 W/kg body weight for occupational exposure. In 1986, the US-EPA proposed maximum SARs of 0.04, 0.08 or the present 0.4 W/kg (corresponding to power densities of 0.1, 0.2 or 1 mW/cm2, respectively.[2] Image: Average SAR for E-polarization of prolate spheroidal models for man, monkey and mouse. The maximum average SAR (at resonance) for a small mammal (mouse) is greater than for larger animals (monkey and man). Average SAR for the whole body, neck and head of an average man (block model). The E-polarization; SAR in the head is substantially greater at about 350 MHz than at the whole-body resonant frequency of about 80 MHz. Similarly, the absorption in the neck exhibits three "resonances", and in each case the absorption is greater than the average for the whole body. The incident power density 1 mW/cm2.[3]Mobile phone antenna 1.4 cm from the human head, operating at 915 MHz. The very low SAR- levels of 10 mW/kg exist in deep-lying parts of the human brain such as the basal ganglia, and the power density of 1 mW/kg is absorbed in thalamus.[4]Source: [1] Rajewsky B (1938) Ultrakurzwellen, Ergebnisse der biophysikalischen Forschung, Bd. 1 Georg Thieme, Leipzig, FRG[2] Smith CW, Best S (1989) Electromagnetic Man – Health and Hazard in the Electrical Environment. St. Martin’s Press, (NY), USA[3] Stuchly MA (1983) Dosimetry of RF and MW-Radiation – Theoretical Analysis. In Grandolfo, Michaelson SM, Rindi A (ed) Biological Effects of Dosimetry of nonionizing Radiation. Plenum Press New York, USA[4] Salford LG Nittby H, Brun A, Eberhardt J, Malmgren L, Persson BRR (2010) Effects of microwave radiation upon the mammalian blood-brain barrier. In: Giuliani L, Soffritti M (ed) Non-thermal effects and Mechanisms of Interaction between EMFs and Living Matter. Eur. J. Oncol. - Library Vol. 5[5] Ayrapteyan SN (2006) Cell Aqua Medium as a primary target for the effect of EMFs. In AyrapteyanSN, Markov MS (eds). Springer, Dodrecht, NL[6] https://www3.ntu.edu.sg/home/eylu/fdtd/sar.htm

2020

19-11-26 Madl 20

Tissue Penetration Depth (2b/5)

Radiation & Biology

• Legal limits

• SAR vs Power density

proliferation of human epithelial cells at 0.021 & 2.1 W/kg but none at 0.21 W/kg …. so what’s wrong with SAR?

Kwee & Raskmark, 1998

i.e. RF-energy absorbed by a body when exposed to a wireless device

public: 1.6 W/kg

occupational: 10 W/kg


The maximally allowed SAR-value for occupational exposure is 10 W/kg and 2 W/kg is the maximally allowed SAR-value for public exposure (localized SAR, head and trunk) according to limit values from the International Commission of Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection. These values are set in order to avoid thermal effects of the EMF radiation, such as whole-body heat stress and excessive localized tissue heating.[4]

Effects of MW at 960 MHz and various SARs on proliferation of human epithelial amnion yield linear correlations between exposure time to MW at 0.021 and 2.1 mW/kg and the MW-induced changes in cell proliferation albeit no such clear correlation was seen at 0.21 mW/kg.[5]

Source: [1] Salford LG (2010) Effects of microwave radiation upon the mammalian blood-brain barrier. In: Giuliani L, Soffritti M (ed) Non-thermal effects and Mechanisms of Interaction between EMFs and Living Matter. Eur. J. Oncol. - Library Vol. 5

[2] Kwee S, Raskmark P (1998) Changes in cell proliferation due to environmental non-ionizingradiation 2. Microwave radiation. Bioelectrochem Bioenerg Vol.44(2): 251-255

2121

19-11-26 Madl 21

Tissue Penetration Depth (3/5)

Radiation & Biology

• Legal limits

• SAR [W/kg] vs

Power density area [mW/cm2]

σ, tissue conductivity [S·m-1] = [A·V-1·m-1]E, electric ERMS-field [V/m]H, magnetic HRMS-field [A/m]ρ, tissue density [kg·m-3]

SAR regards thermal effects only !

Power Comment

[W] [dBm]

10.0·E-6 -20 2.4 GHz WLAN w/ 20 MHz bandwidth

100.0·E-6 -10 max. received signal power of WLAN network

1.0·E-3 0 Bluetooth standard (class 3) @ 1 m range

2.5·E-3 4 Bluetooth (class 2) @ 10 m range

10.0·E-3 10

32.0·E-3 15 typ. for WLAN in laptops

100.0·E-3 20

200.0·E-3 23 5 GHz WLAN w/ 40 MHz-bandwidth subband 4

251.0·E-3 24 max. output from a UMTS/3G cell phone(class 3)

500.0·E-3 27 max. cell phone UMTS/3G cell phone(class 2)

1.0 30

2.0 33 max. cell phone UMTS/3G cell phone(class 1)

4.0 36 typ. for CB-radios (@ 27 MHz)

10.0 40

100.0 50 typ. therm. radiation of human body (peak @ 31.5 THz)

1.0·E3 60

10.0·E3 70

100.0·E3 80 typ. FM RF-power w/ 50 km range

dogma2

SAR E 2

[W kg1]

P[dBm ] 10 lg10 (P[W ] )30

PDV E2

2 [W m3]

PDA E H [W m2 ]


Microwave electromagnetic radiation (MW), 300 MHz—300 GHz (λin air 1 m to 1 mm), and radiofrequency electromagnetic radiation (RF), 0.3–300 MHz (λin air 1 km to 1 m), are both relatively new but rapidly intensifying occupational and environmental factors. For about 40 years there has been a steadily increasing exposure of both occupational groups and the general population to various intensities of these radiations due to the use of MW/RFs in radar, navigation, communication, and television, as well as for multiple industrial and household purposes. Thus, biological effects and possible health hazards of MW/RFs have become an important problem to be solved in connection with the elaboration of valid safety standards. Despitenumerous experimental studies and epidemiologic observations …. Absorption of a certain amount of electromagnetic energy in cells, biological tissues, and in living organisms results in a thermal load that cannot be dissipated to the environment …. it leads to an increase of temperature with all the known consequences of local or whole-body hyperthermia. Physiologic and pathologic effects of short-lasting MW hyperthermia have often been misinterpreted as being directly due to the influence of the radiation, and only recently, after progress in the measurement of specific absorption rates (SARs), the two phenomena havebeen differentiated.[1]dBm (sometimes dBmW) is an abbreviation for the power ratio in decibels of the measured power referenced to 1mW. It is used in radio, microwave and fiber-optical communication networks as a convenient measure of absolute power because of its capability to express both very large and very small values.[3]Summarizing the development of the dilemma thermal vs nonthermal effects, one may easily come to the conclusion that without any experimental evidence the 10 mW/cm2 SAR value was instituted as a standard. Another word which may be applied here is “dogma”.[2]

Source: [1] Szmigielski S, Bielec M, Lipski S, Sokolska G (1988) Immunologic and Cancer-Related Aspects of Exposure to Low-Level Microwave and Radiofrequency Fields. In Marino AA (ed) Modern Bioelectricity, Ch.25. Dekker Inc, New York, USA[2] Markov MS (2005) Thermal vs nonthermal mechanisms of interactions between EMF and biological systems. In: Ayrapetyan SN, Markov MS (eds) Bioelectromagnetics – Current Concepts, The Mechanisms of the Biological Effect of Extremely High Power Pulses. Springer, Doodrecht (NL)SAR-calculator: https://www.everythingrf.com/rf-calculators/sar-rf-exposure-calculatorWatt to dBm calculator: https://www.everythingrf.com/rf-calculators/watt-to-dbm[3] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DBm[4] Wasife KE (2011) Power Density and SAR in Multi-Layered Life Tissue at Global System Mobile (GSM) Frequencies. Journal of Electromagnetic Analysis and Applications, Vol.3: 328-332

2222

19-11-26 Madl 22


Static fields

Dynamic fields


• ELF

• HFRat brain cells exposed for 2 hrs to 2,45 GHz pulse (2µs @ 0,5 kHz)

SAR 0.6 W/kg (PDA≈ 1 mW/cm2)

SAR 1.2 W/kg (PDA≈ 2 mW/cm2)i) after 4 hrs SS-breakage of pulsed modulation ↑i) dose dependency

SAR 0.6 vs 1.2 W/kg ↑similar in effect to 25 cGy X-rays (i.e. 250 strand breaks/cell)

Lai & Singh, 1997

Unexposed

RF-exposed


Levels of DNA single-strand break were assayed in brain cells from rats acutely exposed to low-intensity 2450 MHz microwaves using an alkaline microgelelectrophoresis method. Immediately after 2 h of exposure to pulsed (2 µs width, 500 pulses/s) microwaves, no significant effect was observed, whereas a dose rate-dependent [0.6 and 1.2 W/kg whole body specific absorption rate (SAR)] increase in DNA single-strand breaks was found in brain cells of rats at 4 h post-exposure. Furthermore, in rats exposed for 2 h to continuous-wave 2450 MHz microwaves (SAR 1.2 W/kg), increases in brain cell DNA single-strand breaks were observed immediately as well as at 4 h post-exposure …. An increase in DNA single-strand breaks could be due to an increase in the rate of breaking or a reduction in the DNA damage repair processes in the cell. It is also puzzling that brain cell DNA responded differently to CW and pulsed microwaves. A significant increase in DNA single-strand breaks was observed immediately after exposure to CW but not to pulsed microwaves. This further supports our previous conclusion that biological responses to microwaves depend on the parameters of the radiation.

Image: DNA single-strand breaks (shown as micrometers of migration during electrophoresis) in cells from hippocampus and the rest of the brain (i.e., whole brain minus hippocampus) of rats subjected to 2 h of exposure to pulsed microwaves at an average whole body SAR of 0.6 or 1.2 W/kg or sham exposure. N is the number of rats studied. Assay was done immediately after exposure (left) or at 4 h postexposure (right).

Source: Lai H, Singh NP (1997) Acute Low-Intensity Microwave Exposure Increases DNA Single-Strand Breaks in Rat Brain Cells. Bioelectromagnetics Vol.16: 207-210

2323

19-11-26 Madl 23


EMF-exposure by• GSM Base-station

(Interphone Study)

thermal effects

CNS effects

tumor inducing effects

(user-habit dependent)

effect on sperm (VIDEO)


ABC – mobile phone risk.mp4


The Basics V: the few epidemiological studies (Interphone Study) on the use of mobile phones available and evaluated to date as well as results of other working groups point to an increased risk for certain brain tumours in persons who have used a mobile phone intensively for more than 10 years .... the overall assessment of scientific committees taking into account the more recent results is not yet available and is therefore missing in the table. [2]

Neurosurgeon, Kate Drummond is an expert on brain cancers, how they grow and how to get rid of them. She's performed thousands of operations like this one …. Sperm cells are basically a clump of DNA with a small outboard motor. They're perfect for these experiments because any results don't get confused by other cell types …. In the control sample with no exposure to electromagnetic radiation, the sperm are healthy and swimming vigorously …. One can see that they're quite happy and, and swimming along …. But looking at the sperm that have been zapped over night with more than ten times the maximum power output of a mobile phone …. Well, that looks apocalyptic for the sperm …. [1]

Table: Evaluation of the scientific evidence of biological effects of radiofrequency electromagnetic fields by international scientific commissions.[2]

Source: [2] Neitzke HP, Osterhoff J, Voigt H, GLahe J, Kleinhueckelkotten S (2006) EMF-Handbuch. Ecolog Insitut fuer sozial-oekologiefche FOrschung & Bildung, Hannover (FRG)

[1] http://www.abc.net.au/catalyst/stories/3568512.htm

24

Technical aspect on Mobile Telephony

UHF (ultra - 0.3-3GHz)SHF (super - 3-30 GHz)

GMS, UMTS, LTE (3G & 4G)


High frequency (HF) is radio frequency electromagnetic waves (radio waves, RF) between 3 to 30 MHz. It is also known as the decameter band or dm-wave as its wavelengths range from 1-10 dm (10-100 m). Frequencies immediately below HF are denoted medium frequency (MF), while the next band of higher frequencies is known as the very high frequency (VHF) band. The HF band is a major part of the shortwave band of frequencies, so communication at these frequencies is often called shortwave radio. Because radio waves in this band can be reflected back to Earth by the ionosphere layer in the atmosphere – a method known as "skip" or "skywave" propagation – these frequencies are suitable for long-distance communication across intercontinental distances and for mountainous terrains which prevent line-of-sight communications.

Very high frequency (VHF) is RF from 30 to 300 MHz, with corresponding wavelengths of 10- 1 m. Frequencies immediately below VHF are denoted high frequency (HF).

Ultra high frequency (UHF) is RF in the range between 0.3 and 3 GHz, also known as the decimetre band as the wavelengths range from 1to 0.1 m. UHF radio waves propagate mainly by line of sight; they are blocked by hills and large buildings although the transmission through building walls is strong enough for indoor reception. They are used for television broadcasting, cell phones, satellite communication including GPS, personal radio services including Wi-Fi and Bluetooth, walkie-talkies, cordless phones, and numerous other applications.

Super high frequency (SHF) is (RF in the range between 3 and 30 GHz. This band of frequencies is also known as the centimetre band or centimetre wave as the wavelengths range from one to ten centimetres. These frequencies fall within the microwave band, so radio waves with these frequencies are called microwaves. The small wavelength of microwaves allows them to be directed in narrow beams by aperture antennas such as parabolic dishes and horn antennas, so they are used for point-to-point communication and data links and for radar. This frequency range is used for most radar transmitters, wireless LANs, satellite communication, microwave radio relay links, and numerous short range terrestrial data links. They are also used for heating in industrial microwave heating, medical diathermy, microwave hyperthermy to treat cancer, and to cook food in microwave ovens.

Extremely high frequency (EHF) designates RF from 30 to 300 GHz. Radio waves in this band have wavelengths from 10-1 mm, so it is also called the millimetre band and radiation in this band is called millimetre waves. Millimetre-length electromagnetic waves were first investigated in the 1890s by Indian scientist Jagadish Chandra Bose.

Terahertz radiation, tremendously high frequency (THF) consists of electromagnetic of frequencies from 0.1 to 30 THz. Wavelengths of radiation in the terahertz band correspondingly range from 1 mm to 0.1 mm. Because THz radiation begins at a wavelength of one millimeter and proceeds into shorter wavelengths, it is sometimes known asthe submillimeter band, especially in astronomy.Terahertz radiation can penetrate thin layers of materials but is blocked by thicker objects. THz beams transmitted through materials can be used for material characterization, layer inspection, and as an alternative to X-rays for producing high resolution images of the interior of solid objects.


2525

19-11-26 Madl 25

Basestation (1a/6)


(for 1o3 sector ant’s)

point source where all user connect to

PDA’s of user adjusted according to incoming signal strength (shielding)

permanent exposure

6.0-19 V/m ….

1.9-6.0 V/m ….

hypercable, 2016

…. the Penthouse

illusion


Usual distribution of the radio field levels generated by a GSM and UMTS cellular relay transmission panel. Theoretical and observed levels, at optical view in free space, in the vertical plane & on the ground in the Horizontal plane. The relay antenna located on the left tower induces 11 V/m on the top of the right tower located 50 meters away while at the foot of the same building the levels are less than 1V/m. At ground level the field increases as it moves away from the antenna car the attenuation according to the ''square'' of the distance is compensated by the approach of the main lobe of the antenna.

Image: The E-field density in [V/m], emitted by the panel, decreases with thesquare of the distance. This theoretical scheme of the distribution and decrease of [V/m] is only rigorous in the free space and in the axis of the main lobe of the antenna. Temporal structure of GSM (global system for mobile communication) mobile phone and base-station emissions. Immissions at a height of 11 m above ground in the vicinity of a mobile radio site with 26 mobile radio antennas (mounting heights 35 to 39 m);

light yellow: 0.001 to 0.01 W/m2 = 1.90-6.01 V/m (<ECOLOG precautionary value);

dark yellow 0.01 to 0.1 W/m2 = 6.01-19.0 V/m (>ECOLOG preset value)

Source: http://www.hypercable.fr/images/stories/Rayonnements_des_antennes_cellulaires.pdf

2626

19-11-26 Madl 26

Basestation (1b/6)





permanent exposure

limited No’s of users (each cell phone is ”chopped” - 217 Hz)



Mobile Telephony: with UMTS (universal mobile telecom standard), not only voice telephony but also data transmission (picture, sound, video) is possible at relatively high speeds. microwave links connect base stations with the respective telecom centre. With the base stations, the connection to the individual mobile radio operators is established. Since every mobile phone in standby mode is located by the base station, it can be ensured that only that cell controls the terminal in which the best reception is given, which also controls the transfer of an end subscriber from one cell to the other (handover). the cell density (each with a base station in the centre) depends on the population density and the terrain condition (the more subscribers the denser the cells). since each connection is bidirectional - in 2-channel operation (uplink & downlink), each user is only enabled for 0.46 ms (time division multiple access TDMA method). thus it is achieved that up to 100 subscribers are simultaneously supplied with a base station bidirectionally, so that the assigned time window is processed with a transmission pulse of 217 Hz with a transmission pulse of 217 Hz. If all time windows are occupied, the base station clocks at 1.73 Hz. Recently, compressors (code division multiple access CDMA) have also been used instead of the time slot method. The end user is chaotically pushed back and forth between the free time windows within a 4.45 MHz bandwidth depending on the free window (raced during EMF measurement), which further increases the number of users per base station. The radiation of the radio waves at the base station is done by sector antennas which bundle the waves in a desired direction (antennas with directional characteristic and consequently high antenna gain with simultaneous minimization of the transmission power). In addition to the vertical polarization, only the sector in which the end user is located is "illuminated" (omni-directional radiators are only used in thinly populated areas). The radiation cone opens horizontally between 60-120 degrees and vertically only between 4-16 degrees with a slight downward inclination (downtilting a few degrees). The decrease of the electric fields from the base station is linear, whereas the power density decreases with 1/r2 (10m = 1/100 of the original value), provided there are no reflections through buildings and facades (analogous to optics). On the part of the user, the personal exposure is largely based on the transmitting function of the mobile phone (uplink) and leads to considerable self-irradiation in closed areas (elevators, cars act like Faraday cages): Recommendations: i) if possible, use landline phones (fixed LAN-network); i) limit mobile phone calls in duration; i) increase distance to head area (use headset); i) refrain from using a mobile phone in case of poor reception (max. transmission power of the mobile phone); i) ensure that SAR-value of device is <2W/kg (power management); i) keep children away from mobile telephones;Source: Neitzke HP, Osterhoff J, Voigt H, GLahe J, Kleinhueckelkotten S (2006) EMF-Handbuch. Ecologisches Insitut fuer sozial-oekologiefche Forschung & Bildung, Hannover (FRG)

2727

19-11-26 Madl 27

Basestation (1c/6)





permanent exposure

limited No’s of users

cell-cell handshake (bottleneck)

the more users the higher PDA (integral across total BW)



The Basics III: A frequency-integral analysis alone determines the strength of the total field, which can be composed of several different frequencies under certain circumstances. a frequency-selective analysis uses a spectrum analyzer to make the different frequency components visible and measurable. The figure shows the results of frequency-selective measurements in the low and high frequency ranges.

Images: Measurement of the electromagnetic field in the vicinity of a mobile radio base station (GSM 900).

Source: Neitzke HP, Osterhoff J, Voigt H, GLahe J, Kleinhueckelkotten S (2006) EMF-Handbuch. Ecologisches Insitut fuer sozial-oekologiesche Forschung & Bildung, Hannover (FRG)

2828

19-11-26 Madl 28

Basestation (1d/6)


(base to base link)



permanent exposure

limited No’s of users

cell-cell handover requires Pmax w/ user

cell-cell handshake @ 4.8/5.5 GHz <480Mbps e-rake, 2016



Ultrafast roaming at mobility: the traditional TMP architecture does not allow direct base-to-base-hopping of moving mobile devices; often data packets collide at each CPE end (remote site) producing near-far and hidden mode problems, resulting in higher latency at each CPE. The use of a multi-hop relay reduces repeater hops thereby reducing latency to <15 ms @ 10 hops; result; connection with a mobile end user is assured even at high speed.[2]

Image: Multi relay and multi-direction architecture for moving point source allocation to a cell and its base station.[2]

Insert: Typical radiation characteristics of a mobile radio antenna In the coloredareas, the specified limit values are exceeded.[1]

Source: [1] Neitzke HP, Osterhoff J, Voigt H, GLahe J, Kleinhueckelkotten S (2006) EMF-Handbuch. Ecologisches Insitut fuer sozial-oekologiesche Forschung & Bildung, Hannover (FRG)

[2] http://www.hypercable.fr/index.php?option=com_content&view=category&layout=blog&id=3&Itemid=16&lang=fr

2929

19-11-26 Madl 29

Basestation (3/6)


• Cordless phones

point source exposure

permanent exposure by base station (switch to passive ones)

avoid exposure during sleep


hypercable, 2016

Mobile phone exposure calculator.xls

For base station power rating: www.sendekataster.at…. or use headset….


Mobile phone exposure generates a radio field from 20 to 200 [V/m]. The transmission power of the mobile phones is limited to a maximum of 2W for the GSM 900 and a maximum of 1W for the GSM 1800 system. This transmission power is also regulated as a function of the distance to the relay antenna: it is inversely proportional to the quality of the communication (250 mW several kilometres from the antenna, 10 mW nearby under conditions of clear optical view). When the mobile user connects to the other party, the transmitted power is adjusted to a high level for optimal immediate communication, then the power control reduces it in 2 dB steps, in a few milliseconds, until it stabilizes at the minimum level compatible with good communication quality. The user's movement causes several base stations to take over successively, each starting their communication at a high level and then lowering the power. It is therefore when using a mobile phone on the move that radio frequency exposure is highest, or during a conversation in a place with poor reception, which forces the base station and mobile phone to remain at high power levels. Click on the mobile phone icon to download the calculator below.[2]Cordless Phones: Even if cordless telephones do not reach the load values of mobile telephones, one should still do without them (especially in the office & bedroom); if this is not possible, one should at least fall back on those models which only go on air when in use. as a rule of thumb:i) Distance to base station as large as possiblei) low-radiation models that do not emit signals in standby modei) Shielding measures in the event of external radiation

Table: Technical and ambient air quality data of DECT telephones in comparison with GSM 1800 mobile communications

Source: Neitzke HP, Osterhoff J, Voigt H, GLahe J, Kleinhueckelkotten S (2006) EMF-Handbuch. Ecolog Insitut fuer sozial-oekologiefche FOrschung & Bildung, Hannover (FRG)[2] http://www.hypercable.fr/index.php?option=com_content&view=category&layout=blog&id=5&Itemid=20&lang=fr

3030

19-11-26 Madl 30

Basestation (4/6)


• Cordless phones

• WiFi


permanent exposure even when inactive (switch to passive ones that mute)



GHz-soluitons, 2017

Sound samples of mobile devices


WiFI: wireless radio networks such as WLAN (wireless local area network) transmit in the microwave range at 2.45 GHz (ISM band), with the newer generation already operating in the 5.1-5.73 GHz band (hiperlan/2), which has a higher bandwidth for rapid multi-media data transmission. within buildings, the range is legally limited to 30 m and outside to 300 m (2.4 GHz band) and 150 m (5 GHz band) respectively. With regard to emission, 2 aspects must be taken into account for radio networks:

i) the access point continuously transmits a recognition signal of 0.5s length at about 0.3-0.5 mW of its maximum power at 10 Hz when at rest.

i) in transmission mode the transmission power increases depending on the amount of data and reaches typ. 90% of the max. capacity

The table reveals the frequency ranges and maximum transmission powers for radio networks in Germany.

Image: Time structure of the emissions of a distributor

a) only emission of the bar signal

b) full load transmitting mode

Table: Power densities of systems and equipment in apartments and offices or of mobile radio systems in the vicinity (peak values)


3131

19-11-26 Madl 31

Basestation (5/6)


• Cordless phones

• WiFi

• Bluetooth


permanent exposure even when inactive (switch to passive ones that mute)


if necessary use class III devices



Bluetooth: Bluetooth is based on WLAN standards and uses the FHSS method (frequency hiopping spread spectrum) 1600x per second to build up a complex frequency salad. The 79 channels available at a distance of 1 MHz should enable a robust (less susceptible to interference) transmission. as smallest-scale transmission systems they are designed for a range of 10 m (with additional modules also higher) and therefore have a maximum transmission power of 1 mW.

Terminal devices such as keyboards and mouse pointers have a power density of 0.01-0.1W/m2. It should be noted here that ear clip devices represent a significant source of stress due to their proximity to the head area.

The table above shows the maximum transmit power and immissions for Bluetooth transmitters

Table: Transmission power of mobile phone and Bluetooth headset


32

19-11-26 Madl 32

Basestation (6/6)

Seamless 5G-network coveragei) requires base stations every 250 mi) power density rather than SARi) athermal skin effects (cell membrane)i) eye (cataracts)i) immune system i) bacterial effects

Russel, 2018

→ low in intensity (PDA ≈0.15mW/cm2)

→ access only via line of sight, are absorbed by anything with water such as foliage, can’t penetrate walls;

→ higher energy absorption in a shallow area causes heating more rapidly (much higher SAR levels);

→ more than 90% of the transmitted power is absorbed in the epidermal and dermal layers with heating to occur more quickly (less dissipation);

→ altered sensitivities of antibiotics that could lead to resistance.



• Cordless phones

• WiFi

• Bluetooth

• expected health effects

Radiofrequency radiation (RF) is increasingly being recognized as a new form of environmental pollution. Like other common toxic exposures, the effects of radiofrequency electromagnetic radiation (RF EMR) will be problematic if not impossible to sort out epidemiologically as there no longer remains an unexposed control group. This is especially important considering these effects are likely magnified by synergistic toxic exposures and other common health risk behaviors. Effects can also be non-linear. Because this is the first generation to have cradle-to-grave lifespan exposure to this level of man-made microwave (RF EMR) radiofrequencies, it will be years or decades before the true health consequences are known. Precaution in the roll out of this new technology is strongly indicated.The 5G short higher frequency millimeter wavelengths (MWWs) travel shorter distances (a few hundred meters) thus to achieve a seamless integrated wireless system the “small cell” antenna are proposed to be placed about every 250 m …. MMW are absorbed by anything with water such as foliage thus causing attenuation of the signals and making connections with the system line of sight only …. MMW also do not penetrate walls. For MMW-devices and infrastructure power density above 6 GHz (FCC) and above 10 GHz (ICNIRP) needs to be measured with power density …. This is due to the higher energy absorption in a shallow area that causes heating more rapidly resulting in much higher SAR levels. The penetration depth of more than 90% of the transmitted power is absorbed in the epidermal and dermal layers …. Because the depth is so superficial, higher heating occurs more quickly with less dissipation.Low intensity MMW can be quite substantial, inducing a number of biological changes, even at non thermal levels, including cell membrane effects …. the military are using 95 GHz MMW for non-lethal active denial systems. There is particular concern for 5G applications as the eyes would also receive significant radiation especially for near field exposures …. Microwave radiation is also a known cause of cataracts with heat being an undisputed mechanism. Peripheral blood neutrophils under whole-body exposure of healthy mice to low-intensity extremely high-frequency electromagnetic radiation …. reduced both immune and nonspecific inflammatory responses. Gene expression was found to be upregulated of some genes in human keratinocytes with MMW exposure at low power density (1.0 mW/cm2). Changes in bacterial sensitivities developed in 5 of 14 antibiotics used in sublethal concentrations with both suppression and stimulation of growth …. and antibiotic sensitivity of E. coli and many other bacteria via non-thermal mechanisms. This may lead to antibiotic resistance.

Source: Russell CL (2018) 5 G wireless telecommunications expansion: Public health and environmental implications. Environmental Research, 165, 484–495.

3333

19-11-26 Madl 33

Exposure Limits (1/3)


• Cordless phones

• WiFi

• Bluetooth

Max. Exposure limits

ELF (extremely - 3-30 Hz)

SLF (super - 30-300 Hz)

….

HF (high - 3-30 MHz)

VHF (very - 30-300 MHz)

UHF (ultra - 0.3-3GHz)

SHF (super - 3-30 GHz)



Currently used legal limits in Germany (ELF and RF-devices) for the general public across thevarious bands.

Source: Neitzke HP, Osterhoff J, Voigt H, GLahe J, Kleinhueckelkotten S (2006) EMF-Handbuch. Ecologisches Insitut fuer sozial-oekologiesche Forschung & Bildung, Hannover (FRG)

3434

19-11-26 Madl 34

Exposure Limits (2/3)

Radiation & Biology

• Legal limits – Guidelines

European Academy for Environmental Medicine (EuropAEM)


during sleep

and at work


ELF (incl SLF & ULF)

50 Hz – 2 kHzExposure type


magneticAverage 100 [nT] 1 [mG] 100 [nT] 1 [mG] 30 [nT] 0,3 [mG]Maximum 1000 [nT] 10 [mG] 1000 [nT] 10 [mG] 300 [nT] 3 [mG]

electricAverageMaximum 10 [V/m] 1 [V/m] 0.3 [V/m]

VLF (incl. LF & MF)

3 kHz – 3 MHzExposure type


magneticAverage 1 [nT] 0.01 [mG] 10 [nT] 0.01 [mG] 0.3 [nT] 0.003 [mG]Maximum 10 [nT] 0.1 [mG] 10 [nT] 0.1 [mG] 3 [nT] 0.03 [mG]

electricAverageMaximum 0.1 [V/m] 0.01 [V/m] 0.003 [V/m]

RF(incl. VHF, UHF, DHF) max / peak hold)

0.09 – 5.6 GHzExposure type

[μW/cm2]Daytime Nighttime Sensitive

populationFMRadio (88-106 MHz) 10000 1000 100TETRA (380-410 MHZ) 1000 100 10DVBT (174-230 & 470-860 MHZ) 1000 100 102GGSM (870-960 GHz) 100 10 1DECTcordless (1.8-1.9 GHz) 100 10 13GUMTS (0.4-3.0 GHz) 100 10 14GLTE (0.8 / 1.8 / 2.3 GHz) 100 10 1GPRS (2.5G) PTCCH* 8.33 Hz pulsing () 10 1 0.1DAB+ (0.18-0.24 & 1.4-1.5 GHz) 10.4 Hz pulsing 10 1 0.1WiMax (3.4-3.6 GHz)Wi-Fi (2.4/5.6 GHz) 10 Hz pulsing 10 1 0.1


EUROPAEM has developed guidelines for differential diagnosis and potential treatment of EMF-related health problems with the aim to improve/restore individual health outcomes and to propose strategies for prevention …. These recommendations are preliminary and in large parts, although related to the whole body of evidence rooted in the experience of the team, cannot in every detail be strictly considered evidence-based. Precautionary guidance values: In areas where people spend extended periods of time ( >4 h per day), minimize exposure to ELF electro-magnetic fields to levels as low as possible or below the precautionary guidance values specified above.

Tables: Precautionary guidance values for VLF-ELF-RF electro-magnetic fields.

Source: Belyaev I, Dean A, Eger H, Hubmann G, Jandrisovits R, Kern M, Kundi M, Moshammer H, Lercher P, Müller K, Oberfeld G, Ohnsorge P, Pelzmann P, Scheingraber C, Thill R (2016) EUROPAEM EMF Guideline 2016 for the prevention, diagnosis and treatment of EMF-related health problems and illnesses. Rev Environ Health Vol.31(3): 363–397. https://www.degruyter.com/downloadpdf/j/reveh.2016.31.issue-3/reveh-2016-0011/reveh-2016-0011.pdf

Conversion from [V/m] to [W/cm2]: http://www.emfwise.com/formulas.php

http://www.hypercable.fr/images/stories/Conversion_Chart_dbm_v_m.pdf

3535

19-11-26 Madl 35

Exposure Limits (3a/3)

Radiation & Biology

• Legal limits - Guidelines

ICNIRP

EuropAEM

Inter-comparison of existing recommendations for 900-2450 MHz

ICNIRP: 10mW/cm2

Bioinitiative: 1mW/cm2

County of SBG:1mW/m2

ICNIRP, 2009

Bioninitiative, 2007

SBM, 2008


Standards are set to protect our health and are well known for many food additives, for concentrations of chemicals in water or air pollutants. Similarly, field standards exist to limit overexposure to electromagnetic field levels present in our environment. Countries set their own national standards for exposure to electromagnetic fields. However, the majority of these national standards draw on the guidelines set by the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP). This non-governmental organization, formally recognized by WHO, evaluates scientific results from all over the world. Based on an in-depth review of the literature, ICNIRP produces guidelines recommending limits on exposure. These guidelines are reviewed periodically and updated if necessary. Electromagnetic field levels vary with frequency in a complex way. Listing every value in every standard and at every frequency would be difficult to understand. The table below is a summary of the exposure guidelines for the three areas that have become the focus of public concern: electricity in the home, mobile phone base stations and microwave ovens. These guidelines were last updated in April 1998.[5]

Image: Average increase observed in urban area of artificial high-frequency microwave eradiation from 0.9 to 2.5 GHz;[4] the icons indicate the recommended reference values by the ICNIRP [1], Bioinitiative Report [2] and SBM [3].

Source: [1] ICNIRP (2009) Statement on the Guidelines for limiting Exposure to time-varying electric, magnetic and electromagnetic fields (up to 300 GHz) Health Physics, Vol. 97(3): 257-258; doi: 10.1097/HP.0b013e3181aff9db[2] Carpenter DO, Sage C (2007) Key Scientific Evidence and Public Health Policy Recommendations. BioInitiative Working Group, Section 24, p.20; http://www.bioinitiative.org/table-of-contents/ [3] SBM (2008) Standard of Building Biology and Testing Methods. Institute of Building Biology & Sustainability IBN hbelc.org/pdf/standards/sbm2008.pdf https://www.baubiologie.de/neu-sbm-2015/. [4] http://www.next-up.org/Newsoftheworld/Antennes_Relais.php#1[5] WHO (2018) About electromagnetic fields; Genevra available online http://www.who.int/peh-emf/about/WhatisEMF/en/index4.htmlField strength calculator: https://www.compeng.com.au/field-strength-calculator/ & http://rfcalculator.mobi/convert-vm.html

3636

19-11-26 Madl

Exposure Limits (3b/3)

ICNIRP61 V/m

EuropAEM<100µW/cm2

HF35c

Radiation & Biology

• Legal limits – Guidelines

European Academy for Environmental Medicine (EuropAEM)


during sleep

and at work

Intercomparision

EuropaEM vs ICNIRP



Electrosmog is a widely used term for all artificially created electric (E) and magnetic (H) fields.These fields appear as soon as a voltage exists or a current flows. Unit of measurement of electric field strength: Volt per meter [V/m], Unit of measurement of magnetic field strength: Ampere per meter [A/m] or magnetic flux density (B) expressed in Tesla (T) or Gauss (G).

Properties EMF: The waves of electromagnetic fields propagate at the speed of light (c) and the wavelength depends on the frequency (f [Hz]). If the distance to the field source is less than a wavelength, measurements are usually made in the near field (typical case in low frequency up to 30 kHz). If the distance to the source is greater than a wavelength, measurements are made under remote field conditions. This distinction between near and far fields is important for the measurement. In the near field, the electric (E [V/m]) and magnetic (H [A/m]) fields must be measured separately because the ratio of the intensity of these two fields is not constant. In the remote field, the intensity ratio remains constant and it is then sufficient to measure only one of the two intensity quantities to deduce the second one. While protection against the electric field is relatively easy to achieve (grounding a thin metal foil for example), it is more difficult to protect against the magnetic field that passes through almost all known materials.[2]

Table: conversion table of all these pre-calculated values.[1]

Source: [1] http://www.hypercable.fr/images/stories/Conversion_Chart_dbm_v_m.pdf

[2] http://www.hypercable.fr/index.php?option=com_content&view=category&layout=blog&id=5&Itemid=20&lang=fr

37

Radar & Scanners

EHF (extremely - 30-300 GHz)THZ (tremendously - 0.3-3 THz)


>

3838

19-11-26 Madl 38

Beyond Mobile Communication (1/x)


• Cordless phones

• WiFi

• Bluetooth

• 5G

• Radar

avoid living near radar stations

be aware of military installations

avoid exposure of airport radar

(autom. Landing & take off)

avoid exposure of ship radar

don’t stand on/at bridge


? ?


Radar: Radar systems (radiation detection and ranging) are predominantly used in the military sector, but are also found in a number of civilian applications - here in special weather radar, air traffic control radar. the radar spectrum is also in the microwave range (see table 4.12) whereby the emission power varies considerably depending on the installation (0.1 W - 2.5 MW). these installations do not transmit continuously but in pulsed operation since the echo signal is of interest for the actual use of the radar. due to the strong bundling of the radar beam there is a considerable health risk for exposed persons. Due to their high power, marine radars are particularly precarious (reaching power densities of up to 100W/m2), which is effectively reduced to 1/100-1/1000 due to the rotational operation of the antenna. Traffic radars reach 10 mW/m2.

Table: Operating Frequencies and Radiated Power (EIRP) of Radar Systems


39

Beyond Mobile Communication (2a/3)



Alexandrov et al, 2010


It is claimed that millimeter radio wave (MMW) technology is safe ….Here we report the dielectric relaxation study of extended hydration sheathe of dilute aqueous solution of two DNA samples, extracted from salmon sperm (SS DNA) and calf thymus (CT DNA) at different concentrations in the frequency range of 0.3–2.1 THz. The frequency dependent complex dielectric response has been fitted according to a Debye relaxation model assuming three relaxation modes. The observed relaxation time constants do not deviate much from that of bulk water and do not follow any particular trend indicating to a marginal modification of the extended hydrogen bonded network of DNA.[2]We consider the influence of a terahertz field on the breathing dynamics of double-stranded DNA. We model the spontaneous formation of spatially localized openings of a damped and driven DNA chain, and find that linear instabilities lead to dynamic dimerization, while true local strand separations require a threshold amplitude mechanism. Based on our results we argue that a specific terahertz radiation exposure may significantly affect the natural dynamics of DNA, and thereby influence intricate molecular processes involved in gene expression and DNA replication.[1]

Insert: The passenger experience a MMW security body scanner seems convenient, straightforward and efficient, requiring only a single stationary position during a 1.5-second scan. Less than six seconds total processing time including scan and automatic decision. Scans 200 - 300 people per hour depending on the application. Automatic target detection (ATD) technology ensures passenger privacy by highlighting threats and anomalies using a generic mannequin that resembles a human outline. No images are generated.p[3]

Source: [3] www.sds.l-3com.com/advancedimaging/provision-2.htm[1] Alexandrov BS, Gelev V, Bishop AR, Usheva A, Rasmunssen KØ (2010) DNA Breathing Dynamics in the Presence of a Terahertz Field. Physics Letters A/Physics-Bio PH. Vol.374(10):arXic:0910.5294. [2] Polley D, Patra A, Mitra RK (2013) Dielectric relaxation of the extended hydration sheathe of DANN in the THs frequency region. Chem. Phys. Let. Vol.586: 143-147.

40

Beyond Mobile Communication (2b/3)



“Full body scanner”& Biological Resonatorse.g. Stemm-cellsλ/2 = few mm

= 3 THz= far IR

Alexandrov et al., 2011


In recent years, terahertz radiation sources are increasingly being exploited in military and civil applications. However, only a few studies have so far been conducted to examine the biological effects associated with terahertz radiation. In this study, we evaluated the cellular response of mesenchymal mouse stem cells exposed to THz radiation. We apply low-power radiation from both a pulsed broad-band (centered at 10 THz) source and from a CW laser (2.52 THz) source. Modeling, empirical characterization, and monitoring techniques were applied to minimize the impact of radiation-induced increases in temperature. qRT-PCR was used to evaluate changes in the transcriptional activity of selected hyperthermic genes. We found that temperature increases were minimal, and that the differential expression of the investigated heat shock proteins (HSP105, HSP90, and CPR) was unaffected, while the expression of certain other genes (Adiponectin, GLUT4, and PPARG) showed clear effects of the THz irradiation after prolonged, broad-band exposure.

Source: Alexandrov B.S., Rasmussen K.Ø., Bishop A.R., Usheva A., Alexandrov L.B., Chong S., Dagon Y., Booshehri L.G., Mielke C.H., Phipps M.L., Martinez J.S., Chen H.T., Rodriguez G. (2011). Non-thermal effects of terahertz radiation on gene expression in mouse stem cells. Biomedical Optics Express, Vol.2(9): 2680-2689.

41

19-11-26 Madl 41

Beyond Mobile Communication (3/3)

EMF & biotic Systems• mm-Waves & epigenetics

Analysis of the helical structure of eccrine sweat ducts* confirm their antenna-like behavior.(*) skin: 2-5·E6/cm2

head: 300/cm2

hands: 200/cm2

chest: 100/cm2

Feldmann et al., 2009

Duct total length [µm]

Duct height [µm]

No of turms

rel. permittivity εr [-]

Conductivityσ [S/m]

∼1500 300–350 2-4 3.8–4 2500–10000


We report the detection of circular polarization asymmetry in the electromagnetic reflection from the human skin at sub-THz frequencies in vivo.[2] Recent studies of the minute morphology of the skin by optical coherence tomography revealed that the sweat ducts in human skin are helically shaped tubes, filled with a conductive aqueous solution,[1] which brought forward the supposition that the ducts may behave as low-Q helical antennas.[2] Homochirality is a well-known feature of biochemical life at the molecular level and can be detected using circular dichroism (CD) spectroscopy …. CD can be regarded as the unique signature of the helical structure itself and thus providing, for the first time, a direct confirmation of the antenna-like behavior of eccrine sweat ducts.[2]

Image: 3D optical coherence tomography image of a single sweat duct in the epidermis layer. Model: The idealized sweat duct (with the relevant dimensions) as a helical pipe filled with electrolyte. It is permanently full of sweat and so there exists a hydrogen bond network along the surface. Homogeneity of the helices turning direction will create a difference between the reflection of left and right circular polarizations.[2] Histograms: Histograms of the CD measured in the reflection from the skin of one typical human subject at 380 GHz (left histogram) and from the same subject at 110 GHz (right histogram). [1] Table: Parameters of the basic 3D skin model layers.[1]

Source: [1] Feldman Y, Puzenko A, Ishai PB, Caduff A, Davidovich I, Sakran F, Agranat AJ (2009) The electromagnetic response of human skin in the millimetre and submillimetre wave range. Phys. Med. Biol. Vol.54: 3341–3363

[2] Hayut I, Ishai BP, Agranat Aj, Feldman Y (2014) Circular polarization induced by the three-dimensional chiral structure of human sweat ducts. Physical Review E Vol.89, 042715.

42

What have living tissuesand

solid-state propertiesin common?


43

Electromagnetic Properties in Org’s

i) Electrical Polarity in organisms

Setup:

Reference electrodes attached to body, moving recording electrode

Results:

Increasingly negative the further away from nerve centers

Presman, 1970; Becker & Marino, 1982,


MGF (Morfogeneetic Field) and the Birth and Growth of the Photon Field Concept: The second part of the journey began in the early 1900's vis-a-vis a better understanding of a biological organism as a system. This perspective accepted a field of organization with properties specific to the totality of the form, not solely about the particles that make up the form. In searching for a non-mechanical/non-particle regulatory principle, an alternative principle developed: a morphogenetic field based on radiation. Although this part of the journey offers many fascinating scientific explorations, it took a long time and many developments in physics before biology definitively and internationally, in the 1970's, accepted the existence of universal ultra-weak biological radiation. At that time, one could finally begin to document the richness of information from measurements of biological photon emission. The new photovoltaic and multiplier technologies connected photon emission with the biochemistry of oxygen and oxygen reactive species. However, during this part of the journey, the original interest in the informational content of radiation related to "form" was perhaps forgotten, or at least it was no longer obvious, or when present, only an issue of minor importance.

Source: Presman AS (1970). Electromagnetic Fields and Life. Springer, (FRG)

Becker RO, Marino AA (1982) Electromagnetism and Life. State University of New York Press, Albany (USA)

4444

19-11-26 Madl 44

Electromagnetic Tissue (1/7)

Properties in of various bio-tissues

• Pyro- & Piezo-electric Effect

Bones & Tendons

Skin

Plant tissue

Sensory organsLang, 1988, Lang & Athenstaedt, 1977

Athenstaedt & Claussen, 1983


Pyroelectricity (PyE) is the temperature dependence of the spontaneous polarization of certain anisotropic solids …. The crystallographic symmetry of a pyroelectric material dictates that the unit dipoles pack in such a way that the components of these dipole moments in the direction normal to the flat surfaces are additive rather than self-cancelling. The dipole moment per unit volume of the material is called the spontaneous polarization Ps. This quantity is always non-zero in a pyroelectric material, and it exists in the absence of an applied electric field …. Thus for PyE To occur, 3 conditions must be satisfied: (a) the molecular structure must have a non-zero dipole moment; (b) PyE substances must have no center of symmetry; and (c) PyE-substances must have either no axis of rotational symmetry, or have a single one that is not included in an inversion axis ….Piezoelectricity (PE) is the elastic stress response upon certain crystals that become electrically polarized or , equivalently, reveal a distribution of bound charges on their surfaces. Appropriately placed electrodes applied to the crystals, results in a voltage between the electrodes …. A converse effect also exists, whereby an imposed electric field gives rise to an elastic strain. Piezoelectric materials must have structures which satisfy the first two of the conditions required for pyroelectric materials …. Since stress, by convention, has a positive sign for tension and a negative one for compression, an incremental hydrostatic pressure dPh is related to the normal stresses.[1]Image: (a) Pyroelectric sample with spontaneous polarization and equivalent bound charges, and free charges attracted from its surroundings. (b) Sample with electrodes showing compensating free charges. (c) Charge distribution and current during increase in temperature. Apparatus for measuring hydrostatic piezoelectric coefficients.[1]Directions of spontaneous polarization (dark arrows) and structural/functional cell polarity (white arrows) of integument epithelia; drawn schematically. (a) Single layer of a simple epithelium (cell culture); the direction of inherent polarization and cell polarity are perpendicular to the surface of the cell layer; (b, c) inherent spontaneous polarization and cell polarity of the single layer in (a) shown at different magnifications. 1, Nucleus; 2, centrosome; 3, Golgi apparatus; 4, free surface, 5, basement membrane, 6, imaginary line of polar cell axis passing through centrosome (and Golgi apparatus) and center of the nucleus.Effect of optically absorbing the shorter wavelengths of light on pyroelectric and photo-electric materials.[3]Source: [1] Lang S B (1988) Bioelectric Pyroelectricity, Ch.8. In: Marino A (ed). Modern Bioelectricity, Dekker Inc. (NY) USA[2] Athenstaedt H, Claussen H (1983) Evidence of inherent spontaneous polarization in the metazoan integument epithelia. Biophys. J. Vol.41: 359-366[3] Lang SB, Athenstaedt H (1977) Pyroelectricity and induced pyroelectric polarization inleaves of the palmlike plant Encephalartos villosus. Science Vol.196: 985-986

4545

19-11-26 Madl 45




Bones & Tendons

Skin

Plant tissue

Sensory organs

Tasaki, 1999

• T-increase with action potential

pyroelectric active (>4mdeg/s)

frog nerve-muscle & spinal cord

cutaneous exocrine glands,

electric organs of electric fish, etc


We now turn to our measurements of heat production associated with excitation of nerve fibers, cells and other excitable tissues. The heat sensor which we have constructed by incorporating thin (6 -9 pm) pyroelectric film of poly-vinyl-idene-fluoride (PVDF) is well suited for detecting small and brief heat production in biological tissues. With our heat-sensor, we found the time required to detect a sudden rise in temperature was 0.5 - 1 ms. The best time-resolution achieved by use of the classical thermopile device appears to be 50 - 100 ms .... We have conducted temperature measurements on the following materials: bundles of nonmyelinated and myelinated nerve fibers, synapse-rich portions of the frog nerve-muscle and spinal cord preparations, frog cutaneous exocrine glands, and electric organs of electric fish, etc. There is no doubt that the excitation process in these materials is invariably accompanied by heat production.Image: Left: top trace shows the rate of temperature rise in the garfish olfactory nerve following the arrival of a nerve impulse at the site of heat detection; middle trace, the action potential recorded from the same site. Center: top trace represents the rate of temperature rise in the bullfrog skin evoked by repetitive nerve stimulation (for 1 s at 10 Hz); middle trace shows the time course of the pressure developed at the skin surface (roughly 150dyn/cm2 at its maximum). The bottom traces show the duration of the stimulus.[2]Right: Detection of thermal response of nerve. Diagram of the setup fpr recording thermal responses of a nerve trunk (N) thin pyroelectric film of PVDF, ® feedback resistor of Operational amplifier (top). Action potential (top trace) and thermal response (bottom trace) of a garfisch olfactory nerve. The calibrating vertical bar represents the rate of T-rise of 4mdeg/s; the horizontal bar 30 ms (bottom).[1]Source: [1] Tasaki I (1999) Rapid structural changes in nerve fibers and cells associated with their excitation processes. Jpn. I. Physiol. Vol.49(2): 125-138.[2] Tasaki I (1999). Evidence for phase transition in nerve fibers, cells and synapses. Ferroelectric. Vol.220: 305-316.

4646

19-11-26 Madl 46

Electromagnetic Tissue (3a/7)



Bones & Tendons

Skin

Plant tissue

Sensory organsLang, 1988

• bones (crystals of hydroxy-apatite & reinforcing collagen protein fibers)

hydroxy-apatite is not pyroelectric

collagen is pyroelectric

polarization is age dependent

ergo: calcification may not occur where it should or may occur where it should not.

Invertebrates: no polarization reversal; linked to the regeneration ability of organs?


The major solid components of bone are the crystals of hydroxy-apatite and the reinforcing collagen protein fibers. Hydroxy-apatite …. is not pyroelectric, whereas collagen …. is pyroelectric. The long collagen fibers are oriented with their rotational axes parallel to the bone axis but rotated in a random fashion in the bone transverse plane …. Since tendon (almost pure collagen), has a slightly larger pyroelectric effect than bones underlines that PyE, like PE, is due to the protein rather than the mineral component of bone.-) all the collagenous tissues tested exhibited a hydrostatic piezoelectric polarization in the axial direction and occasionally in a radial direction. -) directions of dh polarization were different in the epiphyses (end sections) and the diaphyses(midshaft sections) of either the long bones of the appendicular skeleton (e.g., femur, tibia) or the vertebrae of the axial skeleton. The dh polarization directions were reversed during the processes of growth so that the directions differed between the growth stage and the adult stage. The polarization in the diaphyses in old age had an antiparallel character so that large specimens had a small or zero net dh polarization.-) reversal of polarization with biological maturity occurred in all mammals as well as in birds. The bones of crocodiles exhibited a similar behavior, but those of simpler reptiles and all amphibians showed no reversal. ERGO: calcification might not occur where it should or might occur where it should not. For example, excessive calcium losses in bone and calcium deposits in cartilage are both pathological conditions. Why is there no polarization reversal in the simpler animals? Is there a relationship to the ability of the simpler animals to spontaneously regenerate large organs? Many biological membranes consist of highly oriented proteins such as collagen (pyroelectric) exhibiting spontaneous polarization. Could the resulting internal electric fields influence mass transport of ions through the membrane?Image: Directions of dh polarization in different types of bones at various stages in the human life span. The arrows point to the ends which become positive under hydrostatic compression.Table: PyE coefficients (at constant stress) of bovine bone and tendon.Source: Lang S B (1988) Bioelectric Pyroelectricity, Ch.8. In: Marino A (ed). Modern Bioelectricity, Dekker Inc. (NY) USA

4747

19-11-26 Madl 47

Electromagnetic Tissue (3b/7)



Bones & Tendons

Skin

Plant tissue

Sensory organs

Becker & Marino, 1988

• bones (crystals of hydroxy-apatite & reinforcing collagen protein fibers)

hydroxy-apatite is not pyroelectric

collagen is pyroelectric

polarization is age dependent


Piezoelectricity (Wolff’s law). Simply put, this is the ability of some materials to transform mechanical stress into electrical energy …. In effect, the squeeze pops electrons out of their places in the crystal lattice. They migrate toward the compression, so the charge on the inside curve of a bent crystal is negative …. We tested both living and dead bones from a variety of animals, and found that bending produced an immediate potential, as expected. The compressed side became negative; the stretched side positive …. If a negative voltage was the growth stimulus, there had to be some way to cancel out the positive rebound voltage; otherwise it would have negated the growth message. In electronic terms, there had to be a solid-state rectifier, or PN-junction diode (see Iwao Yasuda 1954 and Eiichi Fukada 1957) …. Collagen turned out to be an N-type semiconductor and apatite a P-type …. Collagen turned out to be a piezoelectric generator, while apatite was not. We now had the makings of a PN-junction – two semiconductors, one an N-type, the other a P-type, joined together in a highly organized fashion ….

Image: Charge distribution (in pC/cm2) in a human femur. The indicated piezoelectric charges were measured when a load was applied to the femur. We displaced the medial surface at each charge location (left for growth, right for resorption) by an amount proportional to the measured charge. The lateral surface was similarly displaced (except left for resorption, and right for growth). Our result (the dotted femoral outline)revealed a self-consistent change in architecture, thereby lending support to the theory of a link between piezoelectricity and bone function.Source: Robert O. Becker and Andrew A. Marino; 1982; Electromagnetism & Life

48



Setup:

Reference electrodes attached to body, moving recording electrode

Results:

Increasingly negative the further away from nerve centers

Becker & Seldon, 1988,


The second topic that Becker researched dealt with injury and healing. He evaluated whether the surface potentials and the current of injury came from the same source. He studied frogs and salamanders while their fractured limbs healed. Becker began the actual experiment by amputating (under anesthesia) the right forelimbs (between elbow and wrist) from fourteen salamanders and fourteen grass frogs. He took no special precautions against the bleeding since blood clots formed very rap-idly. The wounds were left open, not only because closing the skin over the salamanders' amputation sites would have stopped regeneration, but also, because amputation is a "natural process". In the wild, both frogs and salamanders (favorite foods of the freshwater basins) had spontaneous injuries similar to the ones that were experimentally produced. Both healed with-out surgery. Becker found that the polarity at the stump reversed to positive immediately after the injury. He made measurements daily to observe.

Source: Becker R, Seldon G (1988). The Body Electric: Electromagnetism And The Foundation Of Life. William Morrow Paperbacks (USA)

49



Making limbs regrow

Setup:

Placing Ag-Pt-element (w/ 10MΩ) into wound & not sowing tissue together

Results:

Regrowth of lost extremity



In 1971, Becker amputated the right forelegs of thirty-five rats. He made the cuts through the upper foreleg well away from the elbow so that only the bone shaft, which had long ago ceased growing, would remain at the tip. He used all males, to obviate as many hormonal variables as possible …. He did the actual test on twenty-two of the rats, implanting our batteries with the negative platinum electrode at the wound. He tucked the outer electrode into the marrow cavity and sutured the inner one to the skin of the shoulder …. After three days the stumps of the controls had begun to heal over or even, in the case of the highest-current couplings, die back a little behind the amputation line. But the experimental legs with our medium-current devices, supplying 1nA, were doing well ….

The rat had regrown a shaft of bone extending from the severed humerus. At the proper length to complete the original bone there was a typical transverse growth plate of cartilage, its complex anatomical structure perfectly regular. Beyond that was a fine-looking epiphysis, the articulated knob at each end of a limb bone. Along the shaft were newly forming muscles, blood vessels, and nerves. At least ten different kinds of cells had differentiated out from the blastema, and we'd succeeded in getting regeneration from a mammal ….

Source: Becker R.O.; Selden G.; 1985; The Body Electric; William Morrow and Company Inc. New York - USA

50

Electromagnetic Tissue (7a/7)


Making limbs regrow

Setup:


Results:

Regrowth of lost fingertip



An iontophoretic system for promoting tissue healing processes and inducing regeneration. The system includes a device and a method, a composition, and methods for making the composition in vitro and in vivo. The system is implemented by placing a flexible, silver-containing anode in contact with the wound, placing a cathode on intact skin near the anode, and applying a wound-specific DC voltage between the anode and the cathode. Electrically-generated silver ions from the anode penetrate into the adjacent tissues and undergo a sequence of reactions leading to formation of a silver-collagen complex. This complex acts as a biological inducer to cause the formation in vivo of an adequate blastema to support regeneration.

Source: http://www.google.com/patents/US5814094

Becker R.O.; Selden G.; 1985; The Body Electric; William Morrow and Company Inc. New York - USA

51



Making limbs regrow

Setup:


Results:

Regrowth of lost fingertip



An iontophoretic system for promoting tissue healing processes and inducing regeneration. The system includes a device and a method, a composition, and methods for making the composition in vitro and in vivo. The system is implemented by placing a flexible, silver-containing anode in contact with the wound, placing a cathode on intact skin near the anode, and applying a wound-specific DC voltage between the anode and the cathode. Electrically-generated silver ions from the anode penetrate into the adjacent tissues and undergo a sequence of reactions leading to formation of a silver-collagen complex. This complex acts as a biological inducer to cause the formation in vivo of an adequate blastema to support regeneration.

Source: http://www.google.com/patents/US5814094

52

Electromagnetic Tissue (7c/7)

i) Electrical Polarity in organisms ii) Current of Injury and iii) Spontaneous regrowth in kids

no intervention (except cleaning and 3-4 dressings)

no antibiotics no surgical treatment regrowth w/n 12 weeks

Illingworth, 1974


In the Accident and Emergency Department of the Children's Hospital, Sheffield, we see each year between 300 and 350 trapped fingers. The management of this injury has been modified with experience. We now know that spontaneous regeneration and excellent cosmetic and functional results can be obtained in guillotine amputations of finger tips in young children. When a finger tip of a small child has been amputated, there is a remarkable capacity for the tip to regenerate if given a chance and if the injury is treated by a non-intervention technique …. Even when the bone protrudes, nothing at all is done except gentle cleaning of the area, which is then covered with thick layer of Tulle-grasand a mitten bandage. It is left alone for about a fortnight .... No antibiotics are given. About three or four dressing are required, and, after the first two, the intervals between dressing are increased, usually to 4 weeks. Full repair in a young child takes about 11 or 12 wk. We have treated dozens of cases by this method with consistently good results. The results obtained in typical cases are excellent, the restoration of length, contour, and function. Even the finger whorls are remarkably restored.

Image top: (A), (B) Guillotine amputation of finger tip in child of 1 year 10 mo. (C) X-Ray.(O) Eleven weeks after accident,Center row: (A) Amputation of finger tip in child of 1 year. (B) Three years later.Bottom right: (A) Amputation of finger tip in 5-yr-old girl. (B), (C) Twelve weeks after accident.Bottom left: (A and B) Guillotine amputation of finger tip treated surgically in girl of 3-year. (C) Four months after accident.

Source: Illingworth CM (1974) Trapped Fingers and Amputated Finger Tips in Children. Journal of Pediatric Surgery, Vol.9(6): 853-858

00

19-11-26 Madl 019-11-26 Madl 0

Today’s menue


4th appointment - higher-energy components in the EMF spectrum(Radio frequency range) - with demo examples

- polarization, drosophila in the larval stage (phase of the light)

- microscope (Reichert - circumvention of the Fraunhofer limit) RBCs in dark field after 60/240 min

- Scrolling under the skin & Primo Vascular System (PVS)

- Weber-Fechner's law (log)

small doses big effect, big doses small effect (Hormesis)

Persinger's on the nature of the pharmacological effect

prof Surinov's ASA experiment with mice

- EMF spectrum E=h·ν- transition to ionization threshold at about >3.6 eV

- Geiger-Mueller counting tube and biophotonics

- is bio-transmutation real?


- diffraction at slit (coherence)

- MF emissions of a MW furnace (near-field effect)

- lenses & microscope (Fraunhofer)

- Geiger-Mueller counter tube (ionizing radiation)

- polarization (bevel angle)

4ter termin - kernthema hoeherenergetische anteile im EMF-spektrum- polarisation, drosophila im larvenstadium (fasenlage des lichts)- mikroskop (Reichert - umgehung des fraunhofer limits)RBCs im dunkelfeld nach 60/240 min

- "Scrolling under the skin" (fascia) und Primo Vascular System- Weber-Fechner'sches gesetz (log)kleine dosen grosse wirkung, grosse dosen kleine wirkungPersinger zur natur der farmakologischen wirkungprof Surinov's ASA-versuch mit maeusen

- EMF-spektrum E=h·ν - transition zur inoinsation bei ca >3.6eV- geiger-mueller zaehlrohr und die biofotonikist bio-transmutation real?

die dazu passenden experimente- beugung am spalt (kohaerenz)- MF-emissionen eines MW-ofens (nahfeld-effekt)- linsen & mikroskop (frauenhofer)- geiger-mueller zaehlrohr

(ionisierende strahlung)- polarisation (fasenwinkel)

1

19-11-26 Madl 1

Light

and its marvellous properties

Pt-1 Pt-2 Pt-3Intro ConclusioPt-4

2

19-11-26 Madl 2

Polarisation (1/2)

MWH - Drosophila.mpg



Wikipedia, 2016

Vertically polarized wave

Circular polarized wave

Where do we find circular polarized light?


Polarization is a property applying to transverse waves that specifies the geometrical orientation of the oscillations. In a transverse wave, the direction of the oscillation is perpendicular to the direction of motion of the wave. A simple example of a polarized transverse wave is vibrations traveling along a taut string (see image); for example, in a musical instrument like a guitar string. Depending on how the string is plucked, the vibrations can be in a vertical direction, horizontal direction, or at any angle perpendicular to the string. In contrast, in longitudinal waves, such as sound waves in a liquid or gas, the displacement of the particles in the oscillation is always in the direction of propagation, so these waves do not exhibit polarization. Transverse waves that exhibit polarization include electromagnetic waves (EMW) such as light and radio waves, gravitational wave and transverse sound waves (shear waves) in solids. In some types of transverse waves, the wave displacement is limited to a single direction, so these also do not exhibit polarization; for example, in surface waves in liquids (gravity waves), the wave displacement of the particles is always in a vertical plane. Circular polarization of an EMW is a polarization state in which, at each point, the electric field of the wave has a constant magnitude but its direction rotates with time at a steady rate in a plane perpendicular to the direction of the wave. In electrodynamics the strength and direction of an electric field is defined by its electric field vector. In the case of a circularly polarized wave, as seen in the accompanying animation, the tip of the electric field vector, at a given point in space, describes a circle as time progresses. At any instant of time, the electric field vector of the wave describes a helix along the direction of propagation. A circularly polarized wave can be in one of two possible states, right circular polarization in which the electric field vector rotates in a right-hand sense with respect to the direction of propagation, and left circular polarization in which the vector rotates in a left-hand sense. Circular polarization is a limiting case of the more general condition of elliptical polarization. The other special case is the easier-to-understand linear polarization. The phenomenon of polarization arises as a consequence of the fact that light behaves as a two-dimensional transverse wave.

Image: A "vertically polarized" electromagnetic wave of wavelength λ has its electric field vector E (red) oscillating in the vertical direction. The magnetic field B (or H) is always at right angles to it (blue), and both are perpendicular to the direction of propagation (z).The electric field vectors of a traveling circularly polarized electromagnetic wave. Deflection (e.g. of a rope shaft) in x-and y-direction (in propagation direction it is zero) as a function of time and the z-component of the location. Red and blue represent the components of the deflection, black the 3D view. The arrow illustrates the circumferential deflection vector for a space point. This wave is right-circularly-polarized, since the direction of rotation of the vector is related by the right-hand rule to the direction the wave is moving; or left-circularly-polarized according to alternative convention.

Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Circular_polarizationImage: [1] Helociodal antennae (accessed 25th April 2012): http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Helical_antenna

3

19-11-26 Madl 3

Polarisation (2/2)


Making limbs regrowiii) MGF & embryogenesis

(polarization requires coherence)

Setup:

Polarization light microscopy of freshly hatched Drosophila larva

Results:

liquid crystalline phases based on interference colors. The colors indicate that all the molecules, including especially the water are aligned (molecular alignment and their degree of birefringence)

Ho, 2003

Drosophila.mpg


Order in the Exclusion Zone: Mae-wan Ho’s wonderful book, The Rainbow and the Worm(2008), contains beautiful polarizing microscopic images showing biological order. Polarizing microscopy is a standard approach for detecting order, especially in minerals. The principle is simple: if molecular structures are lined up, then the optical properties will vary in different directions, giving rise to so-called birefringence. Ho shows order extending over extensive regions of a worm’s body and concludes that the observed ordering comes largely from water.

Quote:

The Drosophila larva, all of 1mm in length and perfectly formed in every minute detail, comes into focus of the color-TV monitor as though straight out of a dream. As it crawls along, it weaves is head from side to side flashing jaw muscles in blue and orange stripes on a magenta background. The segmental muscle band switch from brilliant turquoise to bright vermillion, tracking waves of contraction along its body …. The egg yolk, trapped in the alimentary canal, shimmers a dull chartreuse as it gurgles back and forth in commotion .... The technique depends on using the polarizing microscope unconventionally, so as to optimise the detection of small birefringences or coherently aligned anisotropies in the molecular structures of the tissues…. The full colors only appear under our conditions, and leads us to think we are picking up phase ordering in biological molecules in living organisms that have never been observed before, and cannot be observed under conventional conditions …. The very idea of using polarizing light microscopy to look at dynamic order within the organism is also new …. It confirms my belief that the best experiments always tell one something unexpected, as they are acts of communicating with nature …. The technique works on all live biological tissues. Tissues which have been fixed and stained often fail to show any colors, unless they are freshly fixed and well preserved. Thus, we seem to have a technique for imaging dynamic order which is correlated which the energetic status of the organism …. The most remarkable implication of our findings is that organisms are completely liquid crystalline ….

Source: Ho MW (2003); The Rainbow and the Worm – The Physics of Organism – World Scientific – Singapore

www.i-sis.org.uk/lab.php

4

19-11-26 Madl 4

Novel aspects on

Light Microscopy

…. there is still more than we think is possible ….


5

19-11-26 Madl 55

Microscopy (1b/3)

RBC 20 min (4000x).mp4

RBC 210 min (4000x).mp4

Devolution of organic matter

RBC (x4000)

(darkfield)

RBC (x4000)

(darkfield)

Darkfield (DF)

• Disintegration of human Red Blod Cells(RBCs)

• time series of RBCs;

Tools: • DF-microscopy

(object slides & cover slips for RBC’s)• extension: thermo-electric block to induce

rapid freezing during observation• high-speed camera that can be hooked

onto device (video capturing)• high-Res (~100 nm) w/ magnification up to

x4k!

Teopolus & Malkotsi, 2015


Some short video recordings of capillary red blood cells in normal saline (in conditions similar to the ones existing during the Wilhelm Reich Blood Test), at various stages of on-going bionous disintegration, up to three hours of microscopic observation. Initially, notice the bions gradual appearance on the membrane of the red blood cells, the progressive dissolution of the membrane’s cohesiveness and the release of bions in the extracellular space. Observe the vigorous movement of the freely detached bions, the development of various formations, possibly originating from the released cellular content which is caused by the dissolution of the cell membrane. Also watch the impressive and vigorously pulsating formations that develop and organize around the destructured red blood cells which look like kites.

Image: Red blood cells 20 mind after sampling from proband (top) and 210 mins after sampling (bottom). Not the striking change in morphotype from spherical RBCs with smooth surfaces (fresh samples not shown) to protozoa-like morphotypes with pseudopod-like protrusions. Reich claimed that the long term culture of organic bions, under controlled sterile conditions so that the possibility of outside infection (from air “germs”) is excluded, can lead to the development of protozoa.

Source: Teopolus N, Malkotsi D (2015) Wilhelm Reich’s theories from the standpoint of modern science. Heraclitus Laboratory of Microscopic Research (GK): http://www.wilhelmreich.gr/en/orgonomy-and-biogenesis/bions/

6

19-11-26 Madl 66

Microscopy (2a/3)

203 204 205

206 207

208 209 210 211 212

213 214

Darkfield (DF)Grayfield (GF) – Kurt Olbrich

• Sanguinigramm – pattern of blood decomposition

GrayField, 2017


203: potential "cancer viruses" as found in every blood. they have a head diameter of about 40-70 nm and a simple flagellation (analogous to Enderlein’s ”spermitid” and Mueller’s “swarmers”).

204: total length (incl. double flagellation) approx. 100 nm with a 240 nm head diameter; this condition is reached with immuno-compromised persons (e.g. strong flu); as soon as this is over, the original condition is automatically reached again – thus these double flagellated ones die off.

205: occurs with strong immuno-deficiency lasting over a longer period of time; the head measures approx. 450 nm, while ist total length reaches 2 μm forming a club shape; in the head one can already spot new infectious particles.

206: total length of up to 10 μm – one can clearly see the "virus-like“ particles; the end is similar in shape to a rhizome and attaches itself to a biological substrate, probably to ensure the supply of nutrients if this is not sufficient from the serum.

207: from a total length of 10 μm the head bursts and the "virus-likes" are released (closes the inner development “reproduction” cycle).

208: symbolic representation of an erythrocyte (RBK); the "virus-like cancerogenous particles" easily penetrate the RBK and likewise easily can leave it.

209: RBK with "viruse-like cancer particles" smuggled in, the head diameter of which is around 90 nm; in this stage, their flagellation is still quite simple.

210: attempt of the "viruses" to reach the extracellular space.

211: with larger head diameters, double flagellates appear.

212: upon reaching 5 μm diameter, "protuberances" up to a length of 1 μm sprout from the RBC surface.

213: emergence of a mycelium-like plexus that detaches from the RBC.

214: more advanced mycelium-like plexus which induces the transition into tumor metastasis.

Source: Olbrich’s Sanguinigram – an attempt for standardization – Introduction ito microscopicDiagnotics (das Olbrich‘sche Sanguinigramm: Beispiel eines Versuchs zu messmethodischenStandardisierung. Einführung in die mikroskopische Diagnostik).

http://www.grayfieldoptical.com/files/olbrich-all.pdf

7

19-11-26 Madl 77

Microscopy (2b/3)

HIV-blood sample (x1800)

Muschlien 1988


• Sanguinigramm – pattern of blood decomposition

GrayField, 2017


Image: Measurement table of endobionts observed in vital blood in its various developmental stages - dimensions in [mm] (according to Olbrich).

Inlet: blood-sample of an AIDS patient; these forms only become visible under long-term observations of "live thinned droplets". Time-lapse images initially reveal a structure that would even nowadays still be classified as a neutrophil granulocyte. Later, however, this stages morphes into the sequence shown above (magnification: 1800x).

Source: http://www.grayfieldoptical.com/specials.html

Muschlien (1988) Der Blick in die Unendlichkeit, Teil I. Das Seminar – Diagnostik und SondermethodenVol.3: 7-54

Muschlien (1988) Der Blick in die Unendlichkeit, Teil II. Das Seminar – Diagnostik und SondermethodenVol.4: 31-41

Muschlien (1989) Der Blick in die Unendlichkeit, Teil III. Das Seminar – Diagnostik und Sondermethoden Vol.1: 19-27

8

19-11-26 Madl 88

Microscopy (2c/3)

Conventional vs. Olbricht

conventional

Olbrich-type

GrayField, 2017


• Light reflection (top)• Light transmission (bottom)


Conventional Technology Olbrich (SeeNano)-Technology

Depth of Field: Marginal, Extremely high,

declines w/ magnification infinitely variable,

independent of magnification

Max. resolution: Practically: 500nm Practically : 100nm

Theoretically: 250nm Theoretically: 10nm

Natural Colors: Not possible at high resolution Unlimited up to the most extreme resolutions

Sample heating: up to 60 °C above room temp. Max. 5 (typ. 2 °C) above room temp.

Use of live specimens: Strictly limited due to high warmth Limited only by natural life span of cells.

levels. Living cells typically Use of chambers make long-term survive for only a few minutes. observations possible

e.g. 2-3 weeks on nerve cells

up to several months on the pathogens of legionnaire’s disease

Source: http://www.grayfieldoptical.com/light-microscope.html

9

19-11-26 Madl 99

Microscopy (2d/3)

Darkfield vs. Olbrich-type

Darkfield (DF)Grayfield (GF)

• enhanced resolution even if not operated in darkfield mode

GrayField, 2017


As can be seen here, the Darkfield images do not provide enough detail to make a significant analysis and can result in false interpretations. The Grayfield technology phase contrast method provides a clearly higher contrast image showing more details than possible with darkfield methods.

Source: http://www.grayfieldoptical.com/darkfield.html

10

19-11-26 Madl 10


10

Microscopy (2e/3)

100 nm


• Richardson Test slide• Amphipleura pellucida

GrayField, 2017

Back in January 2005, we ordered the above Richardson Test Slide (80302 without cover glass) from electron microscopy scuences for evaluation as we had received numerous requests that we show images taken with this slide. .... When viewing the high resolution pattern with resolutions better than 200nm, it was discovered that either the numbers are in focus or the structures, not both. Even when adding depth of field to the images, it was not possible to see both on the same plane of focus. This suggests that the slide we received was not produced as perfectly as is necessary in order to demonstrate resolution better than 200nm. The surface of the slide is simply not flat enough, unlike another the other test slide we obtained from the PTB that allows us to demonstrate 100nm, easily. We have taken a large number of images, using transmitted and reflected light which demonstrate the problem. There are many aspects of the slide we see positively and it would be useful to us if it were not for the uneven layers of the high resolution pattern. Even the ruler is not all on the same level and it is necessary to refocus when moving across the length of it. Based on the technical specifications for this slide, it seemed to be an ideal accepted slide to prove the high resolution capabilities of our microscopes. The following pictures show a German test chip made for PTB. This slide is designed for reflected light only and we have found it to be of excellent quality for testing our microscopes down to 100nm.Historically, the diatom Amphipleura pellucida has often been used to test the resolution of microscopes. The holes have a diameter of just 180nm which is a challenge for all light microscopes to see. Here are some examples imaged through the microscope.

Source: http://www.grayfieldoptical.com/richardson-test-slide.html

PTB (2005) Physikalisch-Technische Bundesanstalt (German Physical and Technical standardisation organisation). https://www.grayfieldoptical.com/files/richardson_test_slide.pdf

11

19-11-26 Madl 1111

Microscopy (2f/3)

Olbrich vs SEM


• Light / Olbrich / SEM resolution inter-comparison

GrayField, 2017


Scanning Electron vs Olbricht Microscope: A scanning electron microscope can provide a considerable amount of depth of field (greater than that of the SeeNano system) and very high quality black and white images. The resolution capabilities of the Olbricht(SeeNano) microscopes reach into the realms of mid-range SEM while offering a number of advantages:[1]• no sputter coating or staining required• no vacuum required, viewed in normal room conditions• sample does not need to be cut to a small size to fit in a chamber• non destructive for living organisms• SEM images are made at 45° angle causing image distortion!• See Nano images can be made at any angle between 45-90°• measurable in X, Y and Z axis• natural colors and grayfield contrast provide more image information• confocal imaging allows viewing below the surface of tissue samples

The Ergonom 500 is the company’s most recent instrument. It likewise is based on Olbrich's invention that features higher magnification and better depth of field as well as color contrast than Rife's instrument. Operating on different principle than the one of Rife, this model is considerably easier to use as it require no staining, oil immersion or complicated focusing.[2]

Source: [1] http://www.grayfieldoptical.com/sem.html[2] Sylver N (2009) The Rife Handbook of Frequency Healing with a Holistic Health Primer, Desert Gate Productions.pdf

12

19-11-26 Madl 1212

Microscopy (2g/3)Features Compared

Conventional Optical SeeNano Lab Series SeeNano Pro Series

Microscopes Lab-U Lab-I Lab-T Pro-U Pro-I Pro-T

Resolution Incident Theoretically, 200nm

Practically ~ 400nmn.a.

<200nm <100nm <100nm

Resolution Transmitted 200nm 100nm 100nm

True magnificationlimit

800x (dry), 1600x (oil) <4500x (dry) >8000x (dry)

Numerical Aperture0.95 (dry), 1.40 (oil)

N.A.0.85 to 0.9 N.A. (dry) 0.85 to 0.95 N.A. (dry)

True color contrast None at high mag. Full, even at high mag. Full, even at high mag.

White light source Yes, for low res. only Yes, even at max. res. Yes, even at max. res.

Variable DOF Low DOF, fixed Low to extreme DOF Low to extreme DOF

Contour sharpness Poor at high mag. High at all mag. High at all mag.

Reflection free No Yes Yes

Staining (etc.) required Staining required Staining not necessary Staining not necessary

Oil immersion required Yes, beyond 0.95 N.A. No, max. 0.95 N.A. needed No, 0.95 N.A./extended WD

Brightfield Yes Yes Yes

Darkfield Yes Yes, but Grayfield better Yes, but Grayfield better

Grayfield No Yes, with full color contrast Yes, with full color contrast

Phase Contrast Yes Improved, with contour sharpness Improved, with contour sharpness

Living samples in vitro Yes, for limited time Yes, for extended periodsYes, for extended periods

when used with our chambers

Sample warmth levelUp to 60° C over room

temp.Up to 3° C over room temp. Up to 3° C over room temp.

Transparent samples Not possible Yes, incl. absolute transp. Yes, incl. absolute transp.


• In a nutshell

GrayField, 2017


Resolution values given for the SeeNano microscopes relate to the practical achievable resolution. The maximum theoretical (although not achievable) resolution is 10nm with the Grayfield Lens System.The standard methods of measuring magnification in microscopes becomes too inaccurate beyond 1500x. We therefore determine the precise magnification factor by imaging a calibrated test slide with nanometer scale and printing that image on 10x15cm paper. The enlargement factor in relation to the grid is then used to calculate the actual magnification factor. Every objective combination is tested so that we can provide exact magnification ratios. As there are no parallax errors with our systems, it is possible to measure distance in any direction.For each microscope, there are a wide range of dry objectives available to match your application, e.g. 2,5x, 4x, 10x, 20x, 40x, 60x, 80x, 100x with n.A. up to 0.95 - some with extended working distance (WD). As the costs of the individual objectives vary widely according to their specifications, general price quotes are not meaningful before your exact requirements have been determined.The SeeNano Lab series, has been optimized to make it an affordable alternative to those considering high quality conventional optical microscope systems, yet with an image quality, depth of field and color contrast that is considerably better and especially suitable for live blood and live cell analysis. For technical reasons, it is not feasible to provide a SeeNano Lab microscope with both incident and tranmitted light in one unit (costs would be higher than two individual microscopes).Note: The Ergonom 500 microscope shown here, has now been replaced by the Ergonom 4000 series which has comparable capabilities. All images are made in real time and natural colors without staining or oil immersion. Due to the extended working distance, the objective does not actually touch the slide at any time (max. NA 0.95).

Source: http://www.grayfieldoptical.com/seenano-in-comparison.htmlhttp://www.grayfieldoptical.com/ergonom-500.html

13

19-11-26 Madl 1313

Microscopy (3a/3)

Fraunhofer diffraction by a rectangular aperture & Airy diffraction pattern from a circular aperture

Darkfield (DF)Grayfield (GF)Raymond Rife

• Rife Technology• going beyond Fraunhofer Diffraction limit

(magnification up to 30k (!) possible)

Walker, 2017


To understand how the magnification and resolving power of the Rife microscope can go beyond that of the commonly used optical microscope, it is necessary to understand the cause of the magnification and resolving power limitations of the ordinary optical microscope. …. Due to Fraunhofer diffraction phenomenon as the diameters of an object goes to zero, the diameters of the images converges to a finite non zero in size. In fact the image I of point a “zero” diameter light sources o is a concentric light and dark zones as illustrated in the left figure …. This means that any two self luminous point light sources o and o' located on an object of interest (the specimen) cannot be observed independently unless they are far enough apart so that the center bright zone of their Fraunhofer diffraction patterns do not appreciably overlap …. The actual Fraunhofer diffraction patterns is qualitatively a strong central light disk, known as the Airy's disk, surrounded by faint darker and lighter concentric zones …. Rife found a way to overcome the Fraunhofer diffraction limitation, that enabled him to build a microscope that could see viruses. What Rife did was to apply the Principle of Reversibility in a new and novel way. The Principle of Reversibility states: If a reflected or refracted ray is reversed in direction, it will retrace its original path. This principle has more than a purely geometrical foundation, and can be shown to follow from the application of a corresponding mechanics principle to wave motion. In other words diffraction phenomenon wave phenomenon) is also undone by reversing the path of the light ray ….[1]

The right image shows a detailed ray tracing diagram for a two stage version of the four stage optically symmetric light beam expanding optical assembly …. Each pair of opposing spherically concave surfaces is considered a single stage …. The beam of light from the objective is expanded in such a way that only light rays that are very close to the optical axis of the entering converging beam reach the eyepiece entrance. Note that just before the converging beam from the objective lens system comes to its focal point to form an image, it encounters the interface between the prism material medium and the air at the spherically concave prism surface. This converging beam is centered on the optical axis of the spherically concave prism surface. Upon crossing the spherically concave interface the converging beam is converted into a diverging (expanding) beam about its center axis. As this now diverging beam passes through each additional spherically concave surface the central portion of the beam is again expanded about its axial center. It is this greatly expanded ("magnified") portion of the original beam which is focused down into an image by the eyepiece.[1]

Each of us verified at every step the results obtained. Microscopic examinations of suitable specimens was made as a routine by Dr. Rife with his high-power microscope, by Dr. Kendall with the oil immersion dark field, and by myself with the ordinary Zeiss microscope equipped with a 2 mm apochromatic oil immersion lens and x 10 ocular giving a magnification of about 0.9k diameters. Most observations with the Rife microscope were made at 8k diameters …. Bacilli, streptococci, erythrocytes, olymorphonuclear leukocytes and lymphocytes were clearly seen, and in each instance were, as nearly as could be estimated, about nine times the diameter as when examined with the 2 mm oil immersion at about 900 diameters.[2]

Source: [1] Walker P (2017) The Rife Research EU. http://www.rife.de/overcoming-the-fraunhofer-diffraction-limit.htmlw.rife.de

[2] Rosenow EC (1932) Observations with the Rife Microscope of Filter-Passing forms of microorganisms. Science, Vol.76(1965): 192-193.

14

19-11-26 Madl 1414

Microscopy (3b/3)

Darkfield (DF)Grayfield (GF)Raymond Rife

Walker, 2017

• Rife Technology• going beyond Fraunhofer Diffraction limit

(magnification up to 30k possible)• “live” viruses & bacteria observable

the entire optical system, including lenses and illuminating unit is made of quartz.


The bottom right image is a schematic diagram of a generic form of the Rife microscope …. The light condenser section of the microscope consists of elements (1) through (4). These concentrate the light from the mercury arc lamp (2) into an intense converging beam of light which is directed onto lens (5). This lens turns the intense converging light beam into a thin pencil shaped parallel beam which is directed to the center of the Risley prism (6). This prism, which consists of two counter-rotating circular thin prism wedges, separates the intense pencil of light into a fan shaped spectrum. Once the angle of incidence of the pencil of light to the plane of the Risley prism is held fixed, the angular width and orientation of the spectrum is then determined by the relative angle of rotation between the two prisms (the effective vertex angle of the Risley prism). A small portion of wavelengths of this spectrum falls across the variable diameter circular opening of the diaphragm (7). The setting of the Risley prism determines the exact wavelength of the light that goes through the center line of the diaphragm and the diameter of the diaphragm aperture determines the spread in wavelength values that goes through the diaphragm with the central chosen wave length. Lens (8) focuses the chosen wavelength and its associated spread in wave lengths down into an intense spot of light just under the specimen located on the quartz slide on microscope stage (9) - A dark field set up could just as well have been used. The microscope objective (10) acts as a normal microscope objective …. The refracted light leaving objective ( 10 ) has a very small angle of convergence ( approximately one degree or less ). When this refracted light enters the prism system ( 1) its angle of convergence is made significantly smaller do to the change in the index of refraction at planar prism face. This allows the converging beam to travel the first prism's interior without significant actual convergence. As the beam of light from the objective transits the prism system it is expanded in diameter about the principal center ray. The diverging and expanded light beam exiting from the planar face of the last prism then enters the matched eyepiece (12) where essentially all Fraunhofer diffraction phenomenon from the objective lens system is undone and a final image is formed …. For color correction, see source material. [1]

Two features of the Rife microscope must be specifically mentioned here. First, the entire optical system, including not only the lenses but also the illuminating unit, is made of quartz. In addition, a double wedge quartz prism is mounted between the illuminating unit and the quartz Abbe condenser. The latter can be rotated, with Vernier control, through 360 degrees, thereby affording readily controllable polarized light at any required angle. The import of this polarization unit will be discussed later. Inasmuch as this microscope magnifies from 5,000 to 17,000 diameters, it is obviously very necessary to have it mounted upon an immovable foundation.[2]

Images: By carefully examining photographs of the five Rife microscopes built, and doing various calculations on possible reconstruction of Rife's microscopes it is possible to design a workable generic form of Rife'smicroscope so one can watch living viruses.[1]

Source: [1] Walker P (2017) The Rife Research EU. http://www.rife.de/overcoming-the-fraunhofer-diffraction-limit.htmlw.rife.de

[2] Kendall AI, Rife RR (1931) Observations on Bacillus Typhosus in its filteravle state: a preliminary communication. Calm West Med, Vol.35(6): 409-411.

15

19-11-26 Madl 1515

Interstitium (1/10)

- Zwischenzellgewebe - Matrix- Mesenchymales

Bindegewebe - Pischinger Raum- System der

Grundregulation


Fasciaband or sheets of connectivetissue beneath the skin

• re-discovered 2018• discovered by prof.Kim (1963)

(named Bong-Han ducts)• identified by Hauss & Junge-

Hülsing (1965)• detailed description by

Pischinger & Heine (1975)

Benias et al., 2018

There exists a reticular pattern within fluorescein-filled sinuses that had no known anatomical correlate …. it is part of the submucosa and a previously unappreciated fluid-filled interstitial space, draining to lymph nodes and supported by a complex network of thick collagen bundles. These bundles are intermittently lined on one side by fibroblast-like cells that stain with endothelial markers and vimentin, although there is a highly unusual and extensive unlined interface between the matrix proteins of the bundles and the surrounding fluid. We observed similar structures in numerous tissues that are subject to intermittent or rhythmic compression, including the submucosae of the entire gastrointestinal tract and urinary bladder, the dermis, the peri-bronchial and peri-arterial soft tissues, and fascia …. We describe the anatomy and histology of a previously unrecognized, though widespread, macroscopic, fluid-filled space within and between tissues, a novel expansion and specification of the concept of the human interstitium.[1]The world lying beneath the skin remains to be discovered by scientists because apart from a few notions evidenced at the beginning of the 20th century, the relationships between the organic structures and how they slide together are poorly understood. Layman too, who will come upon a world of colors, changing structures, a world constantly adapting, whose ultimate goal is to provide flexibility, allow movement and maintain equilibrium. For over half a century, research has neglected these territories. Let's simply contemplate these structures that are our very make-up and ponder upon them.[2]Image: Schematic of the fluid-filled space supported by a network of collagen bundleslined on one side with cells.[1]

Source: [1] Benias PC, Wells RG, Sackey-Aboagye B, Klavan H, Reidy J, Buonocore D, Miranda M, Kornacki S, Wayne M, Carr-Locke DL, Theise ND (2018) Structure and Distribution of an Unrecognized Interstitium in Human Tissues. Scientific Reports Vol. 8:4947 DOI:10.1038/s41598-018-23062-6[2] Dr. Jean-Claude GUIMBERTEAU, Plastic Surgeon, France http://www.guimberteau-jc-md.com/en/videos.php

16

19-11-26 Madl 1616

Interstitium (2/10)

Basic claim: there are three vascular systems in mammals




(termed also Bong-Han ducts)• identified by Hauss & Junge-


Pischinger & Heine (1975)So, 2012;

Scholkmann, 2018

1967 2012

We provide reviews on the current state of primo vascular system (PVS) research from two different perspectives. The first is about the places where the PVS was observed: nerve system, cardio-vascular system, lymphatic system, fascia in the abdominal cavity, adipose tissue, generative system (testis), skin and abdominal wall, primo fluid and microcells, egg vitelline membrane, and cancer. The second sorts out which parts of Bong-Han Kim’s claims have been confirmed, and which have not yet been confirmed. New findings and methods that were not in Kim’s reports are listed as well. This review is intended to provide a bird’s eye view on PVS research to those who plan to embark on this novel area.[3]

Source: [1] Prof. Bong-Han Kim (1962) (Kyung-Rak Research Institute, North Korea); 経絡の発見―ホンハン学説と針灸医学 (1967年 ) (創元医学新書) 新書 – 古書, 1967 藤原知 (著)

[2] Scholkmann F (2018) The primo vascular system: A rediscovered vascular system in mammal. Symposium on Biopysical Role of Aqueous Systems in Health and DiseaseDynamics. Milano Centro Congressi Stelline, 12-13 Oct.

[3] Soh WS (2012) Current State of Research on the PVS In: Soh KS, Kang KA, Harrison DK (eds) The Primo Vascular System Its Role in Cancer and Regeneration. Springer, New York

17

19-11-26 Madl 17




Pischinger & Heine (1975)• Found at the earliest stages of

life …. threadlike structures = putative primo vessel

Lee at al., 2012

17

Interstitium (4/10)



We found threadlike structures in the vitelline membrane and its surrounding dense albumen of a chick embryo by using the Trypan blue staining technique. The threadlike structure, a putative primo vessel, had DNA bodies as revealed by DAPI staining and was developed before the formation of blood vessels.

Upper image: Chicken egg in a longitudinal section (left). Top view of primo vessels on the vitelline membrane and in dense albumen by Trypan blue staining (center). Stereoscopic image of primo vessels ( arrows ) and primo nodes ( arrowheads ) stained by Trypan blue on the vitelline membrane of a chicken egg for Stages IV–VII. The inset illustrates the network of a primo vascular system on the vitelline membrane of an egg (right)Lower image: Primo vessels, on the vitelline membrane of a chicken egg for Stages IV–VII have many DAPI-stained DNA particles (center) with magnified views. It is noticeable that the right-side magnifications show DNA particles that are longitudinally arranged. DNA particles (arrow - in left) labeled clearly show that the DNA particles are arranged in longitudinal order. 100 mm

Source: Lee SY, Lee BC, Soh KS, Jhon GJ (2012) Development of the Putative Primo Vascular System Before the Formation of Vitelline Vessels in Chick Embryos. In: Soh KS, Kang KA, Harrison DK (ed.) The Primo Vascular System - Its Role in Cancer and Regeneration, Ch.11. Springer New York

18

19-11-26 Madl 18




Pischinger & Heine (1975)So, 2012;

Scholkmann, 2018

1967 2012

18

Interstitium (5/10)

Basic claim: there are three vascular systems in mammals



Morphological science is greatly challenged to offer a new biomedical theory that explains the possible existence of new bodily systems such as the primo vascular system (PVS). The PVS is a previously unknown system that integrates the features of the cardiovascular, nervous, immune, and hormonal systems .... Announcements of the morphological architectonics and the function of the PVS fundamentally changed the basic understanding of biology and medicine because the PVS is involved in the development and the functions of living organisms .... DNA provides genetic information and it functions as a store of information that can be obtained from the EMF of the environment. The PVS is the communication system between living organisms and the environment, and it lies at the lowest level of life. The theory of the PVS could be a good basis for forming a new point of view of Darwin's evolutionary theory. Image: The PVS consists of three subsystems. The external subsystem of the PVS (ePVS) has external PVs (ePVs) and external PNs (ePNs) and lies in the hypodermal layer of the skin and in the superficial fascia. The internal subsystem of the PVS (iPVS) includes internal PVs (iPV) that lie inside blood vessels and lymphatic vessels, inside the heart chambers, and inside and on organs. The internal primo nodes (iPNs) exist inside and on organs. The nervous subsystem of the PVS (nPVS) includes nervous primo vessels (nPVs) and nervous primo nodes (nPNs), which are distributed in the brain cavities and in the spinal cord channel. PVS are associated with epinervium and perinervium of the nerves. As a whole, the PVS is distributed throughout loose connective tissue, fat tissue, sereous membranes, and in some cavities and lumens, as previously described. The external subsystem has “receiving” primo nodes (rPN) and “receiving” primo vessels (rPV). They connect with each other on the superficial layer and have a connection through “communicating” primo vessels (cPV) to deeper PNs that are named “communicating” primo nodes (cPN). The cPNs are “extraorgan” PNs (eoPN). The cPN and cPV are connecting parts of the internal PVS and make connections between the external subsystem and the organs. The internal subsystem has a “communicating” PVS and an “organ” PVS (oPVS). The oPVS net consists of “organ” primo vessels (oPVs) and “organ” primo nodes (oPNs).

Source: [1] Stefanov M, Potroz M, Kim JD, Lim J, Cha R, Nam MH (2013) The Primo Vascular System as a New Anatomical System. JAMS, Vol.6(6): 331-338

19

19-11-26 Madl 1919

Interstitium (6/10)

Primo Vascular System (PVS)

• Primo Vascular System(stained for better visibility)

In-situ top: rat; bottom: rabbit

Aviigan & Aviigan, 2013


A new system of circulation has been found in some small animals recently and it was suggested that this new system could exist in the human body too. The system could potentially explain all the abilities and mechanisms of traditional medicine along with Chinese traditional medicine. In the early 1960s, the time of its discovery, it was called BongHan Duct (BHD) which afterwards, during an international meeting in Korea in 2009, was changed to Primo Vascular (or Vessel) System (PVS). This system is similar to a network composed of a duct containing some sub-ductuls and corpuscles which are like a control canon and act as a control room for these ducts. In these ducts, very small floating granules are present and these contain genomic information. The information of one or two chromosomes is in each granule. These granules stay afloat in a fluid termed primo fluid and contain amino acid, hyaluronicacid, more than 270 proteins and some other substances vital for cells and tissues.

Image: Top row: Trypan blue staining of BHD (PV) and BHC (PN) inside adipose tissues. (A) BHC (PN) and connected BHD (PV) inside adipose tissue around a rat’s small intestine. (B) BHC (PN) and two BHDs (PVs) near the same rat’s small intestine; the blood vessels and adipose tissues are not stained.Bottom row: Stereomicroscopic images of BHD (PV) and corpuscles on the surface of a rabbit’s internal organs. (A) A BHD (PV) (arrow) on the large intestine surface (LI); an intact duct, a semitransparent, freely movable tissue structure. (B) A BHD duct (PV) (arrow) after methylene blue staining. (C) A BHD corpuscle (PN) (arrowhead) on the small intestine (SI) linked with BHD ducts (PV) (arrows); corpuscle and ducts contrasted using methylene blue.

Source: Avijgan M, Avijgan M (2013) Can the Primo Vascular System (Bong Han Duct System) be a Basic Concept for Qi Production? Int. j. Integr.Med., Vol. 1, 20:2013

20

19-11-26 Madl 2020

Interstitium (7/10)

19-11-26 20

Shin et al, 2005



In-situ In-vitroCorpuscles & Network

Bifurcating BHDs form a web to cover the organ surface;Granules filled w/ mobile DNA (microcells)

Pokorny, 2010


Threadlike structures on the surfaces of internal organs, which are thought to be part of the BHD-system, were first reported about 40 years ago, but have been largely ignored since then. Recently, they were rediscovered, and in this study we discuss the Feulgen reaction that specifically stains DNA in order to identify these structures on the surface of rabbit livers as part of the BongHan system. The distribution, shapes, and sizes of their nuclei are found to be similar to those of intravascular threadlike structures. The endothelial nuclei are rod-shaped, 10-20 µm long, and aligned in a broken-line striped fashion. The threadlike structure consists of a bundle of several subducts, which is a characteristic feature of BHD and distinguishes them morphologically from lymphatic vessels. In addition, the Feulgen reaction clearly demonstrates that the subducts pass through a corpuscle …. and is connected to two or several threadlike structures that form a web on the surfaces of organs. Furthermore, spherical granules of about 1 µm in diameter are detected in the subducts. These granules were well stained by using the Feulgen reaction, which implies that they contain DNA. According to previous reports, a granule is a type of microcell and plays an essential role in the physiology and therapeutic effect of the BongHan system and acupuncture. This role has yet to be elucidated. A threadlike structure on the surface of a rabbit liver. This is an example of an organ surface BHD (OSBHDs) found on the surface of internal organs. The threadlike structures had well-developed branches and were joined to a corpuscle. For demonstration, the entire structure on the surface of liver was lifted with a micro-forcep. Usually, a corpuscle is connected to two threadlike structures, so the branching is simpler than in this figure.Images: Upper left: Stereomicroscope image of threadlike structures joining a corpuscle. The branching of the threadlike tissue was particularly well developed, and the corpuscle was connected to four threads. Usually corpuscles are connected by two threads, but some are multiply connected as shown here.Upper-right: A typical corpuscle connected to a threadlike structure. One subduct of the threadlike structure is clearly shown to pass through the corpuscle. The corpuscle was heavily stained using the Feulgen reaction because it contained abundant granules. Lower: Round 1-2 µm diameter granules were observed in the lumens of the subducts. The granules were well stained using Feulgen reaction, revealing the DNA content. BongHan granules may be naturally generated microcells that flow in acupuncture meridians (BHD); thus, they may play an essential physiological function in the BongHan system.Source: Shin HS, Johng HM, Lee BC, Cho SI, Soh KS, Baik KY, Yoo JS, Soh KS (2005) Feulgen Reaction Study of Novel Threadlike Structures (Bonghan Ducts) on the Surfaces of Mammalian Organs. The Anatomical Record. Vol 284B: 35-40.Pokorny J (2010) Microtubules and Mitochondria Vectorial Framework for Electromagnetic Activity of Living Cells. 10th Summerschool at the International Institute of Biophysics, Neuss, FRG.

21

19-11-26 Madl 2121

Interstitium (8/10)

19-11-26 21



In-situ In-vitroCorpuscles & NetworkAnatomic Comparison

Ductules match in size w/ capillaries of blood & lymphatic vessels (larger vessels incorporate PVS-ducts)

Aviigan & Aviigan, 2013


The histological structure of BHDs appears simple. The BHD are organized from a bundle of several ductules, showing characteristic rod‐shaped nuclei (10‐20μm in length) that were obviously detectable with phase-contrast microscopy. In cross‐section, the BHD appears as a small tissue formation, containing some small lumens, 6‐10μm in diameter. The lumen of the ductule included a single layer of endothelial cells enclosed by an extracellular matrix.

Image: Structural properties of a BHDuctule and of a blood and lymphatic capillary. E = endothelium; L = lumen; AC = accessory cell; CBL = complete basal lamina; IBL = incomplete basal lamina. AF=anchoring filaments

Source: Avijgan M, Avijgan M (2013) Can the Primo Vascular System (Bong Han Duct System) be a Basic Concept for Qi Production? Int. j. Integr.Med., Vol. 1, 20:2013

22

19-11-26 Madl 2222

Interstitium (9/10)

19-11-26 22



In-situ In-vitroCorpuscles & NetworkAnatomic Comparison

• Fibre-optic property

Milbradt, 2009Soh, 2004


BHD are also being compared to fiber-optic channels in the body. These channels may be able to carry an extremely high density of information far beyond the limited, one-way signals of the nervous system or the diffusive information carried by hormones in the blood stream. A 2004 paper describes how biophotons, produced by animal tissues, may be emitted by DNA molecules to produce a laser-like coherent light capable of carrying an enormous volume of information through the BHD. The idea that acupuncture channels conduct light has already been substantiated by Russian research published as early as 1991. They found that the light-conducting ability of the human body exists only along the meridians, and can enter and exit only along the acupuncture points.[1]

A biophoton in connection with inter-cellular communication is introduced, with its important source DNA. The BHD as anatomical structure of acupuncture meridians is considered with its owing contents, DNA-granules. A hypothesis of an optical channel of coherent biophotons is proposed as a new communication and control network of photons, which is the physiological function of BHD. This can explain scientifically the therapeutic effects of acupuncture.[2]

Images: Top-left: Differential interference contrast image of a BHD. Top-right: Confocal microscope fluorescent image of acridinine orange stained BHD. Rod shaped nuclei are shown in line. Bottom: BHD inside a blood vessel (schematic diagram).

Source: [1] Milbradt D. (2009) Bonghan Channels in Acupuncture. Acupuncture Today. Vol.10(04): 6-10.

[2] Soh WS (2004) Bonghan Duct and Acupuncture Meridian as Optical Channel of Biophoton. Journal of the Korean Physical Society, Vol.45(5): 1196-1198

23

19-11-26 Madl 2323

Interstitium (10/10)

19-11-26 23

Soh, 2004


• In-situ (top: rat; bottom: rabbit)• In-vitro (extracted) & NPs• In-vitro analysis (DNA-loading)• BH-Corpuscle• Anatomic Comparison• Fibre-optic property

standard optical fiber

Pokorny, 2010

BHD

f-spectrum of a 10 µm fiber:1st mode:=26 THz (=12 mm)4th mode:=384 THz (=0.8 mm)

…. far-IR

Postulated coherent coupling of DNA (excimer) to enable BP propagation;

Permittivity gradient assures that light focuses @ center; becomes far-reaching (<losses)


As pointed out by Presman, there may be a system of communication that sends messages to all organs, including those perhaps not directly connected with the nerve network. Presman proposed that electromagnetic signals are involved, and Popp suggested that a biophoton-field is the desired answer, and DNA conformation is the source of the biophoton. With DNA and biophotons we still need a network or channel to biologically realize the Presman-Popp postulation. BongHan theory is just the answer. It supplies the channels with DNA granules owing inside, and the channels are distributed all over the body, connecting the acupoints in the skin to the internal organs. As the channels form a network of one-dimensional tubes with light sources, they can be an optical channel which can produce a coherent photon state. Thus, we can understand the coherence of biophotons, and the regulation mechanism of the body as a whole. This picture is the scientific basis of acupuncture therapy, and could lead to a new quantum communication paradigm based upon biological function.[1]The ducts may serve as optical fibers transferring electromagnetic signals. The dielectric fibers are capable of high capacity information transfer. The transferred frequency spectrum is huge. Pokorny et al. analyzed the axially symmetric modes (n = 0) in a circular dielectric core with a radius 10 µm and relative permitivity D=1.5. The relative permitivity of the surrounding medium (cladding) is S=1.3. The electromagnetic modes propagating in the core are from far infrared ( = 26 THz, l = 12 mm) to the visible band. The forth mode has = 384 THz ( = 0.8 mm).

Image: Upper: Optical channel model of biophotons in a BongHan duct. DNAs are sources of coherent biophotons which propagate along the duct. (Schematic diagram)[1]; Lower: A schematic picture of longitudinal structures of dielectric wire (a) and dielectric fiber (b) transmitting electromagnetic signals. The duct in meridians might correspond to graded permitivity (parabolic) profile fiber shown in (b).[2]

Source: Soh WS (2004) Bonghan Duct and Acupuncture Meridian as Optical Channel of Biophoton. Journal of the Korean Physical Society, Vol.45(5): 1196 1198.Pokorny J (2010) Microtubules and Mitochondria Vectorial Framework for Electromagnetic Activity of Living Cells. 10th Summerschool at the International Institute of Biophysics, Neuss, FRG.

2424

19-11-26 Madl 2419-11-26 Madl 2419-11-26 Madl 24

Biophotonics (1/8)

From MGR to Ultraweak Photon Emission (UwPE)

• extr. low photon flux - Ultraweak Photon Emission (UwPE)• MGR is narrow-banded (UV) & detected biotically (e.g. yeast cells)• UwPE is broad-banded (UV-VIS-nIR) & detected abiotically (e.g. PMTs)• both occur in biota and aqueous systems• Grouped into

i) spontaneous emission (SE) and i) delayed luminescence (DL)

Quantum-Physicist 1938 - ….

Cifra & Pospil, 2014


MGR vs Biophotons: Gurwitsch's MGR is considered to be a particular case of BP-emission. However, BP-research is based mainly on registration of photons using photomultipliers, while MGR was registered due to its specific ability to induce cell mitosis. induced with glycin solution irradiation with MGR.[1] The controversial term "biophotons (BP)“ was first suggested by Popp to designate photons belonging to a very low level of photon emission from living organisms (not to be mixed up with "bioluminescence" - high intensity radiation of many organisms due to specific enzymatic reactions) .... He proved that at least the so-called delayed luminescence induced by irradiation of living organisms with a flash of light results from the relaxation of an intrinsic coherent electromagnetic field.[1] He demonstrated that UwPE originates from a delocalized coherent electromagnetic field that is tightly coupled to metabolic processes.[2].... “Biophotonic-like fields" may emerge even in initially very "plain" systems, such as aqueous solutions of simple organic molecules under soft but specified conditions which imply the development of oxidative chain reactions with delayed branching in aqueous milieu …. Aqueous systems, as shown by Gurwitsch gain ability to emit “BPs" - electromagnetic radiation of very low intensity, in a very wide spectral range, and possessing specific orderliness.[1]Image: Radiometric and photometric units comparing ultra-weak photon emission intensity with that of common light phenomena. First three axis (photon flux [photons s-1·cm-2, radiant flux [W·cm-2], photon flux or irradiance in Einsteins ([mol of photons s-1·cm-2) are radiometric units which are easily interconvertible from one to another. Inter-radiometric conversion is as follows: number of photons s-1·cm-2= [W·cm-2] x h·c·λ-1 = einstein. 6.022·E23 s-1·cm-2. [W·cm-2] at 555 nm relates to the calculated number of photons as if the spectrum would have a λ = 555 nm. Lux is a photometric unit of illuminance, related to sensitivity of human eyes (thus VIS-spectrum only) and varies strongly with wavelength. Under approximation that all incoming photons would have λ = 555 nm, one can use conversion number of photons s-1·cm-2 = 2.45·E12 lux.[3]

Source: [1] Voeikov V (2003) Mitogenetic radiation, biophotons and non-linear oxidative processes in aqueous media. In: Popp FA, Beloussov LV (eds) Integrative Biophysics - Biophotonics, Springer, Heidelberg, FRG.[2] Voeikov V (2016) Biophotons – Studies performed on the sanguine system. Congress on quantum biology and medicine, Piacenza; http://www.spaziotesla.it/primo-piano/356-iv-congresso-di-medicina-e-fisica-quantistica-citta-di-piacenza.html [3] Cifra M, Pospsil P. (2014) Ultra-weak photon emission from biological samples: Definition, mechanisms, properties, detection and applications. J Photochem Photobiol B. Vol. XX pii: S1011-1344(14)00046-3. doi: 10.1016/j.jphotobiol.2014.02.009.

19-11-26 Madl 25

Hydrolysis of nucleic acid or lecitine w/ phosphatase

Sugar fermentation

Glycin autoxidation

Same as above - after adding sodium-phosphate

Biophotonics (2/8)

From a single photon to a massive event

Gurwitsch & Gurwitsch, 1943

i) Spontaneous Radiation- biota (biochemical reactions)- abiotic (aqueous solutions)

i) Stimulated Radiation (induced)- healthy fresh blood- CNS (particularly brain)- malignant tissues in situ

Voeikov, 2003

Preconditions to be met:•availability of oxygen•aqueous medium•Reactive oxygen species (ROS)•Embedded EMR (UV-VIS-IR)

19-11-26 Madl


Spontaneous MGR: Radiation induced by external irritations (biological, chemical, physical). It is emitted by all living cells and tissues. Spontaneous MGR accompanied not only by some biochemical reactions (in biota) but also physical processes going on in aqueous systems (abiotic). These can by hydrolysis, glycolysis, sol-gel transitions in aqueous solutions and RedOx-reactions in aqueous systems. Stimulated MGR: radiation emitted by i) Fresh blood of healthy individuals (w/o malignant diseases); ii) Central nervous system (incl. brain); iii) Malignant tissues in situ (not detached from the organism). Necessary conditions for MGR to emerge: essential ingredients: water, oxygen (is a crucial precondition) & embedded EMR (UV-VIS-IR). [1]Image: MGR-spectra of different enzymatic reactions systems in vitro and of the reaction of glycinautoxidation induced with glycin solution and irradiation with MGR. These spectra reflect “sensibilized fluorescence” of specific residues of molecules present in a solution excited with energy released in some highly exergonic reactions accompanying the major biochemical process.[5]MGR spectra represented sets of spectral bands; some of them were as narrow as 1 nm wide. Sets of bands from different emitters differ very much in the number of lines, their width and position (Image).[2] Cell divisions could be induced by any photons in the region between 190 and 280 nm in the darkness and up to 326 nm if the detector cell population was illuminated by even a dim visible light. MGR spectra from various sources looked as sets of distinct bands. The latter varied in width from 25 to 0.5 nm. Each individual source of MGR produced a spectrum with the unique set of bands.[3] In the course of embryonic development, the intensity of spontaneous radiation decreases, while that of mitogenetic-laser significantly increases. That means, first, that during the development of the interconnectedness of the newly emerging parts of the system, its overall coherency increases, so that its energy losses as a result of radiation emission decrease. Second, the developmental process includes saturation of the system with the most “expensive” energy – the energy of electron excited states.[4]

[1] Voeikov V (2016) Biophotons – Studies performed on the sanguine system. Congress on quantum biology and medicine, Piacenza; http://www.spaziotesla.it/primo-piano/356-iv-congresso-di-medicina-e-fisica-quantistica-citta-di-piacenza.html [2] Voeikov V (2003) Mitogenetic radiation, biophotons and non-linear oxidative processes in aqueous media. In: Popp FA, Beloussov LV (eds) Integrative Biophysics - Biophotonics, Springer, Heidelberg, FRG. [3] Voeikov VL Beloussov LV (2007) From Mitogenetic Rays to Biophotons. In: Beloussov L., Voeikov V, Martiniuk V. (eds), Biophotonics and Coherent Systems in Biology. Springer, Heidelberg, FRG. [4] Voeikov VL (1999) The Scientific Basis Of the New Biological Paradigm”, 21st Century Sci & Tech. Vol.12(2): 18-33.[5] Voeikov VL, Lev Beloussov LV. Gurwitsch research of mitogenetic radiation. Lomonosov Moscow State University

26

19-11-26 Madl 2619-11-26 Madl 26

Biophotonics (3/8)

BP-Waveguides:

• centrosome: fiberoptical network node w/ refractive indices of (ncore) and sleeve (nclad) are differ to promot propagation at the center of waveguide.

• filamentous mitochondria: alternating layers (cristae) with differing ATP/ADP concentrations are involved in “photon pumping” – Laser-like emission (T)

Rothe, 2015

Cytoskeleton - BP-Waveguides:


Optical properties …. for the microtubules, the hollow cylinders to which filamentous mitochondria can be associated …. Microtubules are made of tubulin proteins and form together with other filamentous protein structures the cytoskeleton, a network within cells which is for example involved in transport processes and cell division. Mitochondria can adhere to them. The diameter of microtubules makes 24 nm and their refractive index was reported to be nmico=1.51 …. Therefore, like mitochondria, microtubules should also act as single mode waveguides, having a cut off wavelength of 21 nm, in other words they should be able to guide light from the strong UV to near infrared light. More than that, filamentous mitochondria could also act like lasers depending on their metabolic state. Under a sufficient supply of organic substrate and oxygen their metabolic rate and internal structure depend on the internal adenosine di-phosphate (ADP) concentration. At rest internal ADP concentration is low and consequently internal adenosine triphosphate (ATP) concentration and protein content are also low, the latter making about 0.5 g/mL. In this stage the matrix volume of filamentous mitochondria is high, making about 90% of their total volume, while the cristae appear as thin infoldings (image). At rest the refractive index of matrix and intra membrane space are nearly equal which means that they can act like homogeneous fibreoptic waveguides. In an active state, however, ADP-concentration and O2-consumption are high, leading to high ATP-concentrations and protein contents up to 1 g/mL in the matrix space. The protein concentration of the intramembranous space, however, is only 10% of that of the matrix space …. and because the index of refraction n is linearly dependent on the protein concentration (n=1.33+0.19 cprot (cprot= gram protein/mL)) alternating layers of two different indices of refraction result in active mitochondria.

Image: Scheme of the internal structure of a filamentous mitochondrion with lamellar cristae. Left part: state of high activity (state 3), right part: state of low activity (state 4), D: diameter of mitochondrion, L: length of mitochondrium. (B) Model of a filamentous mitochondrion as used for optical calculations. (A) and (B): d1: thickness of matrix space between two cristae, d2: thickness of cristae, n1: refractive index of matrix, n2: refractive index of cristae, N: number of double layers, R: reflectance, T: transmittance.

Source: Rothe GM (2015) Organisms – More than Chemistry. Verlag Kovac, Hamburg, FRG

2727

19-11-26 Madl 2719-11-26 Madl 2719-11-26 Madl 27

Biophotonics (4/8)

Belussev, 2010BP emission during development

unfertilized

1h afterfertilization

end of epipoly

1.5 dayold larvae

2.5 dayold larvae


Another interesting point is the change of the width of the spectral bands of biophoton emission during development …. This was also shown while studying the spectra of newborn rabbits's muscles in UV range: narrow emission bands typical for early newborns fused together into broader bands as development proceeds. We could observe the same tendency by studying Fourier spectra of M.fossilis eggs and embryos (image). In most general terms, this may point to an increased interaction of the coupled oscillators or, in other words, to a progressive enlargement of the collective excitations areas.[2]

Image: Temporal patterns of BP-emission, as revealed by autocorrelation patterns (AC, right column) and Fourier spectra (FS, long-range order in more advanced stages.[2] Rows from up to down: non-fertilized eggs, 1h after fertilization, end of epiboly (embryo consisting of several thousands cells), free-swimming larvae 1.5 days and free-swimming larvae 2.5 days. Note that the “comb-like” AC patterns correspond to the presence of single SD peaks while the wavy and zigzag patterns indicate the existence of smooth extended regions of an increased SD.[1]

Source: [1] Beloussev LV (2010) Supramolecular order in cells and tissues. 10th summershool of Biophotonics, Neuss, FRG

[2] Beloussov LV (2003) Developmental Biology and Physics of Today In: Popp FA, BeloussovL (eds) Integrative Biophysics, Kluwer Academic Publishers.

28

19-11-26 Madl 2819-11-26 Madl 28

Biophotonics (5a/8)

Bio-Communication of Gonyaulax polyedra:

Setup: • quartz cuvettes containing culture;• separated by a removable wand;• as BP-emission point at a coherent field,

synchronization should be possible;

Results: • coordinated flickering pattern; i.e.:

“informational” function of BP-emission is thought to trigger “biological clocks”;

Popp, 1992


The informational function of this light-emission can be registered actually by the following arrangement. Two multipliers collect the photons from almost always one of two samples which can be optically connected and disconnected by a shutter between them. One calculates the linear correlations of photon emission without and with optical contact. In a series of experiments on Thailand fireflies, Gonyaulax polyedra, Acetabularia acetabulum, chicken embryos and drosophila eggs we confirmed that there is a considerable increase of correlations if we switch from the separated state to the state of optical contact.Two identical quartz cuvettes, filled with the same numbers of bacteria from the same culture, are found to synchronize their light flashing when they are in optical contact but not when separated by an opaque barrier.• The two populations of the tiny dinoflagellate Gonyaulax polyedra under optically separated (left) and optically connected conditions (right). • The top part of the graph shows the pattern of emissions with the shutter closed; the bottom graph shows the experiment with the shutter opened. • The random events on the top, become a coordinated, tuned process of increased intensity, with simultaneous spikes of photon emissions.This means that the "informational" function of BP-emission is due to a trigger effect on possible "biological oscillations" ("biological clocks") in such a way that systems under light contact may synchronize each other in the amplitudes and phases of their slow oscillations.Image: In order to investigate communication between cell populations and or-ganisms, the following setup is used. Two cuvettes, containing the samples, are either separated (left side) or connected by visible contact (ride side). The detectors register the BP-intensities of both the samples. The differences in the correlations of the signals without and with contact of the samples are subject of communication experiments.

Source: Popp FA (1992) Essential Questions and Probable Answers; Ch.1. In: Popp FA, Li KH Gu Q (eds) Recent Advances in Biophoton Research and its Applications; World Scientific Publishing –Singapore;

29

19-11-26 Madl 29

Biophotonics (5b/8)

i) Cell-to-cell cross-communication

Setup:

• Effects of paramutation studied using miR-124 injections into fertilized eggs

• Stapling of in-vitro cell cultures of treated and control samples and subsequent incubation

Results:miR-124 injected

mock-injected

miR

-124

co

py

nu

mbe

r p

er

cell

0

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

0 20 40 60 10080 120hrs pc

1-cell 2-cell morulaDevelopmental stages

Results:

During ontogenesis from the fertilized cell-stage to multi-cell-stage (morula), a boost in miR-124 concentration was observed even in the control (mock injected).

…. how is this possible?Rassoulzadegan, 2014


Initiation of paramutation in embryonic cells: RNA-mediated heritable controls of transcriptional activity. After the first experimental models of epigenetic inheritance, starting with the plant paramutation, and now characterized as ‘heritable gene silencing’, Rassoulzadegan reported in the recent period three examples of RNA-mediated epigenetic heritable variations corresponding to modulation in transcriptional activity. Their analysis led us to conclude that non-coding RNA molecules carried by the gametes, sperm RNA in the case of paternal transmission, may act as transgenerational determinants of epigenetic states. These three mouse paramutations (epigeneticvariation inherited in a non-Mendelian manner) are studied at the following loci: KIT (fur color, tumoraldevelopment, diabetes), Cdk9* (via miR-1: cardiac hypertrhopy), Sox9* (via miR-124: gigantism & gemellity). The latter in particular is evident by accelerated embryonic and post-natal growth. It can be induced by microinjection in fertilized eggs of Sox9-specific microRNA (miR-124) and reveals itself by transcriptional activity of Sox9 expression in E2.5.-4.5 embryonic stem cells. The effect is persistent over 2-3 generations.[2] As can be seen in the above sketch an increase in miR-124 count was observed even in the control (mock) samples. Contamination via molecular diffusion can be excluded when operating under sterile conditions – so how can this happen?[1]

Source: [1] Minoo Rassoulzadegan (2014) RNA-mediated heredity of paramutation and acquired phenotype in the mouse. Conference on: DNA Habitat and its RNA Inhabitants, Salzburg (AUT)[2] Grandjean V, Gounon P, Wagner N, Martin L, Wagner KD, Bernex F, Cuzin F, Rassoulzadegan M (2009) The miR-124-Sox9 paramutation - RNA-mediated epigenetic control of embryonic and adult growth. Development, Vol.136: 3647-3655.

30

19-11-26 Madl 30

Biophotonics (6/8)

i) Cell-to-cell cross-communicationii) Onion-root experimentiii) Mitogenetic Radiation (MGR)

• MGE - is a change in mitotic regime in a cell culture or tissue under external non-chemical influence of another biological object.

• Recipients of MGE (often called “detectors”) - are cell cultures and tissues, capable of showing MGE under external influence.

• Inductors of MGE - are those objects that can produce MGE in proper recipients when put in proper conditions.

Volodyaev & Beloussov, 2015

In order for mitosis to occur two conditions must be satisfied: i) a doubling of the chromosomal set andii) a triggering environmental stimulus (such as MGE from an inducer)


Mitosis in Drosophila larva .mp4

In cell biology, mitosis is a part of the cell cycle when replicated chromosomes are separated into two new nuclei. In general, mitosis (division of the nucleus) is preceded by the S stage of interphase (during which the DNA is replicated) and is often accompanied or followed by cytokinesis, which divides the cytoplasm organelles and cell membrane into two new cells containing roughly equal shares of these cellular components. Mitosis and cytokinesis together define the mitotic (M) phase of an animal cell cycle - the division of the mother cell into two daughter cells genetically identical to each other. Mitosis can only be induced by a triggering event. The dominant view refers to a biochemical concept (i) i.e. key-&-lock mechanisms in which mitotic messengers attach to membrane receptors which set off the mitotic event. However, the more contemporary view regards (ii) a biophysical concept in which the cell surface is considered a coherent oscillating unit which resonates to a mitotic stimulus (resonance model).[2] Gurwitsch found that “receptors” do not act as independent units, rather, they create a kind of a holistic (cooperative) system with a fast response time - much faster than molecules could do. Thus the perceived signal that triggers mitosis is primarily physical; i.e. via photons when expressing their wave nature.[1]Image: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MitosisVideo: mitotis takes place in an orchestrated, synchronized manner – a pattern that can’t be obtained via biochemical means (delayed by a diffusional gradient). The relative organization of microtubules (dark green) and centrioles (light green) can be seen. In early stages, Drosophila embryos divide syncytially,[3] giving rise to a synchronous behavior. Time lapse acquired every 8s and played at 6 fr/s. Image acquisition done with a Nikon microscope (x40 objective) and a Perkin-Elmer 4D spinning disk confocal laser microscope. https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=File%3AMitosis_drosophila_larva.ogvSource: [1] Voeikov VL Beloussov LV (2007) From Mitogenetic Rays to Biophotons. In: Beloussov L., Voeikov V, Martiniuk V. (eds), Biophotonics and Coherent Systems in Biology. Springer, Heidelberg, FRG. [2] Voeikov V (2016) Biophotons – Studies performed on the sanguine system. Congress on quantum biology and medicine, Piacenza; http://www.spaziotesla.it/primo-piano/356-iv-congresso-di-medicina-e-fisica-quantistica-citta-di-piacenza.html[3] Murray A (1994) Cell cycle checkpoints. Current Opinion in Cell Biology. Vol.6(6): 872-876

31

19-11-26 Madl 31

Biophotonics (7/8)

Healthy state: coordination of cell functions easily achieved (coherent state);

Diseased state: erratic perception of syntactic, semantic, pragmatic codes(incoherent state);

Tumor: diminished capacity to inter-communicate with surrounding tissue (accelerated decoherence – high UwPE-emissions)

Schamhart & VanWijk ,1987.

i) Cell-to-cell cross-communicationii) Onion-root experimentiii) Mitogenetic Radiation (MGR)iv) O2, UwPE emission (ROS) and ….

Cancer


Disease must be considered as a decoupling process - healthy cells resonate unisono, i.e. they are coupled systems of specific tissues, organs, including even the entire organism. Thus such systems should be regarded as huge resonators, whereas a sick organism is out of tune. A diseased organ, organism is no longer capable to “learn” (adapt to new situations), and can be interpreted as a DEVOLUTION in progress. Image Above: A coherent field displays always a Poissonian distribution while a decoherent field is always chaotic.Image Below: Photon counts of normal liver cells (lower curve) have a relatively stable or even falling level of photon counts at increasing cell density, while cancer cells of the same cell type show an increasing photon count at higher cell densities. Populations of cancer cells have lost the harmony (coherence) that is typical for healthy tissue. A tumor is just a symptom resulting from the loss of negative feedback cycles between chaos and order of the entire organism hence. Cutting out the tumor is not equivalent with healing! Certain parameters in the hyperbolic decay function can be taken as a measure of incoherence, as it is directly correlated with the inability of the system to re-absorb emitted energy coherently. Such parameters are shown to increase with increasing cell density in the malignant cells, and to decrease with increasing cell density in the malignant cells, and to decrease with increasing cell density in normal cells. These results are consistent with the suggestion that tumor cells have a diminished capacity for intercommunication.

Source: Schamhart DHJ, & VanWijk R. (1987). Photon emission and the degree of differentiation. In:Jezowska-Trzebiatowska B, Kochel B, Slawinski J, & Strek W. (Eds.), Photon Emission From Biological Systems (pp. 137–152). Singapore: World Scientific.

32

19-11-26 Madl 32

Biophotonics (8/8)

i) Cell-to-cell cross-communicationii) Onion-root experimentiii) Mitogenetic Radiation (MGR)iv) O2, UwPE emission (ROS) and ….v) Bio-communication

inter- & intraspecificvia UV Fluorescence


Scully, 2014 Madl & Witzany, 2013

Corals& UV.mp4

Fluorescence images of some coral species under normal and UV-light. Top row: Acropora sp. 2nd row: Fungia fungites (left) and Platygyra lamellina (right). 3rd row: Diplora strigosa with resting gobiid (left) and brain coral Meandrinameandrites (right) Bottom row: Diploria labyrinthiformis (left) and Eusmiliafastigiata (right) – (adapted from Madl et al., 2005, Chaumette, 2008).

Source: Madl P., Witzany G. (2013) How Corals coordinate and organize: an ecosystemicanalysis based fractal properties. In: Biocommunication of Animals. Heidelberg: Springer, 351-382

Video: Scully M (2014). Life on the Reef. In association with PBS-TV, ABC Australia & ARTE-France; www.youtube.com/watch?v=iHM1NH8qpuc

33

19-11-26 Madl 33

Artificial lighting

orhow energy efficiency dominates over

associated health risks


3434

19-11-26 Madl 3419-11-26 Madl 34

VIS (1/3)


• propagating radio waves (>100 kHz = LW AM-radio) till MicroW in f [s-1, Hz]


’ = /(2πc)


>1.602E-19 [J],

(f >242 THz , < 1.24 µm)


(780-380 nm) & E (1.59-3.26 eV)

• ionizing radiation exclusively defined [eV] (>3.26 eV or <380 nm)



Propagating field analysis is usually applied at 5x the wavelength away from the source (far field) and thought of as starting at 100 kHz. (low end of AM-broadcast band at 500 kHz) …. Most important in propagating fields relative to the ELF spectrum is the coupling of the electric and magnetic fields through the impedance of the medium. Vacuum and air without encumbrances are often called free space and have an impedance of 377 Ω.[1]High-frequency analysis often treats EM-radiation as packets of energy (photons), with the energy described by E = mc2. Photons have no rest mass. A familiar high-frequency form of EM-energy is visible light, from 380-750 nm. Our eyes distinguish the different wavelengths as colors. The relationship between wavelength and energy for the radiated photon is described by Plank's law: E=h [J] with h = 6.624E-34 [Js], [s-1, Hz], implying that the photon energy is proportional to frequency …. Visible light is usually specified by wavelength.[1]Microwave and radio, however, are more often specified by frequency …. Chemical (electron) bond energy is typically 1 eV. Thus photons must be ≥1 eV (1.602E-19 J) to break a covalent bond and corresponds to IR-radiation with a frequency of 242E-12 Hz (wavelength of 1.24 µm).[1]The most energetic forms of em-radiation are -rays and X-rays, which are usually characterized by energy …. and represent very powerful packets of energy …. These high-frequency "ionizing" forms of em-radiation are sufficiently energetic to directly damage living organisms; i.e. can cause damage to DNA in living cells and break water molecules into charged and reactive elements called free radicals, which then can damage subcellular constituents of the cell.[1]Image: The electromagnetic spectrum and its domains. The abscissa highlights the various modes of reference, given as wavelength [m], energy [eV], frequency [s-1]. The entire spectrum spans over approximately 73 octaves …. The ordinate reveals the atmospheric transmissivity, the so-called windows to outer space along with the ”forbidden” sections unfavorable for biotic entities. The depicted satellites underline their principle detection windows within the EMR-spectrum. [2,3]Source: [1]Deno DW, Carpenter DO (1994) Sources and Characteristics of Electric and Magnetic Fields in the Environment. In: Carpenter DO, Ayrapetyan S (eds) Biological Effects of Electric and Magnetic Fields -Sources and Mechanisms.[2] Ho MW (1997). Towards a Theory of the Organism. Integrative Physiological and Behavioral Science, 32(4), 343-363.[3] Ho MW (2003). The Rainbow and the Worm – The Physics of Organism – World Scientific – Singapore. Conversion [nm] to [eV] http://halas.rice.edu/conversions

3535

19-11-26 Madl 3519-11-26 Madl 35

VIS (2/3)

LED-illumination

• Long-term white-light-induced photo-damage in retina

• Class I (<10 W/m2 of white light)

hrs to weeks, ROS production in vitro

• Class II (>100 W/m2 of white light)

ROS production (particularly elderly),

conversion of lipofuscin to melano-lipofuscin is irreversible !

SCENIHR, 2012 Production of ROS by photo-receptors in vitro submitted to 480 ±10 nm blue light

The spectral flux of three different types

of LEDs


Light (particularly short wavelengths) can interact with photoreceptor associated opsins and retinoids and cause damage via the overproduction of reactive oxygen species (ROS), but such damage can also arise outside the photoreceptors. In the retina, photochemical damage through oxidative stress takes place when the incident radiation has a wavelength in the high energy portion of the visible spectrum. The retina, which contains a large concentration of cell membranes, is particularly sensitive to oxidative stress because lipid peroxidationbreaks down membranous structures. The photochemical damage spreads from the absorbing molecule to other molecules in an uncontrolled molecular chain reaction. There are two classes of photo-damage:

• Class I damage: exposure (of several hours to weeks) to irradiances below 10 W/m2 of white light estimated at the retina. The initial damage is mainly located in the photoreceptors, where reactive oxygen species (ROS production) can be measured upon blue light exposure in vitro.

• Class II damage: has an action spectrum that peaks at shorter wavelengths, and this type of damage occurs following exposure to high irradiances of white light, at or above 100 W/m2. The initial damage is generally confined to the retinal pigment epithelium (lipofuscin-mediated) but may then extend to the photoreceptors …. The damage that occurs in RPE cells and subsequently in photoreceptor cells is irreversible …. The photooxidative damage taking place in the outer retina is cumulative.

Image: Production of reactive oxygen species (ROS) by rod photoreceptors exposed to blue light in vitro.

Source: SCENIHR (2012) Health Effects of Artificial Light. European Commission. Scientific Committee on Emerging and Newly Identified Health Risks. doi:10.2772/8624

3636

19-11-26 Madl 3619-11-26 Madl 36

VIS (3/3)

Resonance-Recognition Model (RRM)

• Crigler-Najjar Symdrome (CNS) lacks UDP glucuronosyl-transferase 1-A1; no

cure, treatment w/ blue light from birth onwards;

RRM can explain effect of bluelighttherapy when treating CNS;

RRM useful to predict adverse effect of stenobiotic DNA/protein stimulation by LED-light sources;such as in illumination & VDUs (TFT-based TV & PC screens, mobile phone displays, tablets, etc.)

RRM (based on resonant electromagnetic energy transfer) is a powerful tool for analysis of protein & DNA functions / interactions

Cosic et al, 2017


The Crigler-Najjar syndrome is extremely rare genetic disease affecting the metabolisms of bilirubin, resulting in a form of non-hemolytic jaundice. This disease is caused by lack of expression of UDP glucuronosyl-transferase 1-A1. Hence, there is no response to treatment with phenobarbital. The only available treatment is phototherapy, which involves radiation of patients with the blue light for an extensive time every day, usually whole night. Similar treatment is used for jaundice in new born babies.

Image: Diagram of the spectrum a LED lamp (blue), a CFL (Compact fluorescent light, green) and an incandescent (purple) superimposed the solar spectrum (yellow).Spectrum for six human UDP proteins (together with angia protein) showing prominent common peak at frequency of f=0.3799+0.0072.

Source: Cosic I, Cosic D, Lazar K (2017) Tesla, Bioresonances and Resonant Recognition Model. Conference: 2nd International Congress Nikola Tesla - Disruptive Innovation. Belgrade, Serbia, Volume: 1http://www.except.nl/en/articles/92-led-artificial-light-guide

37

19-11-26 Madl 37

Effectiveness of

Weak stimuli

…. the law of the minimum stimulus ….


38

19-11-26 Madl 38

ΔS

log

(ΔS)

Intensity (S) log (S)

19-11-26 Madl 38

Weber-Fechner (1/8)

WFL & Law of minimum stimulus

• Weber’s law: relationship b/w initial intensity and smallest detectable increment (S1+ΔS)detection threshold changes based on the initial stimulus intensity (ΔS/S1= Kw);

• Fechner’s law: explanation of the above in that ΔS if Sn+x>Sn and R=log(S)

Landy, 2014S S+ΔS


The “Weber-Fechner Law” states that the perceived intensity is proportional to the logarithm of the stimulus; it results out of the combined action of:

Weber’s law:* is the relationship between the initial intensity of something and the smallest detectable increment …. The discrimination threshold for detecting an increment in the quantity or intensity of something, changes depending on how much there is before we add the increment. Weber’s law is a hypothesis about how this threshold change happens. The initial intensity S1 (before adding the increment) and the amount needed to detect a difference (ΔS) are plotted as ΔS as a function of S. Weber’s law characterizes how ΔS depends on S. The constant Cw is called the Weber Fraction (ΔS/S= Cw).

Fechner’s law:* it provides an explanation for Weber’s law in that i) two stimuli will be discriminable if they generate a visual response that exceeds some threshold; and ii) the visual response R to an intensity I is given by the equation R=log(S). The two intensities indicated by the arrows indicates the minimum discriminable difference.

Image: Left pair: visual presentation of Weber’s law by dividing the measured difference threshold ΔS by the intensity S (ΔS/S=Cw) and subsequently converting them into logarithms (log(ΔS)=log(S)+log(Cw). Right: Fechner’s law states that the discrimination threshold ΔS for a stimulus more intense than the S, will increase the larger the initial stimulus S is.

Source: [1] Landy MS (2014) Handout to Weber’s Law and Fechner’s Law. Center for Neural Science, NY/University; www.cns.nyu.edu/~msl/courses/0044/handouts/Weber.pdf

(*) The word "law" is intended to imply only that this has been found useful as a good curve fit to experimental data in physiology and psychology: Cope F (1976) Derivation of the Weber-Fechner law and the Loewenstein equation as the steady-state response of an Elovich solid state biological system. Bulletin of Mathematical Biology Vol. 38:111-118.

39

19-11-26 Madl 3919-11-26 Madl 39

Weber-Fechner (2/8)


• Common to many biological processes: not just prevalent in human sensory perception

• Toxicology-) log-normal distribution of toxic susceptibility associated to WFL

•

Chiao et al., 2000; Doerrseheidt-Kaefer, 1972; Newman & Clements, 2008; Nutter & Esker, 2006; Reynolds et al., 2013; Stange, 1996

Kindom Plantae:-) pathology estimation (wheat leaf rust & grapevine downy mildew)

• Kingdom Animalia:-) complex eyes of Invertebrate (receptors including neuro-sensoric processing) -) Soil invertebrates pCO2-sensing seem to obey WFL (still disputed)-) Apis millifera - flight pattern can be derived from the WFL in a bee’s odometer;-) visual perception among coral reef fish follows WFL;


Retina: The WFL is applicable only to reactions of the whole retina (including at least peripheral nervous interaction) …. deviations from the "Weber-Fechner law" were identical for the single receptors of the fly, the honey-bee drone, and man.[1]Ecotox: There is a minimum dose (or concentration) that is characteristic of each individual in a population at of above which it will die, and below which it will survive under the specified exposure conditions. For most population, the distribution of such tolerances is believed to be described best by a log-normal distribution with some individuals being very tolerant. Early toxicologists conjectured mechanisms for differences based on the WFL or conventional adsorption laws such as the Langmuir isotherm model. [2]Plants: We show for two pathosystems (wheat leaf rust & grapevine downy mildew), that raters can accurately discriminate disease severity levels between 25% and 50%, and that although Weber’s law appears to hold true, Fechner’s law does not.[3]Bees: The WBL minimizes the maximal relative error in distance estimation and consequently could be the result of natural selection. However, it is currently not understood why errors of distance estimation in honeybees, but not those seen in desert ants, follow the WFL.[4]Soil invertebrates: Animals relying on the detection of small CO2 gradients in the open atmosphere …. react to equal percentage changes of stimulus magnitude with equal response magnitude, independent of mean stimulus level (WFL). This implies that the absolute value of the minimum detectable change increases proportionally if the background rises.[5]Coral Reef fish: The logarithmic transform of receptor functions has three advantages. First, the chromatic signal will not depend on light intensity. Second, the code of relative increments (given by the logarithmic transform) agrees with human perception (WFL). Third, in comparing chromatic signals, the absolute values of receptor quantum catches are not important. To show these quantum catches, we use a system in which the quantum catches of S cones correspond to the blue frame of color images, and the quantum catches of L cones to the green and red frames (equivalent to a ‘yellow’ frame) of color images.

Sources: [1] Doerrseheidt-Kaefer M. (1972) The Sensitivity of Single Visual Receptors in the Compound Eye of the Blowfly Calliphora erythrocephala. J. comp. Physiol. Vol.81: 309--340. [2] Newman MC, Clements WH (2008) Ecotoxicology: a comprehensive treatement. CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, USA. [3] Nutter FW, Esker PD (2006) The role of psychophysics in phytopathology: The Weber–Fechner law revisited. European Journal of Plant Patholog, Vol. 114: 199–213. [4] Reynolds AM, Schultheiss P, Cheng K (2013) Are Lévy flight patterns derived from the Weber–Fechner law in distance estimation? Behav Ecol Sociobiol Vol.67: 1219–1226. [5] Stange G. (1996) Sensory and Behavioural Responses of Terrestrial Invertebrates to Biogenic Carbon Dioxide Gradients. In: Stanhill G (ed) Advances in Bioclimatology_4. Springer, Heidelberg, FRG. [6] Chiao CC Vorobyev M, Cronin TW, Osorio D (2000) Spectral tuning of dichromats to natural scenes. Vision Research 40 (2000) 3257–3271.

40

19-11-26 Madl 4019-11-26 Madl 40

Weber-Fechner (2/8)


• Common to many biological processes: not just prevalent in human sensory perception

• Toxicology-) log-normal distribution of toxic susceptibility associated to WFL

•

Choe, 2010; Harvey & Brunet, 1995;

Kindom Plantae:-) pathology estimation (wheat leaf rust & grapevine downy mildew)

• Kingdom Animalia:-) complex eyes of Invertebrate (receptors including neuro-sensoric processing) -) Soil invertebrates pCO2-sensing seem to obey WFL (still disputed)-) Apis millifera - flight pattern can be derived from the WFL in a bee’s odometer;-) visual perception among coral reef fish obeys WFL;-) electroreceptor in sharks – (ampullae of Lorenzini) reveal signal-dependent WF-dynamics;-) humans: stimulus-sensory perceptive function (see next slide)

• Shannon’s information theory is compatible with WFL

WDR - SharkSociety.mp4


Sharks: The relaxation oscillator model …. was shown to reproduce the measured stimulus-response characteristics of the elasmobranch ampullary electro-receptor …. The results lead to the conclusion that synaptic input current noise, rather than inherent spike generator stability, limits electro-receptive sensitivity in vivo. This noise limit is also consistent with the Weber-Fechner criterion derived from psychophysical studies …. [7]

Communication: It seems that Shannon’s information theory bears no relation to psychophysics established by German scientist and philosopher Fechner. To our astonishment, it is possible to combine these two fields.[8]

Sources: [7] Harvey JR, Brunet LJ (1995) The spike generation zone of the ampullary electroreceptor II. Oscillator period noise and the limits of sensitivity. Biol. Cybern. Vol.72: 379-387.

[8] Choe HJ (2010) Connection between Shannon’s information theory and the Weber-Fechner law. Arxiv.org. Video: Christina Zenato in https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5z_AMwbujPA

41

19-11-26 Madl 4119-11-26 Madl 41

Weber-Fechner (3a/8)


• Stimulus-sensory perceptive function (human)the subjective magnitude R = C·(S-S0)

n

S stimulus magnitude; S0 effective threshold; n (see table)• Log-log-relationship (= fractal behavior !)

Stevens, 1961


One hundred years ago Fechner published the fruits and findings of a ten-year labor - an event that we celebrate as the nascence of the discipline called psychophysics. Since the Elemente der Psychophysik first made its stir, the simple but controversial logarithmic law that goes by Fechner's name has invaded almost all the textbooks that mention human reactions to stimuli …. On more than a score of sensory continua, the subjective magnitude R has been shown to grow as the stimulus magnitude S raised to a power n. More specifically, R=C·(S-S0)n where S0 is the effective threshold.

Image: Nine equal-sensation functions, obtained by matching force of handgrip to various criterion stimuli. The relative positioning of the functions along the abscissa is arbitrary. The dashed line shows a slope of 1.0 in these coordinates. Each point stands for the median force exerted to match a criterion stimulus. Ten or more observers participated in each of the nine experiments.

Table: Representative exponents of the power functions relating psychological magnitude to stimulus magnitude on prothetic continua.

Source: Stevens SS (1961) To Honor Fechner and Repeal His Law. Science, Vol.133(3446): 80-86

42

19-11-26 Madl 4219-11-26 Madl 42

Weber-Fechner (3b/8)


• Stimulus-sensory perceptive function (human)the subjective magnitude R = C·(S-S0)

n

S stimulus magnitude; S0 effective threshold; n (see table)• Log-log-relationship (= fractal behavior !)• Hormesis

→ perception is dependent on rel.change of intensity

S = Δn/Ntot [-]

S10:20 = 0.500 …. perceived immediately S10:120 = 0.083 …. hardly perceived

Stevens, 1961


The Weber-Fechner law (WFL) states that the subjectively perceived intensity of sensory impressions are proportional to the logarithm of the objective intensity of the physical stimulus. More generally it is the relation between the actual change in a physical stimulus and the perceived change. WFL incorporates the just-noticeable difference (JND), which is the smallest change in stimuli that can be perceived. This includes stimuli to all senses: vision, hearing, taste, touch, and smell. [1]

Hormesis has been observed in a number of cases in humans and animals exposed to chronic low doses of ionizing radiation. A-bomb survivors who received high doses exhibited shortened lifespan and increased cancer mortality, but at low-dose radiation the ratios of cancer deaths in A-bomb survivors are smaller than those of Japanese averages.[2]

Image: Illustrating the Weber–Fechner law: On each side, the lower square contains 10 more dots than the upper one. However the perception is different: On the left side, the difference between upper and lower square is clearly visible. On the right side, the two squares look almost the same.

Source: [1] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Weber%E2%80%93Fechner_law

[2]

43

19-11-26 Madl 4319-11-26 Madl 43

Weber-Fechner (4/8)


• Common to many biological processes:R = C·log(S/S0)

• Response-pattern common to almost all sensory interfaces (visual, touch, etc.).

• if stimulus S/S0 > 1 then response R > 0 (positive)outward directed, slow-growing response to protect organism from overreacting - e.g. Patellar Reflex;

•

Relative stimulus intensity - log(S/S0)

Re

spo

nse

(R

)Tosi & delGiudice, 2013

ou

twar

d

if stimulus S/S0 <1 then response R < 0 (negative)inward directed, fast-growing response ….

i.e. the response grows as the stimulus decreases (!)

inw

ard


The Weber-Fechner law states that an organism's physiological or psychological response is a linear function of the logarithm of the stimulus magnitude …. The Webner-Fechner law may be written R~log(S)+M where R is response (e.g. number of nerve impulses emitted per second by a sense organ), S is stimulus magnitude (e.g. intensity of light to which an eye is exposed), and M is a constant. The wide occurrence of the Webner-Fechner law suggests that it might be a manifestation of some fundamental physical or chemical property of tissues. The present paper will show that the Weber-Fechner law is easily derived from a widely occurring solid state physical property of biological systems, and may therefore be a manifestation of that physical property.[2] Image: The function log(S/S0) for the expression R = C·log(S/S0), where R is the response, S the stimulus, C a constant, and S0 a particular value of the stimulus to which the response is nil. The graph shows that when the stimulus (S) is larger than the threshold value (S0), the lowest stimulus intensity resulting in no response) the response is positive. The response turns towards the outside: If our knee is hit by a hammer, we will react with a kick. The response grows much more slowly than the stimulus; that is very useful for protecting the organism from stimuli that are too big. Nevertheless, it is amazing to see the results of what happens when the stimulus S is smaller than the threshold stimulus S0. In this case the response grows as S decreases, but in the negative direction; it is a response turned towards the inside. In other words, the organism acts on itself, it re-structures and re-organizes itself, even more as the entity becomes smaller. Here we have a rational basis for the formulation of the principle of minimal stimulus: the smaller the stimulus, the bigger the power of the organism to re-form and re-organize itself; which is the aim of every therapy. Obviously, the type of re-organization depends on the nature of the stimulus: that is why we have to investigate it in each and every case.[1]

Source: [1] Tosi M, delGiudice E (2013) The Principle of Minimal Stimulus in the Dynamics of the Living Organism. ISIS Report Vol.60: 26-29.[2] Cope F (1976) Derivation of the Weber-Fechner law and the Loewenstein equation as the steady-state response of an Elovich solid state biological system. Bulletin of Mathematical Biology Vol. 38:111-118.Patellar Reflex: http://faculty.washington.edu/chudler/chreflex.html &https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Acupuncture

44

19-11-26 Madl 4419-11-26 Madl 44

Weber-Fechner (5/8)


• Common to many biological processes:R = C·log(S/S0)

• Response-pattern common to almost all sensory interfaces (visual, touch, etc.).

• if stimulus S/S0 > 1 then response R > 0 (positive)outward directed, slow-growing response to protect organism from overreacting - e.g. Patellar Reflex;

• if stimulus S/S0 <1 then response R < 0 (negative)inward directed, fast-growing response ….

i.e. the response grows as the stimulus decreases (!)

Persinger, 1988

Pharmaceutical effect due to their electromagnetic

properties(bio-physical)

Induction of Resonance

recognition results in an effect

(bio-chemical)


The magnetotherapies are at the threshold of verification. However, the diverse designs of apparatus and lack of systematic replication have delayed progress. There are strong suggestive patterns in magnetotherapeutic effects that contraindicate simple placebo explanations, even though the phenomena affected by magnetotherapies are loaded by affective and psychosomatic factors. There is a strong possibility that the key moderating variables. If you can transmit the drug’s electromagnetic vibration to the bodare personality and neurocognitiveconditions at the time of magnetic field application. Despite their intrinsic possibilities, the future of magnetotherapies is still precarious. A major episode of fraudulence or irresponsible attribution of a placebo effect could easily discredit them once again.

Quote: Correction of endogenous adverse “energies” is most clearly highlighted in MORA therapy; it was developed by Franz Morell and Erich Rasche (MORA being an acronym). The original insight occurred when Morrell noted that injection of a substance into an in vitro system occurred before the lag time required for the chemical reaction. He concluded (as many others have) that the effects of medicines are due to their electromagnetic oscillationsy, it can obtain the same effects without the ingestion of the drug.

Source: Persinger M (1988) The Modern Magnetotherapies. In Marino A (ed) Modern Bioelectricity, Dekker inc. New York.

45

19-11-26 Madl 4519-11-26 Madl 45

Weber-Fechner (6/8)


• doping in N- & P-type semiconductorsfor diodes, transistors and integrated circuits-) highly doped: 1:1E3 Si-atoms

dilution factor: 1000-) weakly doped: 1:1E9 Si-atoms

dilution factor: 1,000,000,000• Implanter “shoots” the doping material onto

the carrier waver at a constant rate w/n a specific time slot to obtain the desired dilution factor with a given dopand;

“ultra-high dilution” alters completely the behavior of the doted carrier material

Laube, 2017

N-type semiconductor P-type


N- and p-doped semiconductors behave approximately equal in relation to the current flow. With increasing amount of dopants, the number of charge carriers increases in the semiconductor crystal. Here it requires only a very small amount of dopants. Weakly doped silicon crystals contain only 1 impurity per 1·E9 silicon atoms, high doped semiconductors for example contain 1 foreign atom per 1·E3

silicon atoms.

In the ion implantation charged dopants (ions) are accelerated in an electric field and irradiated onto the wafer. The penetration depth can be set very precisely by reducing or increasing the voltage needed to accelerate the ions. Since the process takes place at room temperature, previously added dopants can not diffuse out. Regions that should not be doped, can be covered with a masking photoresistlayer.

Image: In n-type semiconductors, e.g. a phosphorous (P) atom donates its 5th

valence electron, therefore acting as a free charge carrier; whereas in p-type semiconductors, e.g. a boron (B) atom is filled with an electron which implies that a hole (defective electron) is generated (under the influence of an electric field gradient, a hole moves in the opposite direction of the electron).

Source: Laube P (2017) Semiconductor Technology from A to Z – Everything about semiconductors and

wafer fabrication. www.halbleiter.org

46

19-11-26 Madl 4619-11-26 Madl 46

Weber-Fechner (7/8)

Surinov IC Experiment.mp4


• activation of information copies (IC) of certain medications by low-intensity laser radiation.

• Carriers: polymers, water (incl.NaCl-solutions)Electromagnetic induction of immune response-) arbidol (stimulant) & dexone (suppressant) -) test via injection of sub-lethal dose of 1Gy (luch-1)

Surinov et al., 2017

IC copy of Aspirin (blood thinning)

a) Corresponds to the effects of ionizing radiation on radio-sensitive organs of the immunity system

a a


This paper presents the results of experimental and clinical studies of the properties of information copies (IC) of certain medications, obtained through their activation by low-intensity laser radiation. At that, plastic, in particular compact discs, water and NaCl solutions gain the capacity to reproduce the specific activity of medications. It is considered that this phenomenon is because of chemical and biological substances create specific for them emission, which is reproduced in the IC form on neutral carriers such as plastic, water, solutions, etc. In experiments on laboratory animals, it was shown that the IC of the immunostimulating drug arbidol and IC of the immunosupressive drug dexone, obtained on a CD or through the Internet, reproduce the activity specific for them in water and physiological solution when administered to laboratory mice in the form of drinking or injections, arbidol IC stimulates the immune reactivity, and dexone IC inhibits it. The data of experimental studies are also confirmed by the results of clinical observations in volunteers, performed with the use of bioresonance therapy and diagnostic techniques.

In a group of mice with an immunodeficiency after exposure to ionizing radiation in a sublethal dose of 1 Gy, receiving samples of EWc and EPSc exposed on a blank, CD i.e., without IC of arbidol, the spleen weight, its cellularity and its AFCs content were reduced in relation to the control group of intact mice, as well as the thymus cellularity. These results reflect the effects of ionizing radiation in the form of disorders in the radiosensitive organs of the immunity system. In the group of mice (1 Gy + EWa and EPSa), which received water and physiological solution exposed on the CD with IC of arbidol (EWa and EPSa, respectively), an increase in spleen and thymus cellularity was noted, as well as an increase in AFCs content in the spleen (an important functional indicator) with respect to the group of irradiated mice receiving EWc and EPSc, practically to the control level.

Image: Content of antibody forming cells (% to control) in the spleen of intact mice and irradiated (1 Gy) mice not receiving IC-induced arbidol or treated with water and physiological solution of IC-induced arbidol. Statistically significant (p < 0.05) difference according to the Student’s test: * –with respect to control; ** – with respect to the group of 1 Gy + EWc and EPSc. In parentheses – % to control.

Source: Surinov BP, Hachumova KG, Germanov EP, Fedorenko AA (2017) Information Pharmacology -Replication of Information Copies of Drug Substances in Aquatic Vehicles. International Journal of Unconventional Science, Vol.E2: 3-9

47

19-11-26 Madl 4719-11-26 Madl 47

Weber-Fechner (8a/8)

Dí RénJié(630–700)

Di RenJie - 狄仁傑 – 23.mp4

Empress Wŭ ZéTiān(624–705)


• Dí RénJié (狄仁杰): famous Chinese Official of the Táng (618-907) & Zhōu (648-705) Dynasties-) chancellor & military advisor; -) widely respected as an efficient & fair judge;-) excellent “forensic” knowledge of the time;-) profound medical skills (TCM);


Di RenJie (630 – August 15, 700), courtesy name HuaiYing (懷英), formally Duke WenHui of Liang (梁文惠公), was an official of Tang and Zhou dynasties, twice serving as chancellor during the reign of Wu ZeTian. He was one of the most celebrated officials of Wu ZeTian's reign …. By 676, during the reign of Emperor TaiZong's son Emperor GaoZong, Di was serving as the secretary general at the supreme court (大理丞), and it was said that he was an efficient and fair judge, judging some 17,000 cases within a year without anyone complaining about the results …. As of 691, Di was serving as the military advisor to the prefect of the capital prefecture Luo Prefecture (洛州, i.e., LuoYang), when Wu ZeTian promoted him to be the deputy minister of finance (地官侍郎, DiGuanShiLang) and gave him the designation Tong FengGe LuanTai PingZhangShi (同鳳閣鸞臺平章事), making him a 'de facto chancellor …. Di RenJie's tomb is located at the east end of the White Horse temple in LuoYang, near the QiYun Pagoda, on the tombstone engraved the inscription "The tomb of Lord Di RenJie, famous chancellor of the Great Tang dynasty”.

Di RenJie appears as the main character in a number of GongAn crime novels and films (狄公案). In 2004, CCTV-8 aired four television series based on detective stories related to Di RenJie, under the title Amazing Detective Di RenJie (神探狄仁杰), starring Liang GuanHua as the titular protagonist. Some characters in the television series are fictionalised versions of historical figures, including Wu ZeTian and Di RenJie himself. The story usually follows a pattern of a seemingly small case gradually leading to Di RenJie uncovering a sinister plot that threatens the Chinese empire.

Wu ZeTian (武則天, 17th Feb. 624 – 16th Dec. 705) also known as Wu Zhao, Wu Hou, and during the later Tang dynasty as Tian Hou, referred to in English as Empress Consort Wu or by the deprecated term "Empress Wu", was a Chinese sovereign who ruled unofficially as Empress and later, officially as Emperor of China (皇帝) during the brief Zhou dynasty (周, 684-705), which interrupted the Tang dynasty (618–690 & 705–907). Wu was the only female emperor of China in more than four millennia.

Video: showing Di RenJie acupuncturing empress Wu ZeTian while treating her food-poisoning.

Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Di_Renjie & https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wu_Zetian

CCTV-F: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CRSuwHheu7A

48

19-11-26 Madl 4819-11-26 Madl 48

Weber-Fechner (8b/8) Popp & Klimek 2007

Acupuncture & Moxibustion

Channels of Biophotons• All meridians• Stomach meridian (top)• Bladder meridian (bottom)

Result: Most likely organic equivalent isthe Primo Vascular System (PVS)

Lamy, 1969


The term photon sucking we understand as the active absorption of light. Contrary to passive absorption, this means that light becomes partially reabsorbed as soon as it is emitted or reemitted by the tissue under study …. Photon conduction (light piping) and photon sucking in human tissue could be demonstrated in the wavelength range from 3-5 µm. Channels of light emission appeared on the body, and it turns out that they are mirrored by what the ancient Chinese introduced as "meridians." The upper figure documents a part of the stomach meridian on the face of a patient with a facial paralysis without any external influence.

Images: Top: Documentation of a part of the stomach meridian. There is no external excitation. This case corresponds to a black soliton where photon sucking from the surrounding tissue may take place.

Source: Popp FA, Klimek W (2007) Photon Sucking As An Essential Principle of Biological Regulation, Ch.2. In: Beloussev LV, Voiekov VL, Martynyuk VS (eds) Biophotonics and Coherent Systems in Biology. Springer, Heidelberg, FRG

Lamy J (1969) Accupuncture - Phonophorese Technique Clinique, Tome II. Librairie MaloineSA, Paris, FRA

49

19-11-26 Madl 4919-11-26 Madl 49

Weber-Fechner (8c/8) Popp & Klimek 2007

Acupuncture & Moxibustion

Channels of Biophotons• All meridians• Stomach meridian (top)• Bladder meridian (bottom)

Result: Most likely organic equivalent isthe Primo Vascular System (PVS)

Lamy, 1969


The term photon sucking we understand as the active absorption of light. Contrary to passive absorption, this means that light becomes partially reabsorbed as soon as it is emitted or reemitted by the tissue under study …. Photon conduction (light piping) and photon sucking in human tissue could be demonstrated in the wavelength range from 3-5 µm. Channels of light emission appeared on the body, and it turns out that they are mirrored by what the ancient Chinese introduced as "meridians." The upper figure documents a part of the stomach meridian on the face of a patient with a facial paralysis without any external influence. The lower figure displays an example of the "bladder meridian" after spinal moxibustion.

Images: Top: Documentation of a part of the stomach meridian. There is no external excitation. This case corresponds to a black soliton where photon sucking from the surrounding tissue may take place. Bottom: Documentation of a part of the bladder meridians by moxibustion. They can be described in terms of bright solitons.

Source: Popp FA, Klimek W (2007) Photon Sucking As An Essential Principle of Biological Regulation, Ch.2. In: Beloussev LV, Voiekov VL, Martynyuk VS (eds) Biophotonics and Coherent Systems in Biology. Springer, Heidelberg, FRG

Lamy J (1969) Accupuncture - Phonophorese Technique Clinique, Tome II. Librairie MaloineSA, Paris, FRA

50

19-11-26 Madl 50

Inonizing Radiation

and why it matters in life


5151

19-11-26 Madl 5119-11-26 Madl 51

Ionizing Radiation (1/3)


• propagating radio waves (>100 kHz = LW AM-radio) till MicroW in f [s-1, Hz]


’ = /(2πc)


>1.602E-19 [J],

(f >242 THz , < 1.24 µm)


(780-380 nm) & E (1.59-3.26 eV)

• ionizing radiation exclusively defined [eV] (>3.26 eV or <380 nm)



Propagating field analysis is usually applied at 5x the wavelength away from the source (far field) and thought of as starting at 100 kHz. (low end of AM-broadcast band at 500 kHz) …. Most important in propagating fields relative to the ELF spectrum is the coupling of the electric and magnetic fields through the impedance of the medium. Vacuum and air without encumbrances are often called free space and have an impedance of 377 Ω.[1]High-frequency analysis often treats EM-radiation as packets of energy (photons), with the energy described by E = mc2. Photons have no rest mass. A familiar high-frequency form of EM-energy is visible light, from 380-750 nm. Our eyes distinguish the different wavelengths as colors. The relationship between wavelength and energy for the radiated photon is described by Plank's law: E=h [J] with h = 6.624E-34 [Js], [s-1, Hz], implying that the photon energy is proportional to frequency …. Visible light is usually specified by wavelength.[1]Microwave and radio, however, are more often specified by frequency …. Chemical (electron) bond energy is typically 1 eV. Thus photons must be ≥1 eV (1.602E-19 J) to break a covalent bond and corresponds to IR-radiation with a frequency of 242E-12 Hz (wavelength of 1.24 µm).[1]The most energetic forms of em-radiation are -rays and X-rays, which are usually characterized by energy …. and represent very powerful packets of energy …. These high-frequency "ionizing" forms of em-radiation are sufficiently energetic to directly damage living organisms; i.e. can cause damage to DNA in living cells and break water molecules into charged and reactive elements called free radicals, which then can damage subcellular constituents of the cell.[1]

Image: The electromagnetic spectrum and its domains. The abscissa highlights the various modes of reference, given as wavelength [m], energy [eV], frequency [s-1]. The entire spectrum spans over approximately 73 octaves …. The ordinate reveals the atmospheric transmissivity, the so-called windows to outer space along with the ”forbidden” sections unfavorable for biotic entities. The depicted satellites underline their principle detection windows within the EMR-spectrum. [2,3]

Source: [1]Deno DW, Carpenter DO (1994) Sources and Characteristics of Electric and Magnetic Fields in the Environment. In: Carpenter DO, Ayrapetyan S (eds) Biological Effects of Electric and Magnetic Fields -Sources and Mechanisms.[2] Ho MW (1997). Towards a Theory of the Organism. Integrative Physiological and Behavioral Science, 32(4), 343-363.[3] Ho MW (2003). The Rainbow and the Worm – The Physics of Organism – World Scientific – Singapore. Conversion [nm] to [eV] http://halas.rice.edu/conversions

52

19-11-26 Madl 5219-11-26 Madl 52

Ionizing Radiation (2a/3)

Effects of low-level exposure

• Minute doses of ionizing radiation: stimulates growth & development increases fecundity promotes health & longevity

Luckey, 1982

• Absence of any ionizing radiation: retards growth & development

35% in Paramecium tetraurelia15% in Synechococcus lividus

Planel et al., 1987

Zero equivalent point


Extensive literature indicates that minute doses of ionizing radiation benefit animal growth and development, fecundity, health and longevity. Specific improvements appear in neurologic function, growth rate and survival of young, wound healing, immune competence, and resistance to infection, radiation morbidity, and tumor induction and growth. Decreased mortality from these debilitating factors results in increased average life span following exposure to minute doses of ionizing radiation. The above phenomena suggest the possibility that ionizing radiation may be essential for life. Limited data with protozoa suggest that reproduction rates decrease when they are maintained in subambient radiation environments. This may be interpreted to be a radiation deficiency. Evidence must now be obtained to determine whether or not ionizing radiation is essential for growth, development, nutrient utilization, fecundity, health and longevity of higher animals. Whether or not ionizing radiation is found to be essential for these physiologic functions, the evidence reviewed indicates that the optimal amount of this ubiquitous agent is imperceptibly above ambient levels.[1]

In 1987, a group of researchers in France discovered something peculiar. When they protected single-celled organisms from background radiation—the sort that comes from cosmic rays and radioactive rocks—the creatures’ growth was stunted. Colonies that receive a background dose of radiation actually grew more quickly than their shielded brethren. [2]

Image: Hypothetic “complete” dose-response curve for chronic irradiation of mammals. The curve illustrates qualitative changes in response to different doses. Units are not designated; they change for different conditions, species and stage of individual development, response measured, and radiation type, dose, and dose rate. Hormetic doses stimulate the responses when compared with unexposed individuals. ZEP, the zero equivalent point, indicates a dose that elicits a response which is indistinguishable from controls. Doses greater than ZEP may cause significant harm. The projection to the left of ordinate is based upon exposure of protozoa.[1]

Dose-response curves illustrating specific stimulation with low doses of ionizing radiation. Δ-ΔViscoelasticity of DNA harvested from cultures of mouse cells irradiated with 100-1000 rad three hours before harvest (Uh75). O-O Average values from triplicate cultures of mouse lung fibroblasts carried for 15 passages. At every other passage one of a pair of subcultures was irradiated with 100 rad 60Co in 6 hr to obtain the series indicated; the other subculture was carried with no additional irradiation (Maci76). O-O Height of timothy grown for three days at different distances (cm) from a rod dipped in RaCl2.(Gag36). Δ-Δ Growth of mice exposed daily to X-rays, rad/d (Lor5O).[1]

Source: [1] Luckey TD (1982) Physiological Benefits from low-levels of ionizing radiation. Health Physics Vol.43(6): 771-789.

[2] Planel H, Soleilhavoup JP, Tixador R, Richoilley G, Conter A, Croute F, … Gaubin Y (1987). Influence on Cell Proliferation of Background Radiation Or Exposure to Very Low, Chronic Gamma Radiation. Health Physics, 52(5): 571–578.

53

19-11-26 Madl 5319-11-26 Madl 53

Ionizing Radiation (2b/3)


• Minute doses of ionizing radiation benefit: growth & development fecundity health & longevity

Luckey, 1982

• Radiation Hormesis cancer prevalence in buildings

made of contaminated steel7 cases instead of 232 predictedcases

Sanders, 2010

RR, relative risk or standard mortality ratio


Radiation hormesis is the hypothesis that low doses of ionizing radiation (within the region of and just above natural background levels) are beneficial, stimulating the activation of repair mechanisms that protect against disease, that are not activated in absence of ionizing radiation (similar to vaccinations). The reserve repair mechanisms are hypothesized to be sufficiently effective when stimulated as to not only cancel the detrimental effects of ionizing radiation but also inhibit disease not related to radiation exposure …. In Taiwan recycled radioactive contaminated steel was inadvertently used in the construction of over 100 apartment buildings causing the long-term (10 years) exposure of 10k people. The average dose rate was 50 mSv/year and a subset of the population (1k people) received a total dose of over 4 Sv over ten years. In the widely used Linear No Threshold (LNT) theory used by regulatory bodies, the expected cancer deaths in this population would have been 302 with 70 caused by the extra ionizing radiation with the remainder caused by natural background radiation. However the observed cancer rate was quite low at 7 cancer deaths when 232 would be predicted by the LNT theory had they not been exposed to the radiation from the building materials. [1]

Image: Zones in Radiation hormesis; Zone 1 (Ultra Low-Doses Zone) After ultra low doses (close to daily natural background radiation), it is assumed that high-fidelity DNA repair is not activated. Rather low-fidelity, error-prone repair is presumed to occur in cooperation with apoptosis. Zone 2 (Transition Zone A) activates the cooperative protective processes (p53- dependent high-fidelity DNA repair/apoptosis and the protective apoptosis mediated (PAM) process). Zone 3 (Zone of Maximal Protection) against mutations and neoplastic transformation is afforded. For irradiation of animals or humans, each irradiated member has the cooperative protective processes activated. Zone 4 (Transition Zone B) where the stochastic threshold (ST) for inhibiting the PAM process occur. Zone 5 (LNT Zone) where the PAM process is maximally inhibited. For irradiation of animals or humans, each individual does not have the PAM process activated. However, high-fidelity DNA repair/apoptosis is presumed to be activated in this zone. For doses in this zone, the LNT model is expected to adequately represent the frequency of stochastic effects.

Source: [1] Sanders CL (2010) Accidents, Test and Incidents. In: Radiation Hormesis and the Linear-No-Threshold Assumption, Springer, Berlin (FRG)

[2] Scott BR (2005) Stochastic thresholds: a novel explanation of nonlinear dose-response rela-tionships. Dose-Response 3:547–567

54

19-11-26 Madl 5419-11-26 Madl 54

Ionizing Radiation (2c/3)



Luckey, 1982

• Reduction of growth rate in microorganisms at a below-background radiation dose of 0.163 nGy/hr

Castillo et al., 2015


Purpose: The ‘Linear no-threshold’ (LNT) model predicts that any amount of radiation increases the risk of organisms to accumulate negative effects. Several studies at below background radiation levels (4.5–11.4 nGy h−1) show decreased growth rates and an increased susceptibility tooxidative stress. The purpose of our study is to obtain molecular evidence of a stress response in Shewanella oneidensis and Deinococcus radiodurans grown at a gamma dose rate of 0.16 nGyh−1, about 400 times less than normal background radiation.

Methods: Bacteria cultures were grown at a dose rate of 0.16 or 71.3 nGy h−1 gamma irradiation. Total RNA was extracted from samples at early-exponential and stationary phases for the rt-PCR relative quantification (radiation-deprived treatment/background radiation control) of the stress-related genes katB (catalase), recA (recombinase), oxyR (oxidative stress transcriptional regulator), lexA (SOS regulon transcriptional repressor), dnaK (heat shock protein 70) and SOA0154 (putative heavy metal efflux pump).

Results: Deprivation of normal levels of radiation caused a reduction in growth of both bacterial species, accompanied by the upregulation of katB, recA, SOA0154 genes in S. oneidensis and the upregulation of dnaK in D. radiodurans. When cells were returned to background radiation levels, growth rates recovered and the stress response dissipated.

Conclusions: Our results indicate that below-background levels of radiation inhibited growth and elicited a stress response in two species of bacteria, contrary to the LNT model prediction.

Image: Reduction of growth rate of a) Shewanella oneidensis and b) Deinococcus radiodurans at a below-background radiation dose of 0.163 nGy hr-1. Error bars indicate the standard error of the mean with n=3 from independent biological replicates. Statistically significant differences are shown as p≤0.05 *, and p≤0.001 **.

Source: Castillo H, Schoderbek D, Dulal S, Escobar G, Wood J, Nelson R, Smith G (2015) Stress induction in the bacteria Shewanella oneidensis and Deinococcus radiodurans in response to below-background ionizing radiation. Int. J. Radiation Biology, Vol.91(9): 749-756

55

19-11-26 Madl 5519-11-26 Madl 55

Ionizing Radiation (2d/3)



Luckey, 1982

• Reduction of growth rate in microorganisms at a below-background radiation dose of 0.163 nGy/hr

Castillo et al., 2015

• radiation-induced foci (recruitment of DNA damage sensing proteins) much smaller at higher doses

Neumaier et al., 2011

• Longevity in Japan (apart those from over-exposure); low-dose eu-stimulation due to nuclear explosion & fallout exposure to ecotoxins (Hg, etc.)

Tsutomu Yamaguchi.mp4


The concept of DNA “repair centers” and the meaning of radiation-induced foci (RIF) in human cells have remained controversial. RIFs are characterized by the local recruitment of DNA damage sensing proteins such as p53 binding protein (53BP1). Here, we provide strong evidence for the existence of repair centers. We used live imaging and mathematical fitting of RIF kinetics to show that RIF induction rate increases with increasing radiation dose, whereas the rate at which RIFs disappear decreases. We show that multiple DNA double-strand breaks (DSBs) 1 to 2 μmapart can rapidly cluster into repair centers. Correcting mathematically for the dose dependence of induction/resolution rates, we observe an absolute RIF yield that is surprisingly much smaller at higher doses: 15 RIF∕Gy after 2 Gy exposure compared to approximately 64 RIF∕Gy after 0.1 Gy. Cumulative RIF counts from time lapse of 53BP1-GFP in human breast cells confirmed these results. The standard model currently in use applies a linear scale, extrapolating cancer risk from high doses to low doses of ionizing radiation. However, our discovery of DSB clustering over such large distances casts considerable doubts on the general assumption that risk to ionizing radiation is proportional to dose, and instead provides a mechanism that could more accurately address risk dose dependency of ionizing radiation.

Image: Absolute RIF yield α (RIF∕Gy per nucleus), showing a decrease with dose (top), RIF induction half-life (ln(2)∕k1), showing a faster induction with dose (bottom). Average fitted parameters for all time responses measured in human MCF10A. Four conditions are considered (fixed, normal condition, immunostaining of 53BP1, N=7; fixed-ATM, ATM inihibition and immunostaining of 53BP1, N=1; fixed-Fe, 53BP1 immunostaining after exposure to 1 GeV∕atomic mass unit Fe, with estimated doses along ion tracks of 26 Gy and outside tracks of 0.17 Gy, N=5; live, time-lapse imaging of MCF10A transiently transfected with 53BP1-GFP after exposure to 0.1 and 1 Gy of X-rays, N=3).

Source: Neumaier T, Swenson J, Pham C, Polyzos A, Lo AT, Yang PA, Dyball J, Asaithamby A, Chen DJ, Bissell MJ, Thalhammer S, Costes SV (2011) Evidence for formation of DNA repair centers and dose-response nonlinearity in human cells. PNAS, Vol. 109(2): 443–448

https://www.arte.tv/en/videos/085197-008-A/yamaguchi-survivor-of-hiroshima-and-nagasaki/

56

19-11-26 Madl 5619-11-26 Madl 56

Ionizing Radiation (3/3)

Effects of high-level exposure - Cascade

• human body contains a total of around one hundred trillion cells (40E12)

• large majority of cells are somatic cells (only a fraction has stem-like properties, i.e. are able to reproduce a progeny of cells; approx. 10E9)

• radiation can ionize any atom in the cell components chemical radicals

• radiation is a rather mild mutagen (compared to heat)

• mutation quite effectively repaired by the cell through mechanisms which are not yet well understood most likely agent: role of water (CDs !)

Gonzalez, 1994


The human cell contains 46 chromosomes (b) and a large number of genes that determine the characteristics of an individual. Genes exist in alternative forms called atteles - one from each parent - which occupy the same relative position in chromo-somes having the same structural feature. One allele may be dominant over the other, determining which aspect of a particular characteristic the organism will display; the only "dominated" allele is known as recessive. The gene component, DNA (c), is a pair of linear long chain-like molecules called polynucleotiaes wrapped around one another, as a spiral ladder-shaped double-helix complex molecule composed of two chains - or strands - wound around each other. This complex molecule comprises numerous individual units or nucleotides (d). Nucleotides are made of four types of complementary bases called adenine and guanine and thymine and cytosine. The sequences of the bases express the genetic code. Directly, or indirectly by the action of chemical radicals, radiation can induce changes in the sequence of bases and therefore alter the genetic code. This process is referred to as mutation, or a sudden random change in the nucleotide sequence of a DNA molecule (e), resulting in alterations in the genetic code that, as a consequence, may cause the cells and all cells derived from it to differ in appearance or behaviour - referred to as a change in phenotype. Possible alterations are point mutation, or replacement of one nucleotide by another, and clastogenic mutation including insertion or deletion, which is the addition or removal of any piece of DNA, from one base pair to quite extensive parts, and inversion, which is the excision of a portion of the double helix followed by its reinsertion in the same position but in reverse orientation. Mutation is passed on from an individual to his or her progeny during reproduction via the germ cells.

Source: Gonzalez AJ (1994) Biological effects of low doses of ionizing radiation: A fuller picture. IAEA BULLETIN, Vol.4: 37-45

57

19-11-26 Madl 5719-11-26 Madl 57

Oncology (1/4)

Effects of high-level exposure - Carcinogenesis

• human body contains a total of around one hundred trillion cells (40E12)…. only a fraction has stem-like properties (approx. 10E9)

• Cancer Initiation- deactivation of tumor suppressor genes and/or- conversion of proto-oncogenes

• Tumor promotion- clonal expansion of non-terminally differentiated cells- initiation via agents of low carcinogenic potential

(radiation can act both as initiator & promotor)

• Malignant progression- incr. malignancy via metastasis of primary tumor

Gonzalez, 1994


Carcinogenesis is believed to be a multistage process usually divided into three phases: cancer initiation, tumour promotion, and malignant progression.

Cancer initiation. Most, if not all cancers seem to "initiate" from DNA mutation in a single stem cell which thus becomes a modified, carcinogenic cell …. It is presumed to start as a result of deactivation of tumour suppressor genes that seem to play a crucial role in regulating cellular proliferation …. The process of initiation of Carcinogenesis might also be the result of conversion of proto-oncogenes, which seem to be involved in regulating the proliferation and differentiation of cells and can potentially become oncogenes and transform the cell into a malignant cell.

Tumour promotion. The promotion stage involves the clonal expansion of an initiated stem cell into a focus of non-terminally differentiated cells. The initiated cell can be stimulated or "promoted" to reproduce by agents that, alone, may have low carcinogenic potential but that are able to enhance greatly the yield of neoplasms induced by prior exposure to an initiator. Radiation, like many other agents, can act independently as initiator and promoter. After initiation, the transformed cell may have some proliferative or selective advantage over normal cells, such as a shorter reproduction time.

Malignant progression. It is characterized by a progressive tendency towards increasing malignancy …. The principal phenotypic characteristic of the malignant progression is the ability to spread or metastasize from the primary tumour mass and to establish secondary growth foci, or metastases, at other sites.

Source: Gonzalez AJ (1994) Biological effects of low doses of ionizing radiation: A fuller picture. IAEA Bulletin, Vol.4: 37-45

58

19-11-26 Madl 5819-11-26 Madl 58

Oncology (2/4)

Boutwell RK (1964)

Effects of high-level exposure - Cancer Dynamics

•repeated exposure to a tumor initiator (e.g. CCl4, benzo[a]pyrene, etc) or

•combined with a frequent exposure of tumorpromotors (by itself non mutagenic) will eventually lead to cancer development


Skin cancers can be elicited, for example, by repeatedly painting the skin with a mutagenic chemical carcinogen such as benzo[a]pyrene or related compounds …. A single application of the carcinogen does not, by itself, give rise to a tumor or any other lasting abnormality. Yet it does cause latent genetic damage (mutations) that set the stage for a greatly increased incidence of cancer when the cells are exposed either to further treatments with the same substance or to certain other, quite different, insults …. A carcinogen that sews the seeds of cancer in this way is said to act as a tumor initiator …. Alternatively, repeated exposure over a period of months to certain substances known as tumor promoters, which are not themselves mutagenetic, can cause cancer selectively in skin previously exposed to a tumor initiator .... The tumor initiation/promotion studies initiated considerable discussion about environmental risks.

Image: Schedules of exposure to a tumor initiator and a tumor promoter and the outcomes. Cancer can occur as a result of repeated exposure to the initiator alone. In case of only one exposure to a tumor initiator, cancer ensues if the exposure to the pro-moter follows exposure to the initiator and only if the intensity and frequency of this exposure exceeds a certain threshold

Source: Boutwell RK (1964) Some biological aspects of skin carcinogenesis. Prog. Exp. Tumor Res. Vol.4: 207-250.

59

19-11-26 Madl 5919-11-26 Madl 59

Oncology (3a/4)

Radio- / Chemo-Therapy in Cancer Dynamics

Fasting Mimicking Diet consists ofi) low protein, i) low essential amino acid, i) low sugar diet,

Observed benefits:i) no loss of muscle massi) visceral fat loss i) no loss of muscle massi) visceral fat loss. i) significant reduction in WBC i) increased mental “sharpness”i) learning & memory improves. i) slows agingi) Inflammation rates & dermatitis i) tumour incidents (50% lower), or

postponement & switching to more benign type

Choi et al., 2016


Image: A model for fasting-dependent sensitization of tumor cells to chemotherapy. In response to fasting, glucose, IGF-1, and other pro-growth proteins/factors (including oncogenes) are reduced in the serum. Malignant cells respond to this reduction by activating Akt/S6K. Notably, S6K can also be activated independently of Akt via energy-sensing pathways such as AMPK-mTORC1. These changes lead to an increase in oxidative stress, an increase in DNA damage, activation of caspase-3, and eventually cell death, particularly in the presence of chemotherapy/[1]

Source: [1] Lee C, Raffaghello L, Brandhorst S, Safdie FM, Bianchi G, Martin-Montalvo A, Longo VD (2012). Fasting Cycles Retard Growth of Tumors and Sensitize a Range of Cancer CellTypes to Chemotherapy. Science Trans. Med., 4(124), 124ra27. http://doi.org/10.1126/scitranslmed.3003293

60

19-11-26 Madl 6019-11-26 Madl 60

Oncology (3b/4)

Phase I: glucose (short-term booster) digestionPhase II: fat digestionPhase III: protein digestion

Radio- / Chemo-Therapy in Cancer Dynamics

Fasting Mimicking Diet consists ofi) low protein, i) low essential amino acid, i) low sugar diet,

Observed benefits:i) no loss of muscle massi) visceral fat loss i) no loss of muscle massi) visceral fat loss. i) significant reduction in WBC i) increased mental “sharpness”i) learning & memory improves. i) slows agingi) Inflammation rates & dermatitis i) tumour incidents (50% lower), or

postponement & switching EPIGENOME to more benign type

Choi et al., 2016


The body has three supplies to obtain the energy fuel its metabolism: glucose, fats and proteins. The essential fuel is glucose which the body absolutely needs in order to function. The brain cannot do without it. But after a day of fasting the glucose supply is exhausted …. Thus, the organisms soon makes glucose from proteins and particularly from those found in the muscles. It also draws on its reserves of fat to create a substitute for glucose. This fasting fuel is known as ketone bodies …. and are the main food supply for the brain. This work is done by the liver …. Yet still, fasting can be dangerous because the body feeds on its own resources, its using up its reserves of proteins. The muscles are composed of proteins and the heart is a muscle. When half of the proteins have disappeared death ensues. So what are the percentages of proteins used up during fasting as this is critical to determine of what is possible. In the case of penguins (fast in intervals), during most of their fast, proteins provided only 4% for their daily energy expenditure, fats provided 96%. So the body is perfect as it saves it proteins. We can divide the fasting process in 3 phases. The body depletes is reserves of glucose within 24 hrs. From then on it produces it from its protein reserves; then a 2nd phase starts in which it economizes on proteins and makes use of lipids instead. This phase can last for a long time depending on the supply of fats available …. Little by little the fat reserves become depleted, so when 80% of the fat reserves are gone, the proteins are no longer saved. The animal enters the 3rd phase. Rats (do not have a fasting reputation) but behave surprisingly similar. During phase 2, the rats save their proteins in the same manner as penguins do …. Thus a basic fasting mechanism that allows an individual to survive long periods of starvation is a common feature …. So an adult man (1.70m tall, weighing 70kg) has about 15kg of fat reserves, enough for a healthy person to keep going for 40 days … So fasting is an adaptation which has existed from the earliest days of life on this planet.[1]

Image: Intestinal hexose absorption and gluconeogenesis have been studied in relation to refeeding after two different fasting phases: a long period of protein sparing during which energy expenditure is derived from lipid oxidation (phase II), and a later phase characterized by a rise in plasma corticosteronetriggering protein catabolism (phase III) …. Phase I lasted only a few hours and was characterized by a rapid decrease in dM/Mdt. The specific daily body mass loss then reached a steady rate (approx. 55 g·kg-

1 day -1) representing phase II, and finally soared again, which was characteristic of phase III.[2]

Source: [1] Gilman S, deLestrade (2012) The Science of Fasting (Le jeune, une nouvelle therapie?). Arte (FRA)[2] Habold C, Foltzer-Jourdainne C, LeMaho Y, Lignot JH, Oudart H (2005) Intestinal gluconeogenesisand glucose transport according to body fuel availability in rats. J Physiol Vol.566(2): 575–586

61

19-11-26 Madl 61

Oncology (4/4)Barlow-Stewart et al., (2007).

What assures such a low rate of mutation?

adult human body:

-) body: roughly 37.2·E12 cells

-) w/ approx. 350·E9 mitotic events/day

-) <95% of tumors w/ epigenetic origin



iii) Medusa: How can 99% of water move in coordinative manner?

iv) How can a redwood pump water 100 high?

v) Form & shape in phylo-ontogenetic development (out of 1D-DNA?)

vi) Epigenomic modulation & Thermodynamics

vii) Extremely low mutation rate

Slack (2002)


Judah Folkman (1974) estimated that as many as 350 billion mitosis occur in the human body every day. With each cell division comes the chance that the resulting cells will be malignant. Indeed, Folkman and his colleagues have shown by autopsy that every person over 50 years old has microscopic tumors in their thyroid glands (although less than 1 in 1000 persons have thyroid cancer). They suggested that cells capable of forming tumors develop at a certain frequency. However, most never form observable tumors. The reason is that a solid tumor (like any other rapidly dividing tissue) needs oxygen and nutrients to survive. Without a blood supply, potential tumors either die or remain dormant. Such "microtumors" remain (under low oxygen conditions) as a stable cell population wherein dying cells are replaced by new cells. The critical point at which a node of cancerous cells becomes a rapidly growing tumor occurs when it becomes vascularised. A microtumor can expand to 16000 times its original volume in the 2 weeks after vascularization.

Source: Gimbrone MA, Cotran RS, Folkman J (1974). Tumor growth and neovascularization: an experimental model using rabbit cornea. J. Natl. Cancer Inst. Vol.52: 413-427.

Bianconi et al. (2013). An estimation of the number of cells in the human body. Annals of Human Biology, 1-11

Specialized DNA polymerases (DNA pols) are required for lesion bypass in human cells1. Auxiliary factors have an important, but so far poorly understood, role. Here we analyse the effects of human proliferating cell nuclear antigen (PCNA) and replication protein A (RP-A) on six different human DNA pols—belonging to the B, Y and X classes—during in vitro bypass of different lesions. The mutagenic lesion 8-oxo-guanine (8-oxo-G) has high miscoding potential. A major and specific effect was found for 8-oxo-G bypass with DNA pols l and g. PCNA and RP-A allowed correct incorporation of dCTP opposite a 8-oxo-G template 1,200-fold more efficiently than the incorrect dATP by DNA pol l, and 68- fold by DNA pol g, respectively. Experiments with DNA-pol-l- null cell extracts suggested an important role for DNA pol l. On the other hand, DNA pol i, together with DNA pols a, d and b, showed a much lower correct bypass efficiency. Our findings show the existence of an accurate mechanism to reduce the deleterious consequences of oxidative damage and, in addition, point to an important role for PCNA and RP-A in determining a functional hierarchy among different DNA pols in lesion bypass. Numerous investigations of the epidemiology of cancer reveal that only 5 to 10% of breast, prostate or bowel cancer and 1-2% of melanoma cases are attributable to genetic mutations, while the large bulk does not involve an inherited predisposition at all. [2,3]

Image: Proportion of cases of breast cancer that involve an inherited predisposition (susceptibility). Slack JMW (2002). Conrad Hal Waddington: the last Renaissance biologist? Nature Reviews Genetics; Vol.3: 889-895;

Source: http://www.genetics.edu.au/Publications-and-Resources/Genetics-Fact-Sheets/FactSheet48BreastandOvarianCancerandInheritedPredisposition.pdf[1] Maga G, Villani G, Crespan E, Wimmer U, Ferrari E, Bertocci B, Hübscher U. (2007) 8-oxo-guanine bypass by human DNA polymerases in the presence of auxiliary proteins. Nature 447, 606-608.[2] Willett W.C. (2002). Balancing Life-Style and Genomics Research for Disease Prevention. Science, Vol.296(5568): 695-698.[3] Barlow-Stewart K., Dunlop K., Reid V., Saleh M. (2007). The Australian Genetics Resource Book. Centre for Genetics Education. Fact Sheet No. 48, 49, 50, 51; available online: www.genetics.edu.au/factsheet

62

19-11-26 Madl 62

Quantum Biology

and more ….


63

19-11-26 Madl 63

QED (1a/5)

i) At the cross-road between E = m·c2 & E = h·νii) Quantum Physics enables Entanglementiii) Properties of Many-body-Physics of biotaiv) QFT (and not QM) for Biologyv) Biomolecules as highly efficient transducers

-) Protein folding occurs at very short time scales (incompatible with classical kinematics).

-) Quantum process driven optimization reduces possible folding configurations to just the biologically active one (DoF).

-) selectivity of trans-membrane proteins to specific ions as a result of Quantum resonance coupling of the channel cavity with ionic species.

membrane ion-channel Io

n-sp

ecie

s

Protein

Folding.mp4


Similar difficulties arise with the understanding of the generation of order in space, resulting in organized domains and tissues of the living systems. Understanding how and why cells are assembled in tissues is certainly an urgent task in biology and medicine in order to understand and possibly to prevent the opposite situation, namely the evolution of a tissue into a cancer …. unfortunately, basic dynamical laws ruling cell ordering in tissue are not yet known.

The high efficiency in protein folding with its very short time scale also seems not to be understandable in terms of classical kinematics. A quantum process must be at work so as to optimize, by shortening it, the time needed to realize the effective folding through the spanning of all possible allowed configurations (Pain 1994).

On a similar line of thought, Ricciardi and Umezawa (1967) observed that in the case of the natural brain, any modeling of its functioning cannot rely on the knowledge of the behavior of any single neuron. They thought that it is in fact pure optimism to hope to determine the numerical values for the coupling coefficients and the thresholds of all neurons by means of anatomical or physiological methods. Moreover, the behavior of any single neuron should not be significant for functioning of the whole brain, otherwise a higher and higher degree of malfunctioning should be observed as some of the neurons die. Due to the brain metabolism constituent biomolecules undergo chemical changes and disassembly in a relatively short span of time (a couple of weeks). They are then replaced by new ones in a sort of "turn over". This clearly excludes that the high stability of brain functions, e.g. of memory, over a long period of time could be explained in terms of specific, localized arrangements of biomolecules. Observations …. show, on the contrary, that a long range correlation appears in the brain as a response to external stimuli. Thus Ricciardi and Umezawa proposed their QFT model for the brain.

Animation: askabiologist.asu.edu/venom/protein-folding

Source: Pain, R.H. (Ed.) (1994). Mechanism of protein folding. Oxford: IRL Press.

Ricciardi, L.M. and H. Umezawa (1967). Brain physics and many-body problems. Kibernetik, 4, 44-48.

64

19-11-26 Madl 64

QED (1b/5)

i) At the cross-road between E = m·c2 & E = h·νii) Quantum Physics enables Entanglementiii) Properties of Many-body-Physics of biotaiv) QFT (and not QM) for Biologyv) spatial and functional organization requires coherencevi) Biomolecules as highly efficient transducers

Excitons & Solitons in α-sheets of proteins

-) selectivity induced by resonating structures, e.g. ionic wave interaction with the matter-fields of the cell (ion-channel);

-) couples with the EMF of water, giving rise to a superconducting-like current (Davydov regime)

-) leading to coherent boson condensation

-) build-up of long-range correlations (Fröhlich regime) …. carrier of ordered information

Salari & Alaei, 2010

Wavefunctionof ion species

In cavityresonator


Exciton: is an elementary excitation …. is formed when a photon is absorbed; i.e a photon excites an electron from the valence- into the conduction band. It this leaves behind a localized positively charged hole …. the exciton can transport energy without transporting net electric charge …. This excited state travels in a particle-like fashion through the lattice without the net transfer of charge …. Excitons can have a relatively long lifetime (up to several milliseconds) after which the ground electronic state is restored and the molecule undergoes photon emission …. Solitons: …. Is a "Wave of Translation” …. In 1834, Russell noted: “…. When a boat suddenly stops - the mass of water …. accumulated round the prow of the vessel is in a state of violent agitation …. rolls forward with great velocity, assuming the form of a large solitary elevation, a rounded, smooth and well-defined heap of water, which continued its course along the channel apparently without change of form or diminution of speed …. "Translation" here relates to real mass transport …. That is: a fluid parcel acquires momentum during the passage of the solitary wave and comes to rest again after the passage of the wave. However, the fluid parcel had been displaced substantially forward during the process and a net mass transport is the result: a) The waves are stable and can travel over large distances; b) The speed depends on the size of the wave and its width throughout the depth of the water; c) The waves will never merge; and d) If the wave is too big for the depth of water, the wave splits i/o 2 units, one big and one small. …. A soliton's inherent stability facilitates long distance transmission possible without the use of repeaters. It could potentially double transmission capacity. Solitons may occur in proteins and DNA. They are related to the low fre-quency collective motion category …. When traveling on infinite length chains, solitons do not undergo the spreading of familiar wave-packets in quantum mechanics; on finite length chains they, though more stable than usual wave-packets, have finite life-times.Soliton motion (and thus charge motion) is quasi-non-dissipative …. a superconducting-like current is then originated which may couple to the electromagnetic field of the surrounding water. Solitonpropagation also produce mechanical effects on the chain such as deformations, straightening, contractions, etc., which in turn produce variations of the chain dipole field and consequent additional effects on surrounding water dipoles …. Owing to the finite length of the chain the soliton decays, releasing its energy in a non-thermalizing way. Heat propagates indeed in the organized medium (the water electret) in a wave-like fashion and not in a diffusive way …. On the other hand, the water electretstate has a finite life-time (also due to thermal effects) and therefore, to keep itself organized, the system needs to be "fed" again. A cyclic sequence of charge and discharge regimes is thus obtained. Any imbalance between the charge and the discharge regime turns into "pathology" for the system ….

Animation: Salari V, Alaei M (2010) Ionic Wave Propagation as a “Matter Field” between Excitable Cells. Conference on Fields of the Cell, Basel (CH)Source: Vitieilo G (2001). My Double unveiled – The dissipative Quantum Model of the Brain. J.Benjamins Press.

65

19-11-26 Madl 65

QED (2/5)

Mn55 + d2 = Fe57,

Na23 + P31 = Fe54

Vysotskii & Kornilova, 2015

Saccharomycescerevisiae


i) At the cross-road between E = m·c2 & E = h·νii) Quantum Physics enables Entanglementiii) Properties of Many-body-Physics of biotaiv) QFT (and not QM) for Biologyv) Biomolecules as highly efficient transducersvi) Nuclear Biophysics – a phenomenon common to

all life forms?

This article presents the results of long-term investigations of stable and radioactive isotopes transmutation in growing microbiological cultures. It is shown that transmutation during growth of microbiological associations is 20 times more effective than the same process in the form of ‘clean’ microbiological culture. In this work, the process of controlled decontamination of highly active reactor isotopes (reactor waste) through the process of growing microbiological associations has been studied. The most rapidly increasing decay rate of Cs137 isotope, which occurred with the ‘effective’ half life τ* ~ 310 days (involving an increase in rate and decrease in half life by a factor of 35) was observed in the presence of Ca salt in closed flask with active water containing Cs137 solution and optimal microbiological association.

Here X = Fe54; Mn55; Fe57. The process of increasing (↑) concentration of Fe57

isotope is accompanied by decreasing (↓) concentration of Mn55 isotope. The amount of Fe57 isotopes created is approximately the same in the case of both Mossbauer resonant gamma-spectroscopy and Thermal Ion Mass Spectroscopymeasurements (concentration of Fe57 isotopes created increases by a factor of 2–3). Decrease in the amount of additional Mn55 isotope in the transmutation flask is synchronized with the creation of Fe57 isotopes in the same flask. This appears to provide proof (a ‘form of acknowledgement’ or a ‘footprint’) of nuclear synthesis in processes associated with a ‘growing’, biological system.

Image: Mass spectrum of iron region of microbiological associations (dried biological substances) that were grown in control nutrient medium with H2O and Mn55 (a) and in experimental nutrient medium with D2O and the same amount of Mn55 isotope (b).

Source: http://www.scaconference.co.za/?attachment_id=133

Vysotskii VI, Kornilova AA (2015) Microbial transmutation of Cs137 and LENR in growingbiological systems. Current Science, Vol.108(4): 636-640.

66

19-11-26 Madl 66

QED (3/5)

Phonons are the carrier of the information as: -) they maintain crystal ordering (assign the atoms their place);-) propagate over the entire lattice as elastic waves and as such

are true massless particles “living” in the crystal;-) act as long range correlation among atoms (collective modes)

…. Individual atoms loose their DoFs - trapped w/n phonon net;Ergo:-) yield macroscopic manifestation of quantum dynamics-) destruction of the crystal = loss of the associated phonons

i) At the cross-road between E = m·c2 & E = h·νii) Quantum Physics enables Entanglementiii) Properties of Many-body-Physics of biotaiv) QFT (and not QM) for Biologyv) Biomolecules as highly efficient transducersvi) Nuclear Biophysicsvii) Structure & Function maintained by phonons

Cytosol of cells is a gel (= liquid-crystalline matrix) ….

1D-phonon propagation


Thus when physicists say "matter", they do not think of the mere collection of elementary constituents; they always refer to the full dynamical description of matter …. In the crystal phase one may experimentally study the scattering of, say, neutrons on phonons. The atoms in the crystal sites are continuously vibrating, and these vibrations manifest in the form of elastic waves which propagate all over the crystal. The vibrating atoms interact among themselves by means of the elastic waves and are thus correlated by them over large distances. It is such a long range correlation which keeps the atoms in the crystal ordering …. The phonons are true particles living in the crystal. We observe them indeed in the scattering with neutrons. As a matter of fact, they are the same thing as the elastic waves. In quantum theory, to any wave can be associated a corresponding "quantum" which behaves as particle; in this way "wave description" and "particle description" become complementary descriptions. Thus phonons propagate over the whole system as the elastic waves do and therefore act as long range correlation among the atoms (for this reason they are also called collective modes). The atoms in the crystal do not behave anymore as free atoms. They are "trapped", like in a net, by the long range correlation mediated by the phonons. The phonons (or the elastic waves) are in fact the messengers exchanged by the atoms and are responsible for holding the atoms in their lattice sites in a stable configuration …. When one destroys the crystal one is left only with the atoms; one does not find the phonons! They disappear! Thus the phonons are "confined" to exist only "inside" the bulk crystal. On the other hand, if one wants to reconstruct the crystal in its stable configuration after having broken it, the atoms one was left with are not enough: one must supplement with the long range correlation fields (or quanta of the elastic waves, the phonons) which tells the atoms to sit in the special lattice one wants (cubic or whatever). One needs, in short, to supplement the ordering information which was lost when the crystal was destroyed. From the crystal example it is clear that "matter" is not simply a list of constituents, it is not simply a lot of phenomenological data and statistics. Matter is also the dynamics …. Moreover, there is no hope of building up a stable crystal without the long range correlation mediated by the phonons: if you try to fix up atom by atom in their lattice sites, holding them by hooks, you will never get the coherent orchestra of vibrating atoms playing the crystal function. In that case, you would only be like one of those extremely patient and skillful Swiss watch-makers who in the past centuries, by mechanically assembling together a lot of wheels and levers and hooks, were building beautiful puppets able to simulate many human movements, but no more than that.

Image: Normal modes of vibration progression through a crystal. The amplitude of the motion has been exaggerated for ease of viewing; in an actual crystal, it is typically much smaller than the lattice spacing. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Phonon)Source: Vitieilo G (2001). My Double unveiled – The dissipative Quantum Model of the Brain. J.Benjamins Press.

67

19-11-26 Madl 67

QED (4a/5)

Low Energy Nuclear Reaction (LENR)

• Pd-stripes sputtered on ceramic bed;

• loaded with deuterium: i.e LiOD;

• bias-current applied (10-40mA);

• stripping of D-electrons upon contact with Pd-matrix;

• induction of Preparata-effect;

Ergo: Coherent D2-loading of Pd-lattice

i) At the cross-road between E = m·c2 & E = h·νii) Quantum Physics enables Entanglementiii) Properties of Many-body-Physics of biotaiv) QFT (and not QM) for Biologyv) Biomolecules as highly efficient transducersvi) Structure & Function maintained by phonons

deNinno et al., 2002


We report the simultaneous production of excess enthalpy and of 4He in a one dimensional Palladium (Pd) stripe cathode electrolytically loaded with Deuterium (D, isotope of Hydrogen, its nucleus has an additional neutron), occurring when the stoichiometric ratio x=[D]/[Pd] exceeds 1. The excess heat is signaled by the local temperature rise, measured by a commercial Peltier element in good thermal contact with the thin effectively film cathode substrate. In order to detect the very small amount of 4He expected in the gas mixture exiting from the cell, we remove all non inert components of the gas mixture (especially hydrogen isotopes) with a non-evaporable getter (NEG) pump. Noble gases remain in the gas phase and they are periodically analysed by the mass spectrometer. The observation of a sizeable transmutation of Deuterium into Helium proves unequivocally that a nuclear transmutation process is the cause of the so called "Cold Fusion". From the amount of Helium, under the assumption of the conversion 2D→ 4He +23.8 MeV, one can estimate the produced power. We find that such power generally exceeds the one trivially estimated from the temperature rise. This mismatch is increasing with the produced power level and it is well understood by the non equilibrium thermal conditions in the immediate vicinity of the stripe and the consequent leakage of a major fraction of the produced heat by radiation. Indeed, further increasing the produced power, we have induced the actual melting of the thin cathode, proving that one has reached locally a temperature of 1828 K. The phenomenon has been reproduced several times: the quantitative outcomes of Helium indifferent experiments obviously depend on the level of Deuterium loading inside the Palladium matrix .

DeNinno A, Frattolillo A, Rizzo A, DelGiudice E, Preparata G (2002). Experimental evidence of 4He production in a cold fusion experiment. ENEA - Unità Tecnico Scientifica Fusione Centro Ricerche Frascati, Roma

Meulenberg A, Sinha KP (2011) Tunneling Beneath the 4He Fragmentation Energy. J. Condensed Matter Nucl. Sci. 4 241–255

II processo scoperto era in sintesi il seguente: attraverso un processo elettrolitico, una quantità di deuterio, eccedente di molto le quantità usualmente prese in considerazione dagli elettrochimici, venivaimmessa all'interno del palladio. Dopo un tempo di caricamento di almeno quattro settimane, comparivano quantità anomale di energia compatibili con un processo nucleare e incompatibili con un processo chimico. Infatti, l'energia prodotta era dell'ordine di centinaia di elettronvolt per atomo di palladio, mentre gli usuali processi chimici raggiungono al più qualche decina di elettronvolt.

Torrealta M., DelGiudice E (2010) Il Segreto delle Tre Pallottole. Verdenero (MI), ITA, p.228

68

19-11-26 Madl 68

QED (4b/5)

Pd-cathode molten during experimental run

5% of the sputtered Pd-stripe burnt off;

i.e.: sudden 150-fold increase in energetic throughput (!)

i) At the cross-road between E = m·c2 & E = h·νii) Quantum Physics enables Entanglementiii) Properties of Many-body-Physics of biotaiv) QFT (and not QM) for Biologyv) Biomolecules as highly efficient transducersvi) Structure & Function maintained by phonons

Low Energy Nuclear Reaction (LENR)

• Pd-stripes sputtered on ceramic bed;

• loaded with deuterium: i.e LiOD;

• bias-current applied (10-40mA);

• stripping of D-electrons upon contact with Pd-matrix;

• induction of Preparata-effect;

Ergo:


While in the supercritical phase, with a Peltier reading of Pc≈20 mW, the cathode suddenly melted. The electric parameters (current and voltage) measured during this run did not account for an electrical cause of the melting …. The extended damage in many separated subsections makes unlikely the hypothesis of a melting due to Joule effect. The melting occurred where the potential Vc was most negative and then,according to the Preparata effect (see the Appendix A), the cathode most highly loaded. The molten section accounted for the 5% of the total volume. The accident of the “molten”cathode provides evidence that at high temperature the bulk of the excess energy escapes the thermal calorimeter as has been suggested above …. The melting interests about 5% of the stripe, for which the radiated power will be as much as 3.15 W! …. based on standard QED, we summarize here its main prediction:i) when the stoichiometric ratio x = [D]/[Pd] exceeds 0.7 (at room temperature) D nuclei (deuterons) enter a stationary coherent oscillatory state, whose phase is sharply defined.i) when x exceeds 1, the probability that oscillating deuterons reach a distance that might allow the fusion becomes appreciable.i) the fusion among deuterons occurs in a plasma within a medium and not in vacuum.H (D) exists in the Pd lattice in the ionic form; its electron is tranferred to the Pd electron bands. As a matter of fact, the transition of the D2 molecule from the initial gaseous state to the final ionised state requires the crossing of an energy barrier of about 30 eV, a huge value indeed in the framework of the conventional chemical-electrostatic interactions. The phenomenon of the ordinary loading has been quite mysterious so far, at least in the frame of the generally accepted theories of the solid state. However, it has been shown that coherent QED can explain the ionization of the D2 molecule by virtue of the strong electromagnetic fields, acting inside the Pd lattice, produced by the coherent oscillations of the Pd electrons. Nuclear processes have never been observed at ordinary loading (namely when x < 0.7). DeNinno A, Frattolillo A, Rizzo A, DelGiudice E, Preparata G (2002). Experimental evidence of 4He production in a cold fusion experiment. ENEA - Unità Tecnico Scientifica Fusione Centro Ricerche Frascati, Roma

All'interno del metallo si possono formare blob di elettroni capaci di muoversi unitariamente con movimenti relativamen-te autonomi rispetto ai nuclei. Che cosa succederebbe se que-sti blob consentissero alle cariche positive dei nuclei di idro-geno o deuterio di avvicinarsi più di quanto non avvenga nello spazio vuoto? Dobbiamo tenere presente che nello spazio vuoto le cariche dello stesso segno si respingono, ma se i nuclei ven-gono attratti dallo stesso blob, si verifica il cosiddetto "effetto ruffiano" che funziona così: in presenza di un blob di carica negativa, un nucleo di caricapositiva si avvicina da un lato, un altro nucleo di carica positiva si avvicina dall'altro ed entrambi vengono attratti dallo stesso blob. In pratica, è come osservare due persone vicine e in procinto di litigare, ma la presenza di un mediatore nel mezzo, che parla con entrambi tirandoli a sé, determina un avvicinamento dei due che fini-scono per non vedersi più. In questo modo si ottiene un forte aumento della densità dei nuclei di deuterio. A questo punto ha luogo la stessa magiasuggerita dalla fìsica quantlstica - che aveva portato alla formazione dei blob di elettroni, ma nel nostro caso con i nuclei di deuterio - il principio like likes like (il simile ama il simile). Quando la densità di un insieme di cariche elettriche supera un valore critico, le interazioni elet-trodinamiche prevalgono sulle forze elettrostatiche, per cui il regime repulsivo elettrostatico viene rimpiazzato da un regime attrattivo. Una volta superata una soglia critica di densità, gra-zie alla mediazione dei blob di elettroni, i nuclei di deuterio invece di respingersi si attraggono. I nuclei si fondono e que-sto produce un'altissima energia. Così si può arrivare a capire perché in materiali come i metalli pesanti, con al proprio inter-no blob di cariche negative, la probabilità di fusione tra due nuclei di deuterio sia maggiore che nel vuoto».Torrealta M., DelGiudice E (2010) Il Segreto delle Tre Pallottole. Verdenero (MI), ITA, p.34-35

69

19-11-26 Madl 69

QED (5a/5)

Depleted Uranium Ammunition – DM53

• 25 mm & to 130 mm long

• pencil-like dart containing >99.7% 238U <0.7% 235U

• most likely loaded with D-donor induces a coherent biased state

• threshold of “fusion” reached upon striking a hard surface (mechanical impact)

Torrealta & DelGiuduce, 2010

Result:

Tank or bunker busters


When fired, the plastic sabot at the top falls away leaving the pencil sized rod of uranium as the only projectile. The threaded bottom portion of the DU rod can be seen in the photo. It carries no explosives. A major reason that uranium metal is used is that it is hard and dense. The high density provides substantial momentum and a straight trajectory. It is almost impossible to stop. Tungsten can be used instead of DU, but DU has greater penetrability even though the two materials have similar densities. As such, the ability of DU to penetrate a target it is not purely a matter of momentum. Unlike tungsten, uranium is pyrophoric. It also has a lower melting point than tungsten. When a DU penetrator strikes a target, its surface temperature increases dramatically. This causes localized softening in what are known as "adiabatic shear bands," and the sloughing off of portions of the projectile's surface. This sloughing action keeps the tip sharp and prevents the mushrooming effect that occurs with tungsten. When the DU penetrates the target vehicle, the larger fragments tend to chew up whatever is inside and the pyrophoricity of the uranium increases the likelihood that the vehicle's fuel and/or ammunition will explode. The technical term used to describe these events is "behind-the-target effectiveness."

Image: ekengrenmeowser.blogspot.com/2012_09_01_archive.html

www.themuslimtimes.org/.../depleted-uranium-used-by-us-forces-blamed-for-birth-defects-and-cancer-in-iraq

Torrealta M., DelGiudice E (2010) Il Segreto delle Tre Pallottole. Verdenero (MI), ITA, p.32-34, 90

70

19-11-26 Madl 70

QED (5b/5)

Tank or bunker busters

Depleted Uranium Ammunition – DM53

• 25 mm & to 130 mm long

• pencil-like dart containing >99.7% 238U <0.7% 235U

• most likely loaded with D-donor induces a coherent biased state

• threshold of “fusion” reached upon striking a hard surface (mechanical impact)

Torrealta & DelGiuduce, 2010

Result: liberation of Edetonation like a mini-nuke but below the level of the critical mass.


Nel ambito dei metalli pesanti caricati di .... deuterio si può pensare che esiste un livello di caricamento al di là del quale si possano generare fusioni nucleari spontanei dei nuclei di deuterio .... all’interno del metallo si possono formare blob di elettroni capaci di muoversi unitariamente (in maniera coerente) con movimenti relativamente autonomi rispetto ai nuclei .... in questo modo si ottiene un forte aumento della densità dei nuclei di deuterio. A questo punto ha luogo la stessa magia suggerita dalla fisica quantistica .... il principio “like likes like” .... le interazioni elettrodinamiche prevalgano sulle forze elettrostatiche, per il cui il regime repulsivo elettrostatico viene rimpiazzato da un regime attrattivo. Una volta superata una soglia critica di densità, grazie alla mediazione dei blob di elettroni, in nuclei si fondono e questo produce un’altissima energia ....

Image: ekengrenmeowser.blogspot.com/2012_09_01_archive.html

http://www.wired.com/2009/12/army-again-turns-to-depleted-uranium-for-new-weaponry/

Torrealta M., DelGiudice E (2010) Il Segreto delle Tre Pallottole. Verdenero (MI), ITA p.34-35

Nuclear Metals Inc., brochure. Depleted Uranium Ordnance.

U.S. Army training document. Depleted Uranium Training for Chemical Soldiers. TA-031-DUAT-003. http://www.wood.army.mil/84chem/HHC/TTD/Rad%20Trng/NEW%20DU%20Tier%20III%20TSP%20991115.doc

71

19-11-26 Madl 71

QED (5c/5)

Depleted Uranium Ammunition – DM53Health effects

• used in Lebanon, former YU, Iraq (’91 & ‘03)

• Inhalation of radioactive dust

• Dermal contact with radioactive debris

• Dr Jawad Al-ALI: emergence of rare tumors

Bertell, 2006

Torrealta, 2002


238U is an α-emitter with rare spontaneous fission. The α-half-life of 238U is 4.5·E9

years. It decays to 234Th, which has a half-life of 24.1 days and is a β- & γ-emitter. 234Th decays to 234mPa, an isomer of 234Pa, which has a half-life of 1.17 minutes and is an α-emitter. 234mPa decays to 234Pa, which has a half-life of 6.7 hours and is an α-emitter. Effectively, in four to six months after it is discarded from the enrichment facility, freshly produced DU, composed mostly of 238U, through these continuous radioactive transformations becomes a mixture of 238U, 234Th, 234mPa, 234Pa, and 234U in equilibrium proportions. The first two decay products, Th and Pa, along with 238U account for most of the α-, β-, and small amount of γ-radioactivity of the mixture …. DU-powder is pyrophoric, and spontaneously creates an invisible metal fume (often called an aerosol) when exposed to air friction or impact on a hardened target. The nano-particles created in the metal fume, when inhaled, can cross the lung-blood barrier, penetrate cells, and provide the maximum dose to tissue (contact dose from a maximized surface area-to-volume particle, with little self-shielding), creating free radicals and oxidative stress within cells.[1]

Image: Selected cases documented by dr Jawad Al-Ali following the first gulf war –period 1991-2001

Source: [1] Bertell R (2006) Depleted Uranium: all the questions about DU and Gulf War Syndrome are not yet answered. Int J Health Services, Vol.26(3): 503-520Torrealta M (2002) Linchiesta die RaiNews sul Uranio Impoverito: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=flysYkOYPk4https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=66ucgvMVp1U; https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RTJOO9fmKDw;

7272

19-11-26 Madl 7219-11-26 Madl 72

Conclusio


Contemporary riddles in the bio-medical field:

- Water is still reduced to the role of a simple solute - although QED assigns it a pivotal role when it comes to understand the phenomenon of life;

- Life is still perceived as a purely biochemical principle although life can evolve with as little as 0.1% bio-matter;

- The particle-view as the prevailing dogma suffocates wave-like properties – this duality is skewed to the former as a result of the prevailing neo-liberal practices of our economy;

- Electromagnetic properties of living matter are still considered as features of low importance - little has been learned from the new physics that emerged at the beginning of last century;

- Embracing a bio-physical perspective of life would introduce novel therapeutic practices that are much more life sustaining than currently available practices;

- Emphasizing biophysics as being complementary to biochemistry will force us to re-evaluate current technological solutions to minimize long-term adverse health effects (electrification, wireless technology, etc.);

…. thus biophysics opens up new horizons to perceive life from a holistic perspective.

- Life is still perceived as a purely biochemical principle although life can evolve with as little as 0.1% bio-matter;

- The particle-view as the prevailing dogma suffocates wave-like properties – this duality is skewed to the former as a result of the prevailing neo-liberal practices of our economy;

- Electromagnetic properties of living matter are still considered as features of low importance -little has been learned from the new physics that emerged at the beginning of last century;

- Embracing a bio-physical perspective of life would introduce novel therapeutic practices that are much more life sustaining than currently available practices;

- Emphasizing biophysics as being complementary to biochemistry will force us to re-evaluate current technological solutions to minimize long-term adverse health effects (electrification, wireless technology, etc.);

Conflict of interest in modern science: The growing awareness of the failures caused to our natural environment, and in particular to the human species in the name of "economic development”, increasingly questions the ability of our scientific body of experts that allowed us to reach that point …. In the medical field the cancer issue is such a representative example. For reasons that science still does not understand, at a certain stage, human cells begin to transform, escaping the organismic dynamic of general coherence by giving rise to "rebellious provinces” that expand in a wild manner and may even induce death of the host organism. Sure, the problem can be addressed from many sides; i.e. one could try to understand the conditions that ensures the balance of cell tissues and how the individual cell is involved; one could study the influence of various factors, from environmental to emotional. However, the wider "scientific community", is still ignorant of the understanding of the normal dynamics of living matter. Doing so inevitably will results in a head-on collision when fighting these "antisocial" elements (i.e. tumor cells). When exploring the problem from a different angle though one may easily find a different solution, in which these deviant cells are no longer coupled one by one but are coherently orchestrated via the extracellular environment. Thereby the cells are pushed back into a coherent dynamic and become reintegrated into the organismic whole. Surely, this approach is hard to chew for an oncologist. For him, the upmost priority concerns the killing of these cells by following a strictly predetermined procedure …. So what would happen to these specialists if a new method based on principles unknown to them were to become established? Probably a loss of status, sources of funding and most prominent: being set free from the suffocating embracement with pharma …. Only then the medical field would tune back to that what it once was: a true art of healing. Moreover, this “nightmarish” perspective would overwhelm tens of thousands of "experts” even beyond in any scientific discipline as they all are engaged in a fierce competitive struggle on a global scale. It is for these reasons that the dominant fraction of the "scientific community" is no longer at the service of truth, but on a path endowed purely for material interests with all the dire consequences we already see -indeed, a serious conflict of interest.

Source: Tosi M, De Ninno A, Madl P, Vitiello G (2019) L’anima passionale della ragione scientifica; Ch.3: Conflitto d’Interessi nella Scienza Moderna. Accame F (ed) La Serrature e La Chiave. BiblionEdizioni SRL, Milano (IT)

bio-physics · source: (1) pollack gh (2001) cells, gels and the engines of life. ebner & sons...

Documents